CA SYSVIEW Performance

Management

Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Version 14.0
This Documentation, which includes embedded help systems and electronically distributed materials, (hereinafter referred to
as the Documentation) is for your informational purposes only and is subject to change or withdrawal by CA at any time.
This Documentation may not be copied, transferred, reproduced, disclosed, modified or duplicated, in whole or in part, without
the prior written consent of CA. This Documentation is confidential and proprietary information of CA and may not be disclosed
by you or used for any purpose other than as may be permitted in (i) a separate agreement between you and CA governing
your use of the CA software to which the Documentation relates; or (ii) a separate confidentiality agreement between you and
CA.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if you are a licensed user of the software product(s) addressed in the Documentation, you may
print or otherwise make available a reasonable number of copies of the Documentation for internal use by you and your
employees in connection with that software, provided that all CA copyright notices and legends are affixed to each reproduced
copy.
The right to print or otherwise make available copies of the Documentation is limited to the period during which the applicable
license for such software remains in full force and effect. Should the license terminate for any reason, it is your responsibility to
certify in writing to CA that all copies and partial copies of the Documentation have been returned to CA or destroyed.
TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, CA PROVIDES THIS DOCUMENTATION AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, OR NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT WILL CA BE LIABLE TO YOU OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE,
DIRECT OR INDIRECT, FROM THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENTATION, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS, LOST
INVESTMENT, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, GOODWILL, OR LOST DATA, EVEN IF CA IS EXPRESSLY ADVISED IN ADVANCE OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE.
The use of any software product referenced in the Documentation is governed by the applicable license agreement and such
license agreement is not modified in any way by the terms of this notice.
The manufacturer of this Documentation is CA.
Provided with Restricted Rights. Use, duplication or disclosure by the United States Government is subject to the restrictions
set forth in FAR Sections 12.212, 52.227-14, and 52.227-19(c)(1) - (2) and DFARS Section 252.227-7014(b)(3), as applicable, or
their successors.
Copyright 2014 CA. All rights reserved. All trademarks, trade names, service marks, and logos referenced herein belong to
their respective companies.
CA Technologies Product References
This document references the following CA Technologies products:
CA SYSVIEW Performance Management (CA SYSVIEW)
CA SYSVIEW Performance Management Option for CICS (CA SYSVIEW Option for
CICS)

Contact CA Technologies
Contact CA Support

For your convenience, CA Technologies provides one site where you can access the
information that you need for your Home Office, Small Business, and Enterprise CA
Technologies products. At http://ca.com/support, you can access the following
resources:
Online and telephone contact information for technical assistance and customer
services
Information about user communities and forums
Product and documentation downloads
CA Support policies and guidelines
Other helpful resources appropriate for your product

Providing Feedback About Product Documentation

If you have comments or questions about CA Technologies product documentation, you

can send a message to [email protected].

To provide feedback about CA Technologies product documentation, complete our

short customer survey which is available on the CA Support website at
http://ca.com/docs.
Documentation Changes
No documentation updates have been made since the last release of this guide.
Contents
Chapter 1: Introduction 13
Overview .................................................................................................................................................................... 13
What Is History Reporting .......................................................................................................................................... 13
Memory Requirements .............................................................................................................................................. 14
Report Writer Concepts and Terminology ................................................................................................................. 14
Syntax Conventions .................................................................................................................................................... 16
Apply Syntax Conventions ................................................................................................................................... 18
Command Syntax Rules ....................................................................................................................................... 19

Chapter 2: Planning Your Reports 21

How to Plan a Report ................................................................................................................................................. 21
About Sample Reports ............................................................................................................................................... 22
Types of Report Formats ............................................................................................................................................ 22
Types of Information to Include ................................................................................................................................. 23
Variables.............................................................................................................................................................. 23
Variable Options.................................................................................................................................................. 23
ID Options and Identifiers ................................................................................................................................... 24
How to Further Tailor Information ............................................................................................................................. 24

Chapter 3: Writing a Report 25

How to Write Reports ................................................................................................................................................ 25
Types of Reporting Commands .................................................................................................................................. 27
Global Commands ............................................................................................................................................... 27
Report Commands .............................................................................................................................................. 28
Write A Report ........................................................................................................................................................... 31
Write Multiple Reports .............................................................................................................................................. 32
Tailor Reports Using Secondary Commands .............................................................................................................. 33
Create Multiple Tailored Reports ........................................................................................................................ 33
Reports with a File Type of CSV .................................................................................................................................. 34
CSVGEN UtilityConvert Generated Reports to CSV Format ............................................................................. 35
How to Download CSV Formatted Reports ......................................................................................................... 37

Chapter 4: Commands 39
About the Commands ................................................................................................................................................ 40
Variables with Commands.......................................................................................................................................... 40

Contents 5
ID Options with Commands and Variables ................................................................................................................. 40
CARDLEN CommandSet the Character Length ....................................................................................................... 41
COMMENT CommandAdd a Comment Line ........................................................................................................... 41
COST CommandProvides Charge-back Statistics .................................................................................................... 42
COUNT CommandDefine Number of Records ........................................................................................................ 44
DEFINE CommandDefine ID Options and Variables................................................................................................ 45
DEFINE XID, XVARDefine New ID Options or Variables ................................................................................... 46
DEFINE IDDefine Options Using Existing ID Options ........................................................................................ 48
DEFINE VARDefine Variables Using Existing Variables .................................................................................... 50
Define XID Options Using the List Command ...................................................................................................... 52
EACH CommandDefine a Time Period .................................................................................................................... 54
END CommandEnd a Report ................................................................................................................................... 56
EXCLUDE CommandDefine Excluded Time Ranges ................................................................................................ 57
EXITRTN CommandDefine User Exits ...................................................................................................................... 58
FLASHBACK AUDITLOG CommandGenerate Audit Report ..................................................................................... 59
FLASHBACK LIST CommandGenerate Transaction Report ...................................................................................... 60
FROM CommandBegin Time for Report ................................................................................................................. 62
How FROM and TO Relate to the Log and Historical Files .................................................................................. 63
Actual Date and Time .......................................................................................................................................... 63
Relative Date and Time ....................................................................................................................................... 64
GLOBAL CommandAssign Parameter Values .......................................................................................................... 66
Temporarily Override a Global Value .................................................................................................................. 66
Remove a Global Value ....................................................................................................................................... 67
GOTO CommandJump to Specified Location .......................................................................................................... 67
GRAF CommandProduce a Graph ........................................................................................................................... 68
GRAF2 CommandProduce Subgraphs..................................................................................................................... 70
GROUP CommandCombine Resources ................................................................................................................... 72
HEADER CommandSpecify a Title ........................................................................................................................... 74
HPLOT CommandProduce a Horizontal Plot ........................................................................................................... 76
IF CommandAssign Identifier Values ...................................................................................................................... 77
INCLUDE CommandDefine Time Ranges ................................................................................................................ 78
INPUT CommandInput File Name ........................................................................................................................... 80
INVOICE CommandProduce a Tabular Invoice Report ........................................................................................... 80
LINECOUNT CommandSet Lines Per Page .............................................................................................................. 82
MPLOT CommandProduce a Vertical Plot .............................................................................................................. 83
OPTION CommandDefine Report Options.............................................................................................................. 84
PERIOD CommandSpecify a Time ........................................................................................................................... 91
PLOT CommandPlot Resource Usage ..................................................................................................................... 92
PLOT2 CommandPlot Two Variables ...................................................................................................................... 94
PRTEXIT CommandDefine a User Exit ..................................................................................................................... 94
RANGE CommandSet Criteria to Include ................................................................................................................ 95
RUN CommandBegin Processing and Printing Reports .......................................................................................... 97

6 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

SELECT CommandSpecify Identifiers ...................................................................................................................... 97
SHIFT CommandHours Covered for a Report ......................................................................................................... 98
TABulate CommandProduce Tabular Reports ...................................................................................................... 100
TAB2 CommandBuild a Secondary Table .............................................................................................................. 103
TITLE1, TITLE2, and TITLE3 Commands .................................................................................................................... 104
VPLOT CommandPlot Usage in Vertical Columns ................................................................................................. 106
VPLOT2 CommandPlot Two Variables .................................................................................................................. 107

Chapter 5: Tailor Reports Using Variables 109

Functions of Variables and Options ......................................................................................................................... 109
Structure and Parts of Variable Names ............................................................................................................. 110
Conventions Used for Describing Variables ............................................................................................................. 111
Source for MVS Variable Values ............................................................................................................................... 112
JOB and STEP Record Type Data ....................................................................................................................... 112
SMF dsect Field Names Used When Specifying Variables ................................................................................. 112
CICS Variables ........................................................................................................................................................... 112
CICS CDSA Variable Class ................................................................................................................................... 113
CICS DATASET Variable Class ............................................................................................................................. 113
CICS DB2 Variable Class ..................................................................................................................................... 114
CICS DLI Variable Class ...................................................................................................................................... 114
CICS ECDSA Variable Class ................................................................................................................................. 116
CICS ERDSA Variable Class ................................................................................................................................. 116
CICS EUDSA Variable Class ................................................................................................................................ 117
CICS EXCEPTION Variable Class ......................................................................................................................... 117
CICS PAGE Variable Class................................................................................................................................... 118
CICS PROGRAM Variable Class .......................................................................................................................... 119
CICS REGION Variable Class............................................................................................................................... 119
CICS SYSTEM Variable Class .............................................................................................................................. 120
CICS TEMPSTOR (Temporary Storage) Variable Class ....................................................................................... 120
CICS TERMINAL Variable Class .......................................................................................................................... 121
CICS THRESHOLD Variable Class ........................................................................................................................ 122
CICS Interval Record TRANsaction Variable Class ............................................................................................. 124
CICS Performance Record TRANsaction Variable Class ..................................................................................... 124
CICS TRANSIENT Variable Class ......................................................................................................................... 128
CICS UDSA Variable Class .................................................................................................................................. 129
IMS Variables............................................................................................................................................................ 130
IMS TRANsaction Variable Class ........................................................................................................................ 130
IMS REGION Variable Class ............................................................................................................................... 130
IMS DLI Variable Class ....................................................................................................................................... 131
MQ Variables ............................................................................................................................................................ 132
MQ OBJEct Variable Class ................................................................................................................................. 132

Contents 7
MQ OBJFailure Variable Class ........................................................................................................................... 133
MQ OBJMessage Variable Class ........................................................................................................................ 134
MQ OBJTimer Variable Class ............................................................................................................................. 134
MQ JOBStat Variable Class ................................................................................................................................ 135
MQ JOBFailure Variable Class ........................................................................................................................... 136
MQ JOBMessage Variable Class ........................................................................................................................ 136
MQ JOBTimer Variable Class ............................................................................................................................. 137
AUDIT Variables........................................................................................................................................................ 138
AUDIT ALL Variable Class................................................................................................................................... 138
COMMON Variables ................................................................................................................................................. 138
COMMON STATE Variable Class ........................................................................................................................ 138
MVS Variables .......................................................................................................................................................... 140
MVS ASCB Variable Class................................................................................................................................... 140
MVS CHANNEL Variable Class ........................................................................................................................... 141
MVS CPU Variable Class .................................................................................................................................... 142
MVS DEVICE Variable Class ............................................................................................................................... 143
MVS DISK Variable Class.................................................................................................................................... 143
MVS DSN Variable Class .................................................................................................................................... 144
MVS EXCP Variable Class ................................................................................................................................... 145
MVS IO Variable Class ....................................................................................................................................... 146
MVS JOB and STEP Variable Classes .................................................................................................................. 147
MVS LPAR Variable Class ................................................................................................................................... 148
MVS OPERator Variable Class ........................................................................................................................... 148
MVS PAGE Variable Class .................................................................................................................................. 149
MVS PAGESWAP Variable Class ........................................................................................................................ 151
MVS PERFormance Variable Class ..................................................................................................................... 151
MVS PRINT Variable Class ................................................................................................................................. 152
MVS PROCessor Variable Class ......................................................................................................................... 153
MVS STORage Variable Class ............................................................................................................................. 154
MVS SU Variable Class....................................................................................................................................... 155
MVS SWAP Variable Class ................................................................................................................................. 155
MVS TSO Variable Class..................................................................................................................................... 156

Chapter 6: Valid Variable Options 157

Description and Syntax............................................................................................................................................. 157
COUNT Option .......................................................................................................................................................... 158
FORMAT Option ....................................................................................................................................................... 158
LOGICAL Option ........................................................................................................................................................ 159
MAX and MIN Options ............................................................................................................................................. 159
MAXDATE and MAXTIME Options ............................................................................................................................ 160
PerCenT Option ........................................................................................................................................................ 161

8 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

RATE Option ............................................................................................................................................................. 161
SELZERO Option........................................................................................................................................................ 163
TOTAL Option ........................................................................................................................................................... 163
XTIME Option ........................................................................................................................................................... 164
XTND and NXTND Options........................................................................................................................................ 165
XTND Option ..................................................................................................................................................... 165
NXTND Option ................................................................................................................................................... 165

Chapter 7: ID Options 167

How to Use ID Options ............................................................................................................................................. 167
Descriptions of ID Options ....................................................................................................................................... 168
ID Options for CICS ............................................................................................................................................ 168
ID Options for IMS ............................................................................................................................................. 170
ID Options for MQ ............................................................................................................................................. 171
ID Options for AUDITLOG .................................................................................................................................. 172
ID Options for COMMON .................................................................................................................................. 172
ID Options for MVS ........................................................................................................................................... 174
ID Options Used with Commands ............................................................................................................................ 177
Limitations Caused by Using Identifiers ............................................................................................................ 177
ID Options Syntax .............................................................................................................................................. 178
Examples of ID Options Used with Commands ................................................................................................. 178
Use ID Options with Variables and Identifiers ......................................................................................................... 181
ID Options Used with Commands or Variables ........................................................................................................ 182
Sample Commands for Report 1 ....................................................................................................................... 182
Sample Commands and Variables for Report 2 ................................................................................................ 183
Generate a Plot Report Using Variables ................................................................................................................... 184
Generate a Tab Report Using Commands and Variables ......................................................................................... 185
Identifiers ................................................................................................................................................................. 186
Types of Identifiers............................................................................................................................................ 186
Generic Characters in Identifiers....................................................................................................................... 186
Specify Identifiers in Hexadecimal .................................................................................................................... 187
How Format Identifiers Work................................................................................................................................... 187
Limit the Number of Characters Printed ........................................................................................................... 188
Define New or Redefine Existing Identifiers ..................................................................................................... 189

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 191

About Tabular Reports ............................................................................................................................................. 191
TAB Command .......................................................................................................................................................... 192
Reports Organized by Time and Date or by Resources ............................................................................................ 192
Reports Organized by Date and Time Using Tab Operands .............................................................................. 192
Organize by Date, Time, or Both and Resource ................................................................................................ 196

Contents 9
Specify Variables ...................................................................................................................................................... 196
ID Options Specified with the TAB Command ................................................................................................... 196
Include CICS and MVS Variables........................................................................................................................ 197
Use ID Options with Variables ........................................................................................................................... 198
Tab Command Variable Options .............................................................................................................................. 200
DIFF OptionPercentage of Change Between Time Intervals ......................................................................... 201
RANGE OptionTest Range Criteria ................................................................................................................. 201
SELECT OptionSpecify a Time Period for a Variable ...................................................................................... 202
RIGHT OptionShift the Column for a Variable to the Right ........................................................................... 203
RATE OPTIONDisplay a Rate Instead of a Count ............................................................................................ 204
Limit the Contents of a Report ................................................................................................................................. 204
Limit the Resources Included in a Report ......................................................................................................... 205
FOR OperandLimit the Identifiers Included in a Report ................................................................................ 205
FOR OperandLimit Reports Organized by Time and Date ............................................................................. 206
TOP and BOTTOM OperandsLimit Reports .................................................................................................... 207
How Report Sorting Works ....................................................................................................................................... 209
Sort Reports by Different Keys .......................................................................................................................... 209
SORT ASCENDING OperandSort in Ascending Order ..................................................................................... 210
Sort Reports by Identifier .................................................................................................................................. 211
Use Other Commands with the TAB Command ....................................................................................................... 212
How the RANGE Command Specifies Ranges ................................................................................................... 212
Define Groups of Resources Using the Group Command ................................................................................. 215
Define Groups by Values Within Specified Ranges ........................................................................................... 216
Use the COST Command to Create Charge-Back Reports ................................................................................. 218
Create Charge-Back Reports Organized by Group ............................................................................................ 219
TAB2 Command ........................................................................................................................................................ 220
Limit TAB2 Report Use the FOR Operand ......................................................................................................... 220
Limit TAB2 Reports Using the TOP or BOTTOM Operand ................................................................................. 222

Chapter 9: Plot Reports 225

What You Need to Know .......................................................................................................................................... 225
PLOT CommandCreate a Simple PLOT Report ...................................................................................................... 226
Plot the Variable Value for a Specified Resource .............................................................................................. 227
ALONE OperandExclude Global Values from a Plot ....................................................................................... 228
SCALE OperandChange the Scale of a PLOT Report ...................................................................................... 229
CHARn OperandsSpecify Plot Characters ...................................................................................................... 230
RATE OptionConvert Counts to Rates ........................................................................................................... 231
PLOT2 CommandPlot Response Time................................................................................................................... 231
PLOT2 RATE CommandConvert Counts to Rates ........................................................................................... 233
VPLOT CommandCreate a Simple Report ............................................................................................................. 234
SCALE(3X) OperandsWiden the Scale of a VPLOT Report.............................................................................. 235

10 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

SCALE (n) OperandSpecify the Maximum Scale Value .................................................................................. 236
STACK=id OperandReplace the Plot Character .............................................................................................. 237
VPLOT2 CommandCreate a Simple VPLOT2 Report ............................................................................................. 238
SCALE(COMMON) OperandUse the Same Scale............................................................................................ 238
MPLOT CommandUsed with One and Multiple Variables .................................................................................... 239
HPLOT Command ..................................................................................................................................................... 241
SCALE OperandUsed with HPLOT and VPLOT ................................................................................................ 241
EACH RECORD CommandUsed with VPLOT and HPLOT ................................................................................ 243
EACH RECORD CommandUsed with MPLOT and HPLOT ............................................................................... 244
SCALE CommandChange the Scale ................................................................................................................ 246

Chapter 10: Graph Reports 247

GRAF CommandCreate a GRAF Report ................................................................................................................. 247
GRAF JOBNAMEGraph by an Alternate Resource ......................................................................................... 248
TRANID ID OptionSpecify the Resources to be Included in a Graph ............................................................. 248
FOR OperandLimit Lines in a Graph............................................................................................................... 249
SCALE(n) OperandChange the Scale of a Graph ............................................................................................ 250
SORT ASCENDINGSort Graph Reports ........................................................................................................... 251
SHIFT CommandCreate Reports on Specified Shifts ...................................................................................... 252
EACH CommandCreate Reports with Multiple Graphs ................................................................................. 253
RANGE CommandCreate Reports with a Specified Range ............................................................................ 254
GRAF2 Command Restrictions ................................................................................................................................. 255
FOR OperandLimit the Number of Identifiers in a GRAF2 Report ................................................................. 256
SCALE OperandChange the Scale of a GRAF2 Report .................................................................................... 257
GRAF2 TRANNUMGRAF2 Command with an Identifier ................................................................................. 257
GRAF2 Command Used with Multiple Variables ............................................................................................... 258

Chapter 11: Historical Reports 261

About Historical Reports .......................................................................................................................................... 261
Output Considerations ............................................................................................................................................. 262
FLASHBACK LIST Command ...................................................................................................................................... 262
Default CICS FLASHBACK LIST Report ................................................................................................................ 262
Create a Default FLASHBACK IMS Report.......................................................................................................... 265
Create a Default FLASHBACK AUDITLOG Report ............................................................................................... 266
Limit FLASHBACK Reports to Specified Resources ............................................................................................ 267
Create Report with Specified Columns ............................................................................................................. 269
Create a Customized FLASHBACK LIST Report .................................................................................................. 270
Limit Default FLASHBACK Reports to Specified Variable Values ....................................................................... 271

Contents 11
Chapter 12: Messages 273
Syntax Error Messages ............................................................................................................................................. 276
Other Messages........................................................................................................................................................ 276
ERPT280E.................................................................................................................................................................. 298

Appendix A: User Exits 301

About User Exits ....................................................................................................................................................... 301
Supplied User Exits ................................................................................................................................................... 301
Source Code ...................................................................................................................................................... 302

Appendix B: Sample Reports 303

List of Sample Reports .............................................................................................................................................. 303
CICS Sample Reports ......................................................................................................................................... 303
IMS Sample Reports .......................................................................................................................................... 306
MQ Sample Reports .......................................................................................................................................... 306
MVS Sample Reports ......................................................................................................................................... 307
Other Sample Reports ....................................................................................................................................... 308

Index 309

12 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Chapter 1: Introduction
This section contains the following topics:
Overview (see page 13)
What Is History Reporting (see page 13)
Memory Requirements (see page 14)
Report Writer Concepts and Terminology (see page 14)
Syntax Conventions (see page 16)

Overview
This CA SYSVIEW guide explains how to use the history reporting commands and
variables to create reports.

Requirements for the person writing reports:

Functional knowledge of z/OS, CICS, AUDIT, IMS, and WebSphere MQ
Ability to edit a file and access SMF records

What Is History Reporting

The CA SYSVIEW history reporting subsystem, CA EXPLORE Report Writer, lets you
produce z/OS, CICS, AUDIT, IMS, and WebSphere MQ graphic and tabular reports. The
reports are produced from the performance data collected by CA SYSVIEW data
collectors. With these reports, you can study long-term resource usage or detect and
analyze unusual events.

The Report Writer reports on many CICS activities, such as transaction use, maximum
terminal response time through the CA SYSVIEW Option for CICS. You control the time
that each detail line in a report represents and the time frame that a report covers.

The Report Writer lets you access the information you want, at the level of detail you
indicate. With one pass through the historical data, you can create up to 50 reports,
each covering a different time period.

Chapter 1: Introduction 13
Memory Requirements

Memory Requirements
The amount of virtual storage needed by the Report Writer depends on the following:
Types of reports you want to produce
Number of reports requested in each run
Amount of input data used

To reduce the amount of virtual storage required:

Limit the number of reports in each run
Narrow the time period covered by each report

We recommend that you run the Report Writer in a region of at least 4 MB.

Report Writer Concepts and Terminology

This section describes the major concepts and terminology that enable you to use the
Report Writer more efficiently.
Report Writer commands
Used with JCL to produce reports. Report Writer commands include global
commands and report commands.
Examples: INPUT, RUN, PLOT, EACH, TITLE1

Types of Report Writer commands include the following:

Global commands
Affects all reports in a run.
Examples: COUNT, INPUT, RUN
Report commands
Affects only a single report. Report commands include primary report commands
and secondary report commands.
Examples: PLOT, EACH, TITLE1

14 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Report Writer Concepts and Terminology

Types of Report commands include the following:

Primary report commands
Defines the type of report to generated.
Examples: PLOT, TAB2
Secondary report commands
Alters or enhances a report.
Examples: EACH, FROM, TITLE1

The Report Writer commands can contain the following parts:

Operands
Keywords specified with commands or variable options that affect the content or
structure of a report. Different commands and variable options have different
operands.
Example: Partial INCLUDE syntax
INCLUDE [day]
INCLUDE SATURDAY

Saturday is the operand.

Variables
Structured keywords that specify what the report is about.
Examples: The following keywords include transaction usage and terminal
response.
TRAN USE, TERM RESP
Variable options
Keywords that change either the type of data a variable represents or the format of
that data.
Examples: AVeraGe, FORMAT, RATE
ID options
Keywords that change either the scope of the data that a variable represents or
organize the data in a tabular or flashback report by a type of resource.
Examples: TRANID, TERMID, USERID
Identifiers
Either the name of a particular resource or a generic specification of a group of
resources that a report or variable is limited to. Identifiers are specified following ID
options.
Examples: MYTRAN, OPER1, TERM1+, CICS*

Chapter 1: Introduction 15
Syntax Conventions

Syntax Conventions
Command syntax is shown using the following conventions:
Uppercase letters-Uppercase letters indicate that you must enter the entire word.
Sample Syntax:
PLOT

Sample Entry:
PLOT

Lowercase italics letters-Variables are presented in lowercase italics letters.

Substitute specific information for each variable.
Sample Syntax:
PLOT variable idoption(identifier)

Sample Syntax:
PLOT TRAN USE TRANID(CINQ)

In JCL, italics indicate user-supplied information. For example, the following line
appears in the JCL for creating reports using tape log file data.
INPUT(filename)

When filename is italicized, you do not type filename. Instead, replace it with the
filename of your tape log file, as explained in the description of the JCL.
Mixed case-Mixed case indicates you can enter either the uppercase portion or the
entire word.
Sample Syntax:
PerCenT

Sample Entry:
PCT

{ }-Braces enclose options that you are required to enter. Enter exactly one of the
items listed vertically. Enter one or more of the items listed horizontally.
Sample Syntax:
SCALE({mX},{n},{COMMON})

Sample Entry:
SCALE(3X,COMMON)

16 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Syntax Conventions

[ ]-Brackets enclose options that you are not required to enter. You can enter one
or none of the options listed vertically. You can enter more than one of the options
listed horizontally, in the order indicated.
Sample Syntax:
[HDR1(text)] [HDR2(text)] [FOR n]
[TOP n] [BOTTOM n]

Sample Entry:
HDR2(Rate) TOP 5

( )-Parentheses indicate that you must enter parentheses around the item as
shown.
Sample Syntax:
[SCALE({mX},{n},{COMMON})]

Sample Entry:
SCALE(3X)

|-An or-sign indicates a choice between related items. Enter only one of the items.
Sample Syntax:
PGMSTOR=NO|YES

Sample Entry:
PGMSTOR=NO

__-Underscoring indicates the default. If you want only the underscored

parameters of a command, you do not have to specify the command.
Sample Syntax:
OPTION {(ECHO=YES) }{(ECHO=NO) }

Sample Entry:
You need no command to specify:
OPTION(ECHO=YES)

...-An ellipsis indicates that the preceding item can be continued.

Sample Syntax:
TAB variable [AND,...]

Chapter 1: Introduction 17
Syntax Conventions

Apply Syntax Conventions

To help you apply command syntax in context, this section explains valid and invalid
ways to enter the PLOT command.

The PLOT command has the following format:

PLOT variable [options] [ALONE] [SCALE({n},{mX})] [CHAR1(x)]

[CHAR2(x)]

The following table shows invalid entries of the PLOT command, explains why they are
invalid, and shows a sample corrected entry:

Invalid Entry Segment Reason the Entry Is Invalid Corrected Entry

Segment
PLOT variable The word variable is in PLOT TRAN USE
lowercase italic letters. Replace
variable with a particular
variable name.
PLOT TRAN USE SCALE mX and n are listed horizontally PLOT TRAN USE
in braces, indicating that you SCALE(50)
must include at least one of
them when you use the SCALE
operand.
PLOT TRAN USE CHAR1 * x is in parentheses. Include the PLOT TRAN USE
parentheses with each CHAR1(*)
parenthetical option you
specify.

18 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Syntax Conventions

Command Syntax Rules

History reporting commands must follow certain syntax rules.

When the Report Writer encounters a syntax error, it does the following:
Displays a dollar sign ($) underneath the unexpected word or character
Includes a message about a possible cause
Continues to read commands to look for more syntax errors
Does not generate a report

Keep in mind the following points when writing history reporting commands:
Commands and their operands can be entered in either uppercase or lowercase
letters.
Each command must go on a new line. Do not enter more than one command on a
line.
Commands must be the first (leftmost) word on a line. You can start a command in
any column, but it must always be the first word on the line.
If you run out of space on one line for a command and its operands, you can
continue it on the next line. To continue on the next line, type a comma after the
last (rightmost) word on the line. You cannot split words with a continuation
comma or a hyphen. When you continue a command, you can start the continued
part of the command in any column, as long as it is the first (leftmost) word on the
line.
Separating operands and commands by blanks, commas, or parentheses lets them
be considered separate words. Use one or more blanks to separate all words not
separated by commas or parentheses. If you must use commas or parentheses, you
do not have to separate words with blanks. Multiple blank spaces are treated as
single blank spaces. You can type as many blanks as you want between words.
Blank lines are ignored. You can include blank lines anywhere, in any number, even
between a command and its continuation.
Control statements are processed in the order in which they are read. Reports are
printed in the order you request them.
Any line whose first (leftmost) nonblank character is an asterisk (*) is a comment.
The asterisk can be in any column. Anything after the asterisk is ignored.
You can embed comments anywhere except between a command and its
continuation lines. You cannot continue a comment with a continuation comma; to
continue a comment, repeat the asterisk for each line of the comment.

Chapter 1: Introduction 19
Chapter 2: Planning Your Reports
This section contains the following topics:
How to Plan a Report (see page 21)
About Sample Reports (see page 22)
Types of Report Formats (see page 22)
Types of Information to Include (see page 23)
How to Further Tailor Information (see page 24)

How to Plan a Report

Before you create a report, plan what to include in your report, how you want it to look,
and the time period.

To plan a report, do the following:

1. Decide whether to use short-term or long-term data for your report. For short-term
data, use records extracted from the current SMF file. For long-term data, use
either the collected performance data records or the archived SMF data.
2. Decide whether to use one of the Report Writer sample (predefined) reports.
3. Decide what format you want for the report: tabular, plot, graph, or historical
(flashback). The format determines the primary report command that you use.
4. Decide what information you want in the report, for which resources you want this
information, and how you want the information ordered and formatted. For
example, you might want to create a tabular report showing all transactions, in
alphabetical order, how many times each transaction was used, and the average
transaction lifetime. To select this information, you use variables, variable options,
ID options, and identifiers.
5. Decide what type of data you want to examine and then supply that type of data to
the program.
Note: For detailed information about the type of data each record type contains,
see the Administration Guide.
6. Decide how to tailor your report using secondary commands. Such commands can
limit the period a report covers, group the resources included in the report, or
assign the report a descriptive title.

Chapter 2: Planning Your Reports 21

About Sample Reports

About Sample Reports

The Report Writer includes a number of predefined or sample reports. Sample reports
are easy to use because the commands are already written for you. The Report Writer
shows you the commands and lets you tailor them in certain ways. When you are more
experienced with the Report Writer, you can write your own report commands to create
reports that more precisely suit your requirements.

More information:

Sample Reports (see page 303)

Types of Report Formats

If you decide not to use a sample report, then you must write the commands to produce
your report. You can generate reports in four formats:
Tabular reports
Tabular reports display information in a table format. Use this type of report to
compare many variables at once.
Plot reports
Plot reports show the values of one or two variables across time. For example, you
can print a report that shows the hourly CPU usage of your system.
Graph reports
Graph reports have a similar format to plot reports. Graph reports, however, break
down resource usage by identifiers (transaction, terminal, user, and so on) within
the period or periods specified. This breakdown can produce specific information,
such as how often a certain transaction was used during peak periods.
Historical reports
Historical reports present a formatted listing of system events in the order they
occurred. You can use historical reports to discover the source of a recent problem
by using data from either the historical file or the log file.

22 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Types of Information to Include

Types of Information to Include

After you determine the format of the report, you then decide what information to
include and for which resources you want the information. You specify this information
as follows:
To specify what information you want, and in what format, use variables and
variable options. For example, you can create a report showing transaction use, and
you can have this information presented as the number of occurrences or as
percentages.
To specify the resources about which you want information, you use ID options and
identifiers.

The following sections briefly describe these topics:

Variables
Variable options
ID options
Identifiers

Variables
Use variables to specify what information you want to be included in a report, and in
what order.

For example, the following command produces a report that plots the number of
transactions executed on your system, which uses the variable TRANSACTION USE.

PLOT TRANSACTION USE

Variable Options
Use variable options to change either the type of data a variable represents or the
format of that data. For example, by default, the variable TRANSACTION USE gives the
number of transactions executed. If you want to plot the rate at which transactions
were executed, you can use the variable option RATE with this variable, as follows:

PLOT TRANSACTION USE RATE

Chapter 2: Planning Your Reports 23

How to Further Tailor Information

ID Options and Identifiers

Use ID options and identifiers to specify which resources you want to include in a report.
You can specify ID options and identifiers with variables or with commands, as follows:
You can limit a particular variable to certain individual resources by specifying an ID
option and one or more identifiers with the variable.
For example, the following command plots the number of times the transaction
CINQ was executed, which includes the ID option TRANID and the identifier CINQ:
PLOT TRANSACTION USE TRANID(CINQ)

You can limit an entire tabular, historical, or graph report to resources of a given
type by specifying an ID option with the report command. You can further limit the
report to individual resources of that type by specifying identifiers with the ID
option.
For example, the following command generates a tabular report showing:
The number of times the transactions CINQ and PINQ were executed
The average lifetime of each
TAB TRANID(CINQ,PINQ) TRANSACTION USE AND TRANSACTION LIFE

How to Further Tailor Information

You can further tailor the report by using secondary report commands.

For example, use the commands TO and FROM to limit a report to only those
transactions that were executed between 9 and 11 a.m. on June 1. You can also use the
EACH command to define the period each detail line in a report is to represent, and you
can use the TITLE1, TITLE2, and TITLE3 commands to specify a multiline title for the
report.

More information:

Tailor Reports Using Secondary Commands (see page 33)

Commands (see page 39)

24 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Chapter 3: Writing a Report
This section contains the following topics:
How to Write Reports (see page 25)
Types of Reporting Commands (see page 27)
Write A Report (see page 31)
Write Multiple Reports (see page 32)
Tailor Reports Using Secondary Commands (see page 33)
Reports with a File Type of CSV (see page 34)

How to Write Reports

Before you start writing reports, follow the general process for writing and submitting
any history report or series of reports.

To write a report, do the following:

1. Create a job stream. Use the following sample job stream to write reports:
//JOBCARD JOB (0000),TODD,CLASS=A,MSGCLASS=a
//REPORT EXEC PGM=XPFRMAIN,REGION=4M
//STEPLIB DD DSN=sysview.CNM4RLOD.LOADLIB,DISP=SHR
//ERPTPRM DD DSN=sysview.CNM4RSAM.SAMPLIB,DISP=SHR
//SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//TAPSMF DD DISP=SHR,DSN=SMF.inputfile
//SYSIN DD *
INPUT(TAPSMF)
OPTION(RECSTAT=YES)
TAB TRAN USE
END
RUN
*

Chapter 3: Writing a Report 25

How to Write Reports

2. Add parameters to your EXEC statement.

The following is a sample EXEC statement:
// EXEC PGM=XPFRMAIN,REGION=2048K,PARM=['CASE=UPPER']
['DATAONLY=[YES]']
['DATEFRMT=[MM/DD/YY|DD/MM/YY]']
['ECHO=[YES|NO]']
['COPYRIGHT=NO']

This EXEC statement performs the following tasks:

Forces all output to uppercase.
Prints only lines containing report data.
Sets the date format.
Specifies whether to list report commands before printing the report.
Prevents the copyright statement from printing.
3. Write history reporting commands.
The following example shows the minimum commands necessary to write one
report:
primarycommand [variable]
END
RUN

4. Combine the history reporting commands with the job stream.

5. If you plan to use input from a tape file, mount the tape containing the file.
6. Run the job stream created in step 4.

Note: A command can begin anywhere, as long as it is the leftmost word on the line.

26 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Types of Reporting Commands

Types of Reporting Commands

The Report Writer uses two types of history reporting commands. You also use two
special commands for the reports themselves.
The two types of history reporting commands are as follows:
Global commands
Report commands
Special commands for writing reports are as follows.
END command
Tells the Report Writer that the report description is complete. Each report
must end with the END command. After the END command, you can start
another report. For each new report, the variables you set in the previous
report are no longer in effect. If you want to use the same variables, you enter
them again. Values set by global commands, however, remain in effect unless
overridden by another command.
RUN command
Starts executing the reports you described. When the Report Writer
encounters RUN, it stops reading your commands and starts writing reports.
Commands after the RUN command are ignored; so always make RUN the last
command given to the Report Writer.

Global Commands
Global commands set values that stay in effect for all reports that are printed in one
run. For example, if you use the LINECOUNT command to tell the Report Writer how
many lines are on one page, then that number of lines applies to all reports in that run.

You can insert global commands anywhere among the report commands. With the
exception of the GLOBAL command, global commands affect all reports in the run
without regard to placement. The GLOBAL command affects only reports that come
after it.

The following are the history reporting global commands:

CARDLEN
Sets the number of characters in each line the Report Writer reads. CARDLEN is
useful when you want the Report Writer to ignore sequence numbers.
COUNT
Specifies the number of input records the Report Writer is to read. This command is
useful for testing new reports.

Chapter 3: Writing a Report 27

Types of Reporting Commands

DEFINE
Creates new ID options and variables.
GLOBAL
Makes a command apply to all subsequent reports. This command helps you avoid
duplicating code when you create multiple reports.
GOTO
Causes the Report Writer to ignore all subsequent commands until the specified
label is read.
IF
Creates new identifiers based on other identifiers, or resets existing identifiers.
INPUT
Defines the input files to use for the report.

LINECOUNT
Specifies the number of lines to print per page of the report.
OPTION
Specifies global report options, such as:
How dates, null identifiers, and zero values are represented
Whether summary lines, storage statistics, or dumps are produced
Whether messages are printed
RUN
Prints the reports.

Report Commands
Report commands apply to a single report and control what happens in a single report.
These commands build a report by telling the Report Writer what type of report to
write, what variables to use, when to start the report, and so on.

These commands can be divided into two groups:

Primary report commands, which define the type of report
Secondary report commands, which alter or enhance the report

28 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Types of Reporting Commands

Primary Report Commands

Each report must contain one (and only one) of the following primary report commands:
FLASHBACK
Prints detailed information about each transaction executed.
GRAF
Produces a graph report that shows the value of a variable for each resource of a
single type; for example, transaction, terminal, and user.
GRAF2
Produces a second graph under each graph line created by the GRAF command.
HPLOT
Produces a distribution plot of one variable against another.
INVOICE
Produces a tabular invoice report using the cost factors you specify. This report
includes a separate invoice for each identifier included in the report and an optional
summary for all identifiers.
MPLOT
Plots multiple variables across time.
PLOT
Plots a variable across time.
PLOT2
Creates a second plot below each plot line created by the PLOT command.
TAB
Produces a table of the values of the variables you specify.
TAB2
Produces a second table for each row of a table created by the TAB command.
VPLOT
Plots a variable vertically across time.
VPLOT2
Plots a second variable on top of a plot created by the VPLOT command.

Chapter 3: Writing a Report 29

Types of Reporting Commands

Secondary Report Commands

Following the primary report commands, you can include secondary report commands.
Secondary report commands alter or enhance the report.

For example:
Use the secondary commands FROM and TO to limit the time range covered by a
report.
Use TITLE1 to define a title for the report.

The following are the secondary report commands:

COMMENT
Prints a comment at the bottom of each page of the report.
COST
Assigns cost values to resources for charge-back.
EACH
Defines a period from minutes to years in which to display or organize report data.
END
Indicates the end of the current report description.
EXCLUDE
Defines a time range to exclude from the report.
EXITRTN
Specifies the name of a user exit to call after each record is read and before
processing.
FROM
Defines the starting date and time of the report.
GROUP
Combines resources into performance groups.
HEADER
Assigns a header to appear above the column headings in a tabular report.
INCLUDE
Defines a time range to include in the report.
PERIOD
Produces a summary of the plotted average activity of the resource.

30 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Write A Report

PRTEXIT
Specifies the name of a user exit to call before each line is printed.
RANGE
Defines a value range for any variable.
SELECT
Restricts a report to the specified identifiers.
SHIFT
Limits the report to a part of each day, typically a production shift.

TITLE1, TITLE2, TITLE3

Replaces the default title lines of a report with up to three lines of text you specify.
TO
Defines the ending date and time of the report.

Write A Report
The following shows the minimum commands necessary to write one report:

primarycommand [variable]
END
RUN

primarycommand
Defines the type of report. For example, a tabular or plot report.
variable
Specifies one or more Report Writer variables.
END
Indicates the end of the current report description.
RUN
Starts executing the report.

Chapter 3: Writing a Report 31

Write Multiple Reports

Write Multiple Reports

You can generate your report in more than one format. Use the following procedures to
write multiple reports in a single run.

Follow these steps:

1. End each set of report commands with the END command.
GRAF variable
END

PLOT variable
END

2. Specify the RUN command following the END command for the last report.
PLOT variable
END
RUN

Your graph and plot reports are run.

Note: Each historical report must be run as a single report in a separate run. In other
words, you cannot specify another primary report command (such as TAB or PLOT) in a
job stream with the FLASHBACK command.

Example: Commands to Write GRAF and PLOT Reports

The following are the minimum commands to write a GRAF report and a PLOT report:

GRAF variable
END

PLOT variable
END
RUN

Each GRAF and PLOT report includes an END command.

32 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Tailor Reports Using Secondary Commands

Tailor Reports Using Secondary Commands

You can include specific information in your reports, such as shift information, by using
secondary commands.

To tailor a report, insert the secondary commands before the END command of the
report.

Example: Add a Shift to Your Report

The following example adds the SHIFT command to include only the hours from 8:00
a.m. to noon in the graph report.

GRAF variable
SHIFT 08:00:00 12:00:00
END

PLOT variable
END
RUN

In this example, because the SHIFT command is not used with the PLOT command, the
resulting plot report covers all 24 hours. To apply the same time restrictions to the plot
report as you do to the graph report, include the SHIFT command with the PLOT
command.

Create Multiple Tailored Reports

You can use the same secondary command for each report you create. For example, if
you are printing ten reports, you can use the SHIFT command with each primary report
command to specify the period you want each report to cover. Generally, you cannot
use the same secondary command twice for the same report, even if you specify two
different periods. The exceptions to this rule are the COST, EXCLUDE, GROUP, INCLUDE,
RANGE, and SELECT commands, which can be repeated in the same report.

Examples: Incorrect and correct use of secondary commands in a stream.

Incorrect Command Stream
GRAF variable
SHIFT 08:00:00 12:00:00
SHIFT 13:00:00 17:00:00
END

PLOT variable
END

RUN

Chapter 3: Writing a Report 33

Reports with a File Type of CSV

Corrected Command Stream

GRAF variable
SHIFT 08:00:00 12:00:00
END

GRAF variable
SHIFT 13:00:00 17:00:00
END

PLOT variable
END

RUN

Reports with a File Type of CSV

You can save your report to a file type of CSV and download the CSV report to a PC.

After the report is on the PC, you can further process and format your reports using a PC
spreadsheet program. CSV formatted reports can be only of type TAB, TAB2, and
FLASHBACK.

Note: Reports with the option DATAONLY set to YES cannot be saved as a CSV formatted
report.

34 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Reports with a File Type of CSV

CSVGEN UtilityConvert Generated Reports to CSV Format

You can convert a TAB, TAB2, and FLASHBACK report that you have created to CSV
format for use in a PC spreadsheet program.

Note: We recommend using OPTION(ZEROFLD=ZERO) in your reports. This option helps

you ensure that fields with a zero value do not appear as blanks in the CSV output.

Usage of the CSVGEN utility to convert the generated report to CSV format.

Use the prepared sample job $CSVJCL, which is an extension of $SAMPJCL. The CSV
formatted output is generated in the second step of the $CSVJCL job:

//PARSE EXEC PGM=IKJEFT01

//SYSEXEC DD DISP=SHR,DSN=sysview.REPORT.SCSYSAMP
//SYSTSPRT DD SYSOUT=*
//RWO DD SYSOUT=*
//CSVIN DD DSN=*.REPORT.SYSPRINT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//CSVOUT DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSTSIN DD *
CSVGEN CSVIN CSVOUT VS=, DS=.
/*

DD names:
RWO
Copies the original (source) report here.
CSVIN
Specifies the source report, which is typically generated in the first step, but a
stored report could also be used.
CSVOUT
Stores the CSV formatted report here.
SYSTSIN
Invokes the conversion utility with all parameters.

$CSVJCL introduces a second job step, converting the report that is generated in the first
step to a CSV formatted file. CSV formatted reports contain only data and relevant
headers, presented in the same order as in the source report.

The CSVGEN utility has the following syntax:

CSVGEN {<IN> <OUT>} [OPTIONAL PARAMETERS]

Chapter 3: Writing a Report 35

Reports with a File Type of CSV

CSVGEN
Indicates the utility name.
<IN>
(Required) The input ddname. Points to original (source) report which is being
converted.
<OUT>
(Required) The output ddname. The report in CSV format is stored here.
[OPTIONAL PARAMETERS]
Some optional parameters can be used to tailor your CSV formatted output. These
parameters are only one character long.
VS=
Value Separator. This parameter changes the default value separator value.
Default: comma (,)
Example, to specify a semicolon use the following format:
VS=;

DS=
Decimal Separator. This parameter changes the default decimal separator
value.
Default: period (.)
Example, to specify a comma use the following format:
DS=,

Your report is converted to CSV format and ready to download to your PC.

36 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Reports with a File Type of CSV

How to Download CSV Formatted Reports

Several ways exist to download generated CSV reports into a spreadsheet on a PC. You
can store the report on your PC as a pure text file with the extension .CSV.

To download the report from the mainframe to your PC, use any of the following
methods:
(Recommended method) Use any suitable FTP client to download the report
directly from the JES spool (if FTP access is enabled).
Copy and paste the report from your terminal emulator into a text editor on your
PC.
Save the CSV report into a data set and do either of the following:
Use the function Download file from your terminal emulator (if it is supported).
Use any suitable FTP client to download the report (if FTP access to data sets is
enabled).

Example: Download a CSV Formatted Report

The following example explains how to download a CSV report directly from the JES
spool using Windows built-in command line FTP client. Usage is similar in different FTP
clients. Bold text indicates commands that you must enter, variable parts are in italics.

C:\>ftp
ftp> open server.organization.com
Connected to server.organization.com.
220- IBM FTP CS V1R11 at SERVER.ORGANIZATION.COM, 11:11:11 on 2011-11-11.
220 Connection will close if idle for more than 11 minutes.
User (server.organization.com:(none)): username
331 Send password please.
Password: userpassword
230 USERNAME is logged on. Working directory is "USERNAME.".
ftp> quote site filetype=jes
200 SITE command was accepted
ftp> quote site jesjobname=*
200 SITE command was accepted
ftp> quote site jesowner=jobownername
200 SITE command was accepted
ftp> get JOBxxxxx.6 c:\data\csvreport.csv
200 Port request OK.
125 Sending data set USERNAME.XML#A11.JOBxxxxx.D1111111.?
250 Transfer completed successfully.
ftp: 1111 bytes received in 0,11Seconds 11,11Kbytes/sec.
ftp> bye
221 Quit command received. Goodbye.

Explanation of commands used in the example:

Chapter 3: Writing a Report 37

Reports with a File Type of CSV

ftp
Invokes the ftp client.
open server.organization.com
Connects to specified server. Replace server.organization.com with the network
address of the server you are connecting to.
username, userpassword
Specifies the user name and password. Replace username and userpassword with
valid user credentials.
quote site filetype=jes
Creates the connection to JES spool files.
quote site jesjobname=*
Uses all available jobs.
quote site jobowner=jobownername
Selects only the job of the specified user. Replace jobownername with the valid user
ID of the job owner.
get JOBxxxxx.6 c:\data\csvreport.csv
Indicates the client is ready to download the report.
JOBxxxxx.6
The client finds the report by job ID and extension. Job ID is formatted as
JOBxxxxx where xxxxx is the job number. The extension (in this example, the
number six after the period) tells the client which spool file to download. Spool
files belonging to the specified job are numbered starting with one. So in this
example the CSV report would be the sixth spool file belonging to the specified
job.
c:\data\csvreport.csv
Provides the fully qualified path where you want to store the report on your
computer.
bye
Closes the ftp client.

38 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Chapter 4: Commands
This section contains the following topics:
About the Commands (see page 40)
Variables with Commands (see page 40)
ID Options with Commands and Variables (see page 40)
CARDLEN CommandSet the Character Length (see page 41)
COMMENT CommandAdd a Comment Line (see page 41)
COST CommandProvides Charge-back Statistics (see page 42)
COUNT CommandDefine Number of Records (see page 44)
DEFINE CommandDefine ID Options and Variables (see page 45)
EACH CommandDefine a Time Period (see page 54)
END CommandEnd a Report (see page 56)
EXCLUDE CommandDefine Excluded Time Ranges (see page 57)
EXITRTN CommandDefine User Exits (see page 58)
FLASHBACK AUDITLOG CommandGenerate Audit Report (see page 59)
FLASHBACK LIST CommandGenerate Transaction Report (see page 60)
FROM CommandBegin Time for Report (see page 62)
GLOBAL CommandAssign Parameter Values (see page 66)
GOTO CommandJump to Specified Location (see page 67)
GRAF CommandProduce a Graph (see page 68)
GRAF2 CommandProduce Subgraphs (see page 70)
GROUP CommandCombine Resources (see page 72)
HEADER CommandSpecify a Title (see page 74)
HPLOT CommandProduce a Horizontal Plot (see page 76)
IF CommandAssign Identifier Values (see page 77)
INCLUDE CommandDefine Time Ranges (see page 78)
INPUT CommandInput File Name (see page 80)
INVOICE CommandProduce a Tabular Invoice Report (see page 80)
LINECOUNT CommandSet Lines Per Page (see page 82)
MPLOT CommandProduce a Vertical Plot (see page 83)
OPTION CommandDefine Report Options (see page 84)
PERIOD CommandSpecify a Time (see page 91)
PLOT CommandPlot Resource Usage (see page 92)
PLOT2 CommandPlot Two Variables (see page 94)
PRTEXIT CommandDefine a User Exit (see page 94)
RANGE CommandSet Criteria to Include (see page 95)
RUN CommandBegin Processing and Printing Reports (see page 97)
SELECT CommandSpecify Identifiers (see page 97)
SHIFT CommandHours Covered for a Report (see page 98)
TABulate CommandProduce Tabular Reports (see page 100)
TAB2 CommandBuild a Secondary Table (see page 103)
TITLE1, TITLE2, and TITLE3 Commands (see page 104)
VPLOT CommandPlot Usage in Vertical Columns (see page 106)
VPLOT2 CommandPlot Two Variables (see page 107)

Chapter 4: Commands 39
About the Commands

About the Commands

This chapter describes Report Writer commands, including the syntax and options for
each command.

For more examples of the primary commands, including sample reports, see the
following chapters:
Tabular Reports
Plot Reports
Graph Reports
Historical Reports

Variables with Commands

Some commands require you to specify at least one variable.

More information:

Tailor Reports Using Variables (see page 109)

ID Options with Commands and Variables

Some commands let you organize and limit the data by specifying one or more ID
options. Specify ID options either with the command or with the variables specified with
the command.

More information:

ID Options (see page 167)

Tailor Reports Using Variables (see page 109)

40 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

CARDLEN CommandSet the Character Length

CARDLEN CommandSet the Character Length

The CARDLEN command is a global command that sets the number of characters in each
line that the Report Writer reads. This command is useful when you want the Report
Writer to ignore sequence numbers.

Entering CARDLEN once sets the line length for all reports in the run. Place this
command as the first command in your command stream; otherwise, the lines before it
are treated as if they are 80 characters long.

This command has the following syntax:

CARDLEN nn

nn
Specifies the maximum number of columns (characters) per line that the
Report Writer reads.
Must be an integer less than or equal to 80.
Default: 80

Example: CARDLEN Command

The following command specifies that the Report Writer is to read 71 characters per
line:

CARDLEN 71

COMMENT CommandAdd a Comment Line

The COMMENT command creates a comment line at the bottom of each page of the
report.

This command has the following syntax:

COMMENT commentline

commentline
Provides the comment that you assign to the report. The comment can be up to 60
characters long. Every character in the command line must be on the same line as
the COMMENT command.

Chapter 4: Commands 41
COST CommandProvides Charge-back Statistics

COST CommandProvides Charge-back Statistics

The COST command makes charge-back statistics available for any resource.

The following list provides usage information for the COST command:
If you use the COST command with a variable you created using the DEFINE
command, then also specify the DEFERRED operand.
Use the variable REPORT COST TOTAL to create a column showing total cost for
each row in your report.
Use the variable REPORT COST DISTRIBution to create a column showing
proportional total cost for each row in your report. Use this variable only if you
specified the DISTRIBution operand.
Use the COST option with a variable to show its cost value, computed using the cost
factor you specify with the COST command.
For example, you specify a cost factor for the variable TRAN USE using the COST
command. Then you could specify the variable and option TRAN USE COST with the
TAB command. The created column in the report shows the cost for transactions for
each identifier or period in the report.
Use the command OPTION MONETARY=x to specify a one-character symbol for the
monetary unit. The default setting is the dollar sign ($).

This command has the following syntax:

COST [variable cost-factor [idoption(identifiers)]

[RANGE(min,max)][SELECT(name)]]
[variable cost-factor [DEFERRED]]
[DISTRIBution value]

variable
Specifies any valid variable keyword. You can use variables defined with the DEFINE
command when you specify the DEFERRED operand.
cost-factor
Specifies the monetary value associated with this resource. This value can include
up to five decimal positions.
idoption(identifiers)
Includes any valid ID option specified with any valid identifiers.
RANGE(min, max)
Allows multiple cost factors for the same resource based on specified value ranges.
(min, max)
Defines the value range. Specify a separate COST command for each range.

42 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

COST CommandProvides Charge-back Statistics

SELECT(name)
Applies a period specified with an INCLUDE or EXCLUDE command.
name
Specifies the name assigned by the ID operand of the INCLUDE or EXCLUDE
command. This operand functions similar to the SELECT option.
For more information, see the section SELECT OptionSpecifying a Time Period for
a Variable (see page 202) in the chapter Tabular Reports.
DEFERRED
By default, the cost-factor is applied to the data immediately as each record is read.
Specifying DEFERRED causes the Report Writer to apply the cost factor after all the
data has been read. If you specify DEFERRED, you cannot specify the idoption,
RANGE, or SELECT operands.
DISTRIBution value
Creates a distributed cost report.
value
Defines the cost you want the report rows to total.
Specify the REPORT COST DISTRIBution variable to include a column in your report.
This report shows the adjusted total cost for each row, with all rows adding up to
the amount defined by value.

Example: Cost Commands

The COST commands in this example define the following cost factors:
One cent per transaction
25 cents per CPU second consumed

COST TRAN USE .01

COST TRAN CPU .25

TAB TRANID TRAN USE AND,

TRAN USE COST HDR1(TRAN USE) HDR2(COST) AND,
TRAN CPU AND,
TRAN CPU COST HDR1(TRAN CPU) HDR2(COST) AND,
REPORT COST TOTAL
END
RUN

The TAB command uses the two cost factors, creating a tabular report with a column
showing the value of each variable for each transaction. The HDR1 and HDR2 operands
assign those columns appropriate headings. The last variable, REPORT COST TOTAL,
creates a column that shows the sum of the costs for each row in the report.

Chapter 4: Commands 43
COUNT CommandDefine Number of Records

COUNT CommandDefine Number of Records

The COUNT command is a global command that defines a maximum number of input
records to read for a report. After the specified number of records are read, an
end-of-file condition is forced.

Entering COUNT once sets the maximum number of input records to read for each
report in the run. You can use this command to experiment with new reports that can
generate more output than you want.

If a FROM command is specified, the counting of records begins with the first record
meeting the earliest time specified in the FROM command. Otherwise, the counting of
records begins with the first record read.

This command has the following syntax:

COUNT nnnnnn [SELECTED]

nnnnnn
Provides the maximum number of records to read.
SELECTED
Counts only records that pass at least one selection criterion when determining if
nnnnnn records have been read.

Example: Count Command

The following command specifies that the Report Writer is to stop reading records after
reading 50 records that meet any selection criterion:

COUNT 50 SELECTED

44 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

DEFINE CommandDefine ID Options and Variables

DEFINE CommandDefine ID Options and Variables

The DEFINE command is a global command that creates new ID options and variables
for use in reports. Any variables or ID options you define are in effect for all reports in
the run.

Important! When you use the DEFINE command to create variables, consider specifying
the FORMAT variable option with the variable in your report command. If you do not
specify the FORMAT option, the decimal point is not included in the variable values.

You can define variables and ID options from scratch, or use existing variables or ID
options as a template.

This command has the following syntax:

DEFINE ID|XID|XVAR

ID
Requests the definition of a new ID option using existing ID options.
XID
Requests the definition of a new ID option.
XVAR
Requests the definition of a new variable.

More information:

Valid Variable Options (see page 157)

Chapter 4: Commands 45
DEFINE CommandDefine ID Options and Variables

DEFINE XID, XVARDefine New ID Options or Variables

Defining new ID options or variables without using existing ID options or variables lets
you report on any data field located in any supported record.

Use the following syntax to define new ID options or variables without using existing ID
options or variables.

The syntax is shown with a continuation comma at the end of the first line.

DEFINE XID|XVAR name PRODUCT=EXPC RECORD=rectype,

[SUBTYPE=subtype] OFFSET=data-offset
LENGTH=data-length,[TRIPLET=triplet-offset]
[TYPE=data-type][HDR1=header1] [HDR2=header2]
[MIN | MAX] [FORMAT(outputformat)]

XID
Requests the definition of a new ID option.
XVAR
Requests the definition of a new variable.
name
Specifies the name of the new ID option or variable being created. For DEFINE XID
commands, name must be a single word.
Note: For DEFINE XVAR commands, name must conform to the structure described
at the beginning of the chapter Variables (see page 109).
PRODUCT
Identifies the product for which an ID option or variable is being defined. You can
omit this operand if you use the PRODUCT operand on the OPTION command.
rectype
Specifies the record type. To specify a value in hexadecimal, prefix the value with
the letter x, for example, RECORD=x3C. You can omit this operand if you use the
RECORD operand of the OPTION command.
subtype
Specifies the record subtype.
data-offset
Specifies the offset to the data field from the beginning of the section. To specify a
value in hexadecimal, prefix the value with the letter x, for example, OFFSET=x3C.

46 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

DEFINE CommandDefine ID Options and Variables

data-length
Specifies the length of the data field. If you specify an XVAR with a type of BINARY,
3DEC, 6DEC, or NUMERIC, the maximum length is 8 bytes.
Note: Character-type variables have no length restriction.
triplet-offset
Specifies the offset from the beginning of the section to the triplet information. To
specify a value in hexadecimal, prefix the value with the letter x, for example,
TRIPLET=x3C.
data-type
Specifies data types for the DEFINE XID or DEFINE XVAR commands.
Specifies one of the following data types for DEFINE XID commands:
BINARY-Indicates binary.
CHARACTER-Indicates character.
HEX-Indicates hexadecimal.
Specifies one of the following data types for DEFINE XVAR commands:
3DEC-Indicates a number with three decimal places.
6DEC-Indicates a number with six decimal places.
BINARY-Indicates binary. Default for DEFINE XVAR commands.
CHARACTER-Indicates character.
NUMERIC-Indicates decimal numbers in character format.
HEX-Indicates hexadecimal.
STCK-Converts a store-clock TOD field into mm/dd/yy hh:mm:ss.
STCK-DATE-Converts a store-clock TOD field into mm/dd/yy format.
STCK-TIME-Converts a store-clock TOD field into hh:mm:ss format.
STCK-TIMEM-Converts a store-clock TOD field into hh:mm:ss:mmm.

Chapter 4: Commands 47
DEFINE CommandDefine ID Options and Variables

header1
Specifies a string of up to eight characters to be used as the top column heading.
Default: Null string
header2
Specifies a string of up to eight characters to be used as the bottom column
heading.
Default: Null string
MIN|MAX
Use the MAX and MIN options to force a new variable that by default prints a count
to print the minimum or maximum value.
FORMAT
Use the FORMAT option to define the length of an output field or to specify how
many decimal positions it contains.
Note: For a description of output format, see the chapter "Variable Options (see
page 157)."

DEFINE IDDefine Options Using Existing ID Options

When defining a new ID option, you can include multiple character strings or existing ID
options, in any order. When printed, components are concatenated without intervening
spaces.

To define new ID options using existing ID options, use the following syntax:

DEFINE ID newid [oldid [(start,length)]] ['string']...

ID
Requests the definition of a new ID option.
newid
Provides the name of the new ID option you want to define.
oldid
Specifies the name of an existing ID option you want to be a component of the new
ID option.

48 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

DEFINE CommandDefine ID Options and Variables

start,length
Specifies the starting position (start) and length (length) of the part of the existing
ID option you want to include in the new ID option. Use these variables if you do
not want to include the entire existing ID option.
string
Defines a character string that you want as a component of the new ID option.
Enclose the string in single quotes. The string can be one or more characters long,
and it can include or consist entirely of blanks.

Chapter 4: Commands 49
DEFINE CommandDefine ID Options and Variables

DEFINE VARDefine Variables Using Existing Variables

Use the following syntax to define new variables using existing variables:

DEFINE VAR newvar = expression

VAR
Requests the definition of a new variable.
newvar
Provides the name of the new variable you want to define.
expression
Assigns any arithmetic expression, the result of which is the value of the new
variable. You can use the following to create the expression:
Existing variables
The MAX, MIN, TOTAL, and RANGE variable options
Valid ID options
Constants
Delimit all variables, operands, and parentheses with blanks. You can use the
following operators in the expression:
+ = Addition
- = Subtraction
* = Multiplication
/ = Division
! = Exponentiation
( ) = Parentheses

Examples: The DEFINE Command

The following examples show ways to enter the DEFINE command:

Redefine the length of the ID option TRANID from eight characters to four, starting
with position one:
DEFINE ID TRANID TRANID(1,4)

Redefine the ID option PROGID to use only four characters, starting with position 3:
DEFINE ID PROGID PROGID(3,4)

Create an ID option named MYKEY with components TRANID and TERMID and
places a blank between the two components:
DEFINE ID MYKEY TRANID ' ' TERMID

50 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

DEFINE CommandDefine ID Options and Variables

Create the variable TRAN %CPUTIME by multiplying TRAN CPUTIME by 100 and
then dividing by TRAN LIFETIME:
DEFINE VAR TRAN %CPUTIME= ,
( TRAN CPUTIME * 100 ) / TRAN LIFETIME

The continuation comma allows the command to be continued on a second line.

Create the new variable DCNTMAX that yields the maximum number of transient
data sets used by any one transaction:
DEFINE VAR TRAN DCNTMAX = TRAN DCOUNT MAX

Create the ID option KEY19, which is of record type 19, at offset X'14', of length 8,
and of type hexadecimal:
DEFINE XID KEY19 PRODUCT=EXPC RECORD=19,
OFFSET=X14 LENGTH=8 TYPE=HEX

The continuation comma allows the command to be continued on a second line.

Create the new variable TERM MYVAR:
DEFINE XVAR TERM MYVAR,
PRODUCT=EXPC RECORD=19 OFFSET=X28,
LENGTH=2 TYPE=HEX HDR2=myvar

The continuation commas allow the command to be continued on subsequent lines.

Chapter 4: Commands 51
DEFINE CommandDefine ID Options and Variables

Define XID Options Using the List Command

Defining a new ID Option using the LIST command lets you display any text that you
specify instead of displaying the SMF record value.

Follow these steps:

1. In LIST subcommand, specify the input-type, input-length, and then continue with
list of value-text pairs.
If a value read from RECORD= matches one from the LIST=, the corresponding text
is used instead of this value.
2. Use the UNKW keyword at the end of the list. UNKW specifies the text to print
when the SMF record field value does not meet any of values in the list.

The Define XID option using the LIST command has the following syntax:

DEFINE XID name PRODUCT=EXPC RECORD=rectype,

[SUBTYPE=subtype] [TRIPLET=triplet-offset],
OFFSET=dataoffset [HDR1=header1],
[HDR2=header2],
LIST=(IT=input-type, IL=input-length,
value1,text1,
value2,text2,
value3,text3,

valueN,textN,
[UNKW,unknown])

For a description of the common keywords, see the section Define ID Options or
Variables (see page 45).
input-type
Specifies the data type of DEFINE XID command with LIST subcommand. Specify one
of the following input types:
BIN Indicates binary
DEC Indicates decimal value in PACKED format
NUM Indicates numeric value in character format
CHAR - Indicates character
input-length
Specifies the length of the data field.
value1
Specifies the value in the SMF record corresponding to text1.

52 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

DEFINE CommandDefine ID Options and Variables

text1
Specifies text that prints in the report when value1 is met in the SMF record. Text is
limited to 16 characters.
UNKW
Is a keyword, used for specify UNKW-unknown pair corresponding to all values that
are not specified in the list. Notice that if UNKW-unknown pair is not specified then
blank is used for all unknown values.
unknown
Specifies text that prints when the value from SMF record does not match any from
the list. Text is limited to 16 characters.

Example: Using Define XID Options Using LIST Command.

This example defines the IDoption OWNER from record type 255x4.

DEFINE XID XOWNER PRODUCT=EXPC RECORD=4,

OFFSET=X78 HDR1=OWNER,
LIST=(IL=1,IT=BIN,
0,MVS,
1,MQSERIES,
2,IMS,
3,TCP/IP,
UNKW,UNKNOWN)

TAB DATE SORT ALPHA STARTTIME SORT ALPHA XOWNER,

COMMON STATE EXCEPTION STATUS
END
RUN

The following report generates:

START OWNER
DATE TIME STATUS
-------- ------------ -------- --------
07/01/09 00.53.54.005 IMS HIGH
00.55.54.035 IMS NORMAL
07.25.24.438 MVS WARNING
07.25.24.937 MVS WARNING
07.25.24.951 MVS WARNING
-------- ------------ -------- --------
-------- ------------ -------- --------

Chapter 4: Commands 53
EACH CommandDefine a Time Period

EACH CommandDefine a Time Period

The EACH command defines a time period, from minutes to years, in which report data
is organized. The effects of the EACH command depend on the report type, as follows:
With tabular reports, use the EACH command to define the time interval you want
the table to repeat. Create a DAY, DATE, or TIME column when you use the EACH
command.
For plot reports, use the EACH command to define the time period represented by
each line in the plot. You can plot by the hour, day, week, or month using the EACH
command. The default is one day.
Graph reports break down activity by identifier during a given time period. If you do
not specify an EACH command, the result is a single graph for the whole time period
covered in the report. The EACH command produces a separate graph for each time
period.

You must have the appropriate amount of data in your input file for the EACH value you
specify. For example, you cannot specify EACH YEAR if your input file has data for less
than one year. If the input file does not have enough data, you receive an incomplete
report.

Important! The Report Writer cannot report on a smaller time interval than the data in
the input file. This limitation is important when you use variables that use data collected
at time intervals, such as interval variables. For example, if the input file contains data
that was logged at half-hour intervals, you cannot specify an EACH value of less than 30
minutes. Generally, make the EACH value you specify the same as, or a multiple of, your
system data collection interval. This warning does not apply to performance record data
because such data is not collected at specified time intervals.

By default, a week is Monday through Sunday. You can set the weeks to begin on a
different weekday. If you specify the EACH WEEK or EACH nnn WEEKs command, use the
OPTION(WEEK=weekday) command to specify the first day of your week.

54 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

EACH CommandDefine a Time Period

This command has the following syntax:

EACH [time-period | RECORD] [AVERAGED] [SUMMARIZE]

time-period
Defines one of the following base time units.
nnn
Specifies the number of time intervals (up to 999) in the time unit you select.
MINUTE: nnn minutes
HOUR: nnn hours
DAY: nnn days
WEEK: nnn weeks
MONTH: nnn months
YEAR: nnn years
Default: DAY
RECORD
Defines the sample interval as each record, rather than as a time interval. This
option is valid only for HPLOT reports; if you specify EACH RECORD for any other
report, the command is ignored.
If you specify EACH RECORD for an HPLOT report, then also use the SCALE operand
to specify a scale for the HPLOT variable.
AVERAGED
Produces a report with one detail line for each period specified by the EACH
command. The variable values in each line represent the average value of the
variable for that period for all the input data.
For example, if you create a tabular report and specify EACH 1 HOUR AVERAGED,
the report includes 24 rows. One row for each hour of the day. The first row would
show the average value for each variable for the hour of midnight to 1:00 a.m. for
all the days of input data.
When you use the AVERAGED operand, the EACH value must be 24 hours or less.
SUMMARIZE
Similar to the AVERAGED operand, except that the data is totaled instead of
averaged. Use this operand only with variables that represent counts (not
averages).
For example, if you specify EACH 1 HOUR SUMMARIZE for a tabular report, the
report includes 24 rows, one for each hour of the day. The first row would show the
total value for each variable for the hour of midnight to 1:00 a.m. for all the days of
input data.

Chapter 4: Commands 55
END CommandEnd a Report

Examples: EACH Command

To plot the value of a variable for each half-hour period:

PLOT variable
EACH 30 MINUTES
END
RUN

To create a distribution plot using each record as the sample interval:

VPLOT variable1
HPLOT variable2 SCALE(nn)
EACH RECORD
END
RUN

END CommandEnd a Report

Use the END command to end each report. Any commands after the END command are
interpreted as applying to the next report. Omitting the END command between reports
causes Report Writer to issue a message that you are using multiple report commands
for one report.

This command has the following syntax:

END

Example: End Command

The following is an example of the use of the END command:

TITLE1 REPORT1
PLOT variable1 AND variable2
FROM 02/01/11 00.00.01
TO 02/15/11 23.59.59
END

TITLE1 REPORT2
PLOT variable
SHIFT 17:00:00 01:00:00
END
.
.
.
RUN

56 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

EXCLUDE CommandDefine Excluded Time Ranges

EXCLUDE CommandDefine Excluded Time Ranges

The EXCLUDE command defines time ranges to exclude from a report. You cannot use
both INCLUDE and EXCLUDE commands in the same report. You can use multiple
EXCLUDE commands to exclude multiple time ranges.

This command has the following syntax:

EXCLUDE [day] [time - time] [ID name]

[date]
[date time - date time]
[month]

day
Specifies the day of the week. Valid values are: SUNday, MONday, TUESday,
WEDnesday, THURsday, FRIday, or SATurday.
time
Specifies the time of day in hh:mm:ss format.
date
Specifies the date in mm/dd/yy format.
ID name
Defines a name to be associated with a specific setting of the EXCLUDE command,
for use with the SELECT variable option.
For more information, see the SELECT variable option in the chapter Tabular
Reports (see page 191) and the SELECT operand of the COST Command (see
page 42) in this chapter.
month
Specifies the month. Valid values are: JANuary, FEBruary, MARch, APRil, MAY, JUNe,
JULy, AUGust, SEPTember, OCTober, NOVember, or DECember

Example: EXCLUDE Command

EXCLUDE SUNDAY

EXCLUDE 02/04/11

EXCLUDE 12:00:00 - 13:00:00

EXCLUDE FRIDAY 16:00:00 - 17:00:00

EXCLUDE 08:00:00 - 15:59:59 ID 1STSHIFT

EXCLUDE 16:00:00 - 23:59:59 ID 2NDSHIFT

EXCLUDE JULY

Chapter 4: Commands 57
EXITRTN CommandDefine User Exits

EXITRTN CommandDefine User Exits

The EXITRTN command defines a user exit to call after each record is read and before
the Report Writer processes the record.

Note: One user exit, EXPGUX, is predefined for your use.

This command has the following syntax:

EXITRTN(user-exit)

user-exit
Defines the name of the user exit.

More information:

User Exits (see page 301)

58 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

FLASHBACK AUDITLOG CommandGenerate Audit Report

FLASHBACK AUDITLOG CommandGenerate Audit Report

The FLASHBACK AUDITLOG command:
Generates detailed reports on event records created by the Audit Events
component
Produces one line of output per record

To change the number of columns per line, specify audit ID options with the FLASHBACK
LIST command.

Logs are listed in chronological order based on the time when the audit event occurred
and cannot be sorted. You can run flashback reports against the flashback file, the
archive file, or a backup of the archive file (a log file).

Important! Each flashback report must be run as a single report in a separate run. In
other words, you cannot specify another primary report command in a job stream with
the FLASHBACK AUDITLOG command. For example, TAB, PLOT, another FLASHBACK
LIST, or FLASHBACK AUDITLOG command.

This command has the following syntax:

FLASHBACK AUDITLOG [idoption(identifiers)]

idoption(identifiers)
Includes resources specified by identifiers for an ID option. You can specify multiple
ID options.

Note: The FLASHBACK AUDITLOG command can generate enormous amounts of output
when run against a large input file. To avoid problems, use either the FROM and TO
commands, the COUNT command, or the SELECT command to limit the output.

Chapter 4: Commands 59
FLASHBACK LIST CommandGenerate Transaction Report

Example: FLASHBACK AUDITLOG Command

The following FLASHBACK AUDITLOG command is specified with the AUDTYPE ID option
and identifier. This report shows only Console command records.

FLASHBACK AUDITLOG AUDTYPE(Console command)

END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

AUDIT SYSTEM SUBSYS JOB TASK SECURITY PRODUCT USER TERMINAL

DATE TIME TYPE NAME ID ID NAME GROUP RELEASE ID ID
-------- -------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
05/29/09 19.59.59 Console command CA31 GSVQ STC05788 SCHEDULR 12.5 GSVXSCHT
05/29/09 19.59.59 Console command CA31 GSVX STC39650 SCHEDULR 12.0 GSVXSCHT
05/29/09 20.00.00 Console command CA31 SYSV STC27561 SCHEDULR 12.5 GSVXSCHT
05/29/09 20.00.00 Console command CA31 GSVQ STC05788 SCHEDULR 12.5 GSVXSCHT
05/29/09 20.00.00 Console command CA31 GSVX STC39650 SCHEDULR 12.0 GSVXSCHT
05/29/09 20.00.00 Console command CA31 SYSV STC27561 SCHEDULR 12.5 GSVXSCHT
-------- -------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
05/29/09 20.00.00
-------- -------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------------- - --------

More information:

Historical Reports (see page 261)

FLASHBACK LIST CommandGenerate Transaction Report

The FLASHBACK LIST command:
Generates detailed reports on transactions
Produces one line of output per transaction

You can change the number of columns per line by specifying variables with the
FLASHBACK LIST command.

Transactions are listed in chronological order of ending time. You cannot sort flashback
reports. You can run flashback reports against the flashback file, the archive file, or a
backup of the archive file (a log file).

Important! Each flashback report must be run as a single report in a separate run. In
other words, you cannot specify another primary report command in a job stream with
the FLASHBACK LIST command. For example, TAB or PLOT or another FLASHBACK LIST
command.

Note: Only a brief description of the FLASHBACK LIST command is given here. For a
more detailed description, see the chapter Historical Reports.

60 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

FLASHBACK LIST CommandGenerate Transaction Report

This command has the following syntax:

FLASHBACK LIST [columns] [idoption(identifiers)]

[variable [options][HDR1(text)] [HDR2(text)] [AND,
variable [options] [HDR1(text)] [HDR2(text)]] [AND,...]]

columns
Defines one or more of the following, in any order, to indicate the first columns to
appear in the report. Not specifying any of these columns organizes the resulting
report by region ID and time.
DATETIME - Creates columns for the date and time of the record.
DATE - Creates a column for the date of the record.
TIME - Creates a column for the time of the record.
DAY - Creates a column for the day of the record (MONDAY, TUESDAY, and so
forth).
JOBNAME - Creates a column for the CICS job names.
You are only able to enter one of the following: DATETIME, DATE, TIME, and DAY.
The width of the output page limits the number of columns that can appear in a
report. You can use one of these operands only if you specify the variables to
include in your report and limit their number. The number of variables you can
specify depends upon the width of the column for each.
idoption(identifiers)
Includes all the resources (or only resources specified by identifiers) for an ID
option. You can specify multiple ID options.
variable
Indicates any Report Writer variable. If you specify a variable, also specify at least
one ID option.
options
Specifies any valid variable options or ID options. Each ID option you specify must
include at least one identifier.
HDR1(text)
Overrides the default top heading for a column. Replace text with the new column
heading. To remove the header, replace text with a null string, for example, HDR1(
).
HDR2(text)
Overrides the default bottom heading for a column. Replace text with the new
column heading. To remove the header, replace text with a null string, for example,
HDR2( ).

Chapter 4: Commands 61
FROM CommandBegin Time for Report

AND,
Signals that another variable is specified. The comma after AND lets you continue to
the next line.

Note: The FLASHBACK LIST command can generate enormous amounts of output when
run against a large input file. To avoid problems, use either the FROM and TO
commands, the COUNT command, or the SELECT command to limit the output.

Example: FLASHBACK LIST Command

The following FLASHBACK LIST command is specified with the DATETIME operand. The
COUNT command, specified with the SELECTED operand, limits the report to 15
transactions meeting either the FROM or the TO criterion specified.

FLASHBACK LIST DATETIME TRANID TRAN LIFE AND,

TRAN I/OTIME AND,
TRAN WAIT AND,
TRAN SUSP AND,
TERM I/OTIME AND,
TRAN CPU
FROM 12/06/10 21:00:00
TO 12/06/10 22:00:00
COUNT 15 SELECTED
END
RUN

FROM CommandBegin Time for Report

The FROM and TO commands specify the time period a report is to cover. The FROM
command tells the Report Writer to exclude data less recent than the specified date and
time. The TO command tells the Report Writer to exclude data more recent than the
specified date and time. The TO date and time must be later than the FROM date and
time.

62 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

FROM CommandBegin Time for Report

How FROM and TO Relate to the Log and Historical Files

Reports cannot start earlier or end later than the data in the input file used. The dates
and times that your report covers are printed at the top of each page, following the
FROM and TO headings.

The FROM and TO commands relate to the log and historical files as follows:
If the FROM and TO dates or times are outside the range of the data in the input
file, the report covers the data in the file closest to the dates and times specified.
If no FROM and TO dates are specified, the report covers all records in the input
file.
If dates but no times are specified in the FROM and TO commands, the report
covers all records within the specified dates.

The FROM and TO commands have the following syntax:

FROM time
TO time

time
Specifies the date and time, in either of two formats.

Actual Date and Time

The format for specifying an actual date and time is as follows:

mm/dd/yy hh:mm:ss

mm/dd/yy
Specifies the date in integers, mm is the month, dd is the day, and yy is the year. If a
value is less than 10, include a leading zero; for example, specify 03/05/11 rather
than 3/5/11.
Enter dates in the format dd/mm/yy when:
Your operating system uses the European date format
You specified the European date format using the DATEFRMT operand of the
OPTION command
hh:mm:ss
Specifies the time in hours, minutes, and seconds. You can use periods instead of
colons (hh.mm.ss). The hours are in military format, from 01 to 23 hours. The values
for mm and ss cannot exceed 59. The default is 00:00:01.

Chapter 4: Commands 63
FROM CommandBegin Time for Report

Relative Date and Time

Specifying actual dates and times in a report you run frequently requires you to change
those dates in the job every time you run it. The alternative is to use the relative date
and time format. This format creates reports that start or end a certain number of
minutes, hours, days, weeks, or months before the current date and time. The date and
time you specify is always relative to the time that you run the report.

The relative date and time format is as follows:

-n [MINUTES]
[HOURS]
[DAYS] [AT hh:mm:ss]
[WEEKS] [AT hh:mm:ss]
[MONTHS]

-n
Specifies the number of minutes, hours, days, weeks, or months to subtract from
the time at which the Report Writer starts running. The number must be an integer,
prefixed by a minus sign (-). You can specify zero (-0).
MINUTES
Subtracts n minutes from the time at which the Report Writer starts running. The
time is rounded down to the nearest minute for FROM commands, and rounded up
to the nearest minute for TO commands. If -n is zero (-0), the Report Writer rounds
the current time down to the nearest minute.
HOURS
Subtracts n hours from the time at which the Report Writer starts running. The time
is rounded down to the nearest hour for FROM commands, and rounded up to the
nearest hour for TO commands. If -n is zero (-0), the Report Writer rounds the
current time down to the nearest hour.
DAYS
Subtracts n days from the current date and time. The result is rounded down to the
nearest day for FROM commands, and rounded up to the nearest day for TO
commands. If -n is zero (-0), the Report Writer rounds the current date and time
down to the start of the current day.
WEEKS
Subtracts n weeks from the current date and time. The result is rounded down to
the nearest week for FROM commands, and rounded up to the nearest week for TO
commands. A week begins on Monday morning at 00:00:00. If -n is zero (-0), the
Report Writer rounds the current date and time down to the start of the current
week.

64 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

FROM CommandBegin Time for Report

MONTHS
Subtracts n months from the current date and time. The result is rounded down to
the nearest month for FROM commands, and rounded up to the nearest month for
TO commands. If -n is zero (-0), the Report Writer rounds the current date and time
down to the start of the current month.
AT hh:mm:ss
Begins (or ends) the report at the time specified by hh:mm:ss on the day the report
is run. The value is rounded down to the nearest day or week for both FROM and
TO commands. Valid only with the DAYS and WEEKS operands.

Examples: Actual and Relative Dates and Times

Actual Dates and Times

To report from December 25 2010 at 8:00 a.m. to January 1 2011, use the following
commands:

FROM 12/25/10 08:00:00

TO 01/01/11 00:00:00

Relative Dates and Times

To report from the start of the current week (Monday morning at 00:00:00), use the
following command:

FROM -0 WEEKS

To report from yesterday at 00:00:00 to the current time, use the following commands.
The report is rounded to the last hour.

FROM -1 DAYS
TO -0 HOURS

To report from yesterday at 8:00 a.m. to today at 8:00 a.m., use the FROM and TO
commands and the AT hh:mm:ss operand as follows:

FROM -1 DAYS AT 08:00:00

TO -0 DAYS AT 08:00:00

To report from yesterday at 8:00 a.m. to yesterday at 4:00 p.m., use the following
commands:

FROM -1 DAYS AT 08:00:00

TO -1 DAYS AT 16:00:00

Chapter 4: Commands 65
GLOBAL CommandAssign Parameter Values

GLOBAL CommandAssign Parameter Values

The GLOBAL command assigns values to parameters of history reporting commands.
The values are applied to all remaining reports in the run until another GLOBAL
command resets the value. The value set by the GLOBAL command does not apply to
subsequent reports in which the same history reporting command appears.

This command has the following syntax:

GLOBAL command

command
Enter one of the following commands, specified with any of its operands. For
descriptions of the operands of any of these commands, see the description of the
command in this chapter.
COMMENT
COST
EACH
EXCLUDE
EXITRTN
FROM
GROUP
INCLUDE
PERIOD
PRTEXIT
SHIFT
TITLE1
TITLE2
TITLE3
TO

Temporarily Override a Global Value

To override a global value for one report, issue the command before the END command
for that report.

Example, to override the set GLOBAL EACH 2 HOURS within a report, specify the report
command EACH 4 HOURS with the commands for that report.

66 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

GOTO CommandJump to Specified Location

Remove a Global Value

You can remove a global value by issuing a GLOBAL command without operands. For
example, specifying the command GLOBAL FROM removes any global value previously
set for the FROM command.

GOTO CommandJump to Specified Location

The GOTO command causes the Report Writer to ignore all subsequent commands until
the specified label is read.

This command has the following syntax:

GOTO .label

.label
A period followed by a one- to eight-character label. Specify a period and this label
on a separate line in the job stream where you want the Report Writer to resume
processing commands.

Example: GOTO Command

The following commands produce the sample reports CICS004 CICS.OPERSTAT and
CICS016 CICS.TRANSTAT. The Report Writer ignores the commands between GOTO
.MYLABEL and .MYLABEL. The sample report CICS001is not produced and no syntax
error is generated for the missing operand for the EACH command.

CARDLEN 71
OPTIONS(ECHO=YES,RECSTAT=YES,DUMP=NO)
INPUT(TAPSMF)
OPTION(SUMMARY=YES)

* CICS004 CICS.OPERSTAT *

TAB DATETIME OPERIDS,

TRAN USE,
AND TERM RESP,
AND TRAN LIFE,
AND TRAN MAXLIFE
TAB2 TRANID TRAN USE
END
GOTO .MYLABEL

Chapter 4: Commands 67
GRAF CommandProduce a Graph

* CICS001 CICS.CICSSTAT *

TAB JOBNAME TRAN USE AND,

TRAN USE PCT AND,
TRAN USE RATE HDR2(RATE) AND,
TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN MAXLIFE AND,
TERM RESP AND,
TRAN CPUTIME AND,
TRAN I/OTIME AND,
DLI USE AND,
DLI SERVTIME
END
.MYLABEL

* CICS016 CICS.TRANSTAT *

TABULATE TRANIDS,
TRAN USE,
AND TRAN USE PCT HDR1(TRAN) HDR2(%USE),
AND TRAN LIFE HDR1(TRAN) HDR2(AVE-RT),
AND TRAN MAXLIFE HDR1(TRAN) HDR2(MAX-RT),
AND TRAN WAITS,
AND TERM USE HDR1(TERM) HDR2(USE),
AND TERM MESSAGES,
AND TERM RESP HDR1(TERM) HDR2(RT-AVE),

AND DATASET USE HDR1(FILE) HDR2(USAGE),

AND DATASET REQTIME
END

GRAF CommandProduce a Graph

Only a brief description of the GRAF command is given here. For a more detailed
description, see the chapter Graph Reports (see page 247).

The GRAF command produces a single-line bar graph of the performance of each
identifier associated with a variable. For example, using the GRAF command with a
TERMINAL variable produces a bar graph of the variable for each terminal.

This command has the following syntax:

GRAF [idoption[(identifiers)]] variable [options]

[SCALE({n},{mX})] [SORT order] [FOR n] CHAR1(x)

68 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

GRAF CommandProduce a Graph

idoption(identifiers)
Includes any ID option that is valid for the variable, specified with or without
identifiers. Specifying this operand organizes the resulting report by the specified ID
option and limited to the identifiers specified by identifiers.
If you do not specify an ID option, all identifiers of the type associated with the
variable are included in the report. For example, a graph of a TRANsaction variable
by default graphs the value of that variable for each transaction.
Specifying the ID option and identifier TRANID(TRAN1) graphs the value of the
variable for transaction TRAN1 only. Specifying the ID option TERMID graphs the
value for each terminal.
variable
Indicates any Report Writer variable.
options
Specifies any valid variable options or ID options. Each ID option you specify must
include at least one identifier.
SCALE(n,mX) or SCALE(n) or SCALE(mX)
By default, the highest value of the axis of a bar graph is set to the highest value of
the graphed variables. For variables that represent percentages, the default
maximum value is 100 percent.
To override this dynamic scale, specify n as the maximum value. If the variable that
you use produces integers, n must be an integer. You cannot use more than three
digits to the right of the decimal point when specifying n.
In some cases, bar graphs in a graph Report are too short to appear. To display
these graphs, you can cause each plot character to appear as m characters by
specifying the multiplier mX, where m is an integer. Because the resulting bar
graphs no longer correspond numerically to the scale, mX is useful only for
determining relative performance.
SORT order
Sorts the report. Replace order with one of the following:
(Default) DESCENDING
Sorts identifiers in descending order of value of the variable specified.
ASCENDING
Sorts identifiers in ascending order of value of the variable specified.

Chapter 4: Commands 69
GRAF2 CommandProduce Subgraphs

FOR n
Limits the report to the n identifiers in each time period that would appear first in
the report, n must be an integer. For reports sorted in descending order, these
limits are the n most active identifiers. For reports sorted in ascending order, these
limits are the n least active identifiers.
CHAR1(x)
Specifies the plot character. Replace x with any valid EBCDIC character.

GRAF2 CommandProduce Subgraphs

Only a brief description of the GRAF2 command is given here. A more detailed
description can be found in the chapter Graph Reports.

Use the GRAF2 command to produce one or more subgraphs for each individual
resource included by the GRAF command. These subgraphs can do either of the
following:
Graph the performance of a second, related set of resources.
For example, if your GRAF command graphs by terminal, a GRAF2 command could
do the following:
List each transaction used by each terminal
Show the average terminal response time for each
Graph the values of one or more variables for each resource.
For example, if your GRAF command graphs by transaction, a GRAF2 command
could show the usage, CPU use, and average lifetime of each transaction.

You cannot use the GRAF2 command without the GRAF command.

This command has the following syntax:

GRAF2 [VARS|idoption[(identifiers)]] variable [options]

[HDR(text)][CHAR1(x)] [SCALE({n},{mX},{COMMON})] [SORT order]
[FOR n] [AND,|[variable [options] [HDR(text)] [CHAR1(x)]] [AND,...]

VARS
Indicates that there is more than one variable in this GRAF2 report.
idoption(identifiers)
Includes any ID option that is valid for the variable, specified with or without
identifiers. Specifying this operand organizes the resulting subgraphs by the
specified ID option and limited to the identifiers specified by identifiers. If you do
not specify an ID option, all identifiers of the type associated with the variable are
included in the subgraphs. You can use this operand only if you specify a single
variable with the GRAF2 command.

70 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

GRAF2 CommandProduce Subgraphs

variable
Indicates any Report Writer variable.
options
Specifies any valid variable options or ID options. Each ID option you specify must
include at least one identifier.
HDR(text)
Overrides the default heading for the variable. Replace text with a heading of 15 or
fewer characters.
CHAR1(x)
Specifies the plot character for the variable. Replace x with any valid EBCDIC
character.
SCALE(n,mX) or SCALE(n) or SCALE(mX) or SCALE(COMMON)
By default, the highest value of a bar graph axis is set to the highest value of the
graphed variables. For variables that represent percentages, the default maximum
value is 100 percent.
To override this dynamic scale, specify n as the maximum value. If the variable that
you use produces integers, n must be an integer. You cannot use more than three
digits to the right of the decimal point when specifying n.
In some cases, bar graphs in a graph report are too short to appear. To display
these graphs, you can cause each plot character to appear as m characters by
specifying the multiplier mX, where m is an integer. Because the resulting bar
graphs no longer correspond numerically to the scale, this graph is useful only for
determining relative performance.
To have the same scale used for both variables, specify SCALE(COMMON). You can
specify the SCALE operand only with the first variable you specify with the GRAF2
command.
SORT order
Sorts the report. Replace order with one of the following:
(Default) DESCENDING
Sorts identifiers in descending order of value of the variable specified.
ASCENDING
Sorts identifiers in ascending order of value of the variable specified.
You can specify the SORT operand only with the first variable you specify with the
GRAF2 command.

Chapter 4: Commands 71
GROUP CommandCombine Resources

FOR n
Limits the report to the n identifiers in each time period that would appear first in
the report, where n is an integer. For reports sorted in descending order, these
limits are the n most active identifiers. For reports sorted in ascending order, these
limits are the n least active identifiers. You can specify the FOR operand only with
the first variable you specify with the GRAF2 command.
AND,
Signals that another variable is being specified. The comma after AND lets you
continue to the next line. If you specify multiple variables, use the VARS operand.

Example: GRAF2 Command

The following commands produce a report showing the following:

The maximum lifetime for the ten transactions with the longest maximum lifetimes
each day
The 20 highest maximum terminal response times for each

GRAF TRANSACTION MAXLIFE FOR 10 SCALE(10.0)

GRAF2 TERMINAL MAXRESP FOR 20 SCALE(10.0)
EACH DAY
END
RUN

GROUP CommandCombine Resources

The GROUP command lets you combine resources into performance groups. You can
use GROUP with the TAB command, the GRAF command, or any of the plot commands.

This command has the following syntax:

GROUP idoption group-name(identifiers) [INCLUDE] [RANGE(rangeid)]

idoption
Defines an ID option identifying the type of resources to include in the group being
defined. For example, specify the ID option TRANID if the group is to consist of
transactions defined by transaction IDs.

72 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

GROUP CommandCombine Resources

group-name(identifiers)
Defines any 1- to 44-character name. If you use blanks in the group name, enclose
the group name in single quotes. Replace identifiers with the identifiers to include
in the group (for example, transaction IDs), separated by commas.
You can use generic characters in the identifiers. Once you define a group, you can
use the group name as you would any predefined Report Writer ID option. That is,
you can use a group name together with commands or variables to do the
following:
Organize the data in a tabular or graph report by group.
For example, You are asked to produce a report with a set of specific
transactions. Define the desired transactions with the group name MYTRANS
and then specify MYTRANS as an ID option with the TAB or GRAF commands.
Limit the value of a variable to the activity of one or more members in the
group. For example, limit the variable value to the transactions in the group
PAYROLLTRANS beginning with AC or to all transactions in the group.
INCLUDE
Includes this group in the report even if it is not included with the identifiers
specified with the TAB command. The value for this group is not included in the
average or total value.
RANGE(rangeid)
Tells the Report Writer to include in the group only those resources that fall within
the range of the range ID. Replace rangeid with the ID assigned with the RANGE
command that assigns the range criteria that you want members of the defined
group to meet.

Chapter 4: Commands 73
HEADER CommandSpecify a Title

Examples: Group Command

The following commands define groups by terminal ID and produce a report
showing the average response time of each group:
GROUP TERMID DIVISION.WESTERN(L1*)
GROUP TERMID DIVISION.EASTERN(L2*)
GROUP TERMID DIVISION.NORTHERN(L3*)
GROUP TERMID DIVISION.SOUTHERN(L4*)

TAB TERMID(DIVISION*) TERM RESP

END
RUN

The following commands define groups by ranges of transaction lifetime and

produce a report showing the average use and lifetime of each group:
GROUP TRANID RANGE:00.000-10.000(*) RANGE(TLIFE1)
GROUP TRANID RANGE:10.001+(*) RANGE(TLIFE2)

RANGE TRAN LIFE 0-10 ID TLIFE1

RANGE TRAN LIFE 10-99999 ID TLIFE2

TAB TRANID(RANGE*) TRAN USE AND TRAN LIFE

END
RUN

HEADER CommandSpecify a Title

The HEADER command specifies a title to appear in a tabular report above the column
headings and to the right of the PERIOD field.

The HEADER command is valid only with tabular reports. You can specify multiple
HEADER commands for one tabular report.

74 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

HEADER CommandSpecify a Title

This command has the following syntax:

HEADER(nn,mm) text

nn
Defines the print column where you want the first character of your heading to
appear. Because headings appear on the same line as the PERIOD field, nn must be
20 or greater.
mm
Defines the length of the heading.
text
Provides the heading you want to appear in your report. Do not use string
delimiters.

Note: You can use the RIGHT variable option to shift variable columns to the right so
they do not begin before print column 20. Column 20 is where headings controlled by
the HEADER command can begin. For more information, see the chapter Tabular
Reports (see page 191).

Example: HEADER Command

The following commands create a report showing total transaction statistics, plus
statistics on two particular transactions:

HEADER(28,13) -----EXPC----
HEADER(46,13) -----CSSN----

TAB TIME TRAN USE AND,

TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN USE TRANID(EXPC) AND,
TRAN LIFE TRANID(EXPC) AND,
TRAN USE TRANID(CSSN) AND,
TRAN LIFE TRANID(CSSN)
FROM 02/03/08 08:00:00
TO 02/03/08 13:00:00
EACH HOUR
END
RUN

Chapter 4: Commands 75
HPLOT CommandProduce a Horizontal Plot

The previous commands create a report like the following:

SHIFT NONE
EACH HOUR
PERIOD NONE -----EXPC---- -----CSSN----
TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN
TIME USE LIFE USE LIFE USE LIFE
----- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
08.00 97 144.3 37 0.233 11 0.153
09.00 69 176.4 22 0.343 5 0.012
10.00 143 51.17 109 0.070 4 0.494
11.00 93 90.58 29 0.531 21 0.071
12.00 41 178.1 9 0.688 1 0.025
----- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
PERIOD 443 111.1 206 0.220 42 0.125
----- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

HPLOT CommandProduce a Horizontal Plot

The HPLOT command plots the distribution of one variable based on the value of
another variable. The variable specified with the HPLOT command plots along the
horizontal axis. The second variable, specified with either the VPLOT or the MPLOT
command, plots along the vertical axis.

Use the HPLOT command with either the MPLOT or VPLOT command. The HPLOT
command must follow the MPLOT or VPLOT command.

To set the plot character for an HPLOT report, specify the CHAR1 operand with the
MPLOT or VPLOT command.

This command has the following syntax:

HPLOT variable [options] [SCALE(n)] [SCATTER]

variable
Indicates any Report Writer variable.
options
Specifies any valid variable options or ID options. Each ID option you specify must
include at least one identifier.
SCALE(n)
Overrides the default maximum plot scale.
By default, the highest value of the horizontal axis of a plot is set to the highest
value of the graphed variables. For variables that represent percentages, the
default maximum value is 100 percent.

76 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

IF CommandAssign Identifier Values

To override this dynamic scale, specify n as the maximum value. If the variable that
you use produces integers, n must be an integer. You cannot use more than three
digits to the right of the decimal point when specifying n. Use SCALE(n) with the
RECORD option of the EACH command. Specifying a value for n appropriate for the
activity you are plotting.
SCATTER
Prints a scatter plot showing how many times each point in the plot is reached.

Example: HPLOT Command

The following commands plot transaction use along the vertical axis against terminal
response time along the horizontal axis, for each 15-minute interval:

VPLOT TRAN USE CHAR1(+)

HPLOT TERM RESP SCALE(3.000)
EACH 15 MINUTES
END
RUN

IF CommandAssign Identifier Values

The IF command lets you assign new values to identifiers or create new identifiers based
on existing identifiers.

This command has the following syntax:

IF idoption1=(identifier[,identifier,identifier...])
THEN idoption2=newvalue [ELSE idoption3=newvalue]

idoption1
Specifies the ID option whose value is being tested.
identifier
Specifies an ID option or one or more identifiers to compare to idoption1.
idoption2
Specifies the ID option whose identifiers are assigned a new value when the IF
clause is true. This value can be the same as idoption1.
newvalue
Defines the new value to assign to the identifier. Replace newvalue with either an
ID option or a character string. If you specify a character string, enclose it in single
quotes.

Chapter 4: Commands 77
INCLUDE CommandDefine Time Ranges

idoption3
Specifies the ID option whose identifiers are assigned a new value when the IF
clause is false. This value can be the same as idoption2.

Examples: IF Command

The following command replaces the value of TERMID with the value of TRANID
whenever the value of TERMID is equal to L*:

IF TERMID=(L*) THEN TERMID=TRANID

The following command replaces the value of TRANID with the character string
production whenever the value of TRANID begins with P:

IF TRANID=(P*) THEN TRANID='production' ELSE TRANID='test'

The following command creates the ID option DEPARTMENT. Whenever the value of
TRANID begins with P, DEPARTMENT is assigned the value production.

IF TRANID=(P*) THEN DEPARTMENT='production'

INCLUDE CommandDefine Time Ranges

The INCLUDE command defines time ranges to include in a report. You cannot use both
INCLUDE and EXCLUDE commands in the same report. You can use multiple INCLUDE
commands to include multiple time ranges.

This command has the following syntax:

INCLUDE [day] [time - time] [ID name]

[date]
[date time - date time]
[month]

day
Specifies the day of the week specified as: SUNday, MONday, TUESday,
WEDnesday, THURsday, FRIday, or SATurday
time
Specifies the time of day in hh:mm:ss format
date
Specifies the date in mm/dd/yy format

78 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

INCLUDE CommandDefine Time Ranges

ID name
Specifies an identifying name to be associated with a specific setting of the INCLUDE
command, for use with the SELECT variable option.
month
Specifies the month specified as: JANuary, FEBruary, MARch, APRil, MAY, JUNe,
JULy, AUGust, SEPTember, OCTober, NOVember, or DECember

Examples: INCLUDE Command

INCLUDE SATURDAY

INCLUDE SUNDAY

INCLUDE 07/04/08

INCLUDE 12:00:00 - 13:00:00

INCLUDE FRIDAY 16:00:00 - 17:00:00

INCLUDE 08:00:00 - 15:59:59 ID 1STSHIFT

INCLUDE 16:00:00 - 23:59:59 ID 2NDSHIFT
INCLUDE 00:00:00 - 07:59:59 ID 3RDSHIFT

INCLUDE JULY

Chapter 4: Commands 79
INPUT CommandInput File Name

INPUT CommandInput File Name

The INPUT command specifies what file name is used for input to the Report Writer.

This command has the following syntax:

INPUT(filename,UNBLOCKED)

filename
Assigns the filenames of the input files as specified in the DD statements.
UNBLOCKED
Includes unblocked records.

Default: TAPSMF

Note: The Report Writer expects input from tape and processes the file as if you had
specified the file name TAPSMF if you either:
Do not specify a file name using the INPUT command, or
Specify a file name using the INPUT command that does not match any name
defined to the Report Write

INVOICE CommandProduce a Tabular Invoice Report

The INVOICE command produces a tabular invoice report using the cost factors you
specify. A separate invoice is created for each identifier included in the report.

Each invoice:
Begins on a new page
Includes a row for each variable you specify
Shows the value of the variable for the identifier and the cost associated with it

When using the INVOICE command, use the COST command to specify a cost factor for
each variable you want included in the invoice. Then, following the INVOICE command,
specify each variable twice, once without the COST option and once with it.

You can include a summary page showing the total value and cost for each variable for
all identifiers in the report. To include this information, specify the variable REPORT
COST TOTAL as the last variable with the INVOICE command.

80 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

INVOICE CommandProduce a Tabular Invoice Report

This command has the following syntax:

INVOICE [idoption[(identifiers)]] variable [options] [HDR(text)] [SORT order]

[AND,variable [options] [HDR(text)]] [AND,...]

idoption(identifiers)
Includes any ID option that is valid for the variables you specify. You can specify one
or more identifiers (separated by commas) to limit the report to a subset of the
identifiers associated with the ID option. You can use generic characters when
specifying identifiers.
variable
Includes any Report Writer variable. Each invoice in the report includes a row for
each variable you specify.
options
Specifies any valid variable options. To get complete invoices, specify each variable
once without the COST option and once with it. For more information about the
COST option, see the COST Command (see page 42) in this chapter.
HDR(text)
Overrides the default description for the row for a variable. Replace text with the
new description.
SORT order
Sorts the report. Replace order with one of the following:
(Default) DESCENDING
Sorts variables in descending order. The order starts with the variable specified
with the SORT operand, and, when the value is the same for two entries, from
left to right.
ASCENDING
Sorts variables in ascending order. The order starts with the variable specified
with the SORT operand, and, when the value is the same for two entries, from
left to right.
ALPHA
Sorts variables in alphanumeric order with respect to the specified identifier;
for example, by transaction or terminal.
AND,
Signals that another variable is being specified. The comma after AND lets you
continue to the next line.

Chapter 4: Commands 81
LINECOUNT CommandSet Lines Per Page

Example: INVOICE Command

The following commands create an INVOICE report containing one page for each of the
transaction identifiers. Because the variable REPORT COST TOTAL is specified, the report
also includes a summary page showing the total costs for all transactions.

INPUT(TAPEIN)
COUNT 400
COST TRAN USE .01
COST TRAN TCPU .25
INVOICE TRANID TRAN USE AND,
TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN USE COST AND,
TRAN TCPU COST AND,
REPORT COST TOTAL
END
RUN

LINECOUNT CommandSet Lines Per Page

The LINECOUNT command sets the number of printed lines allowed per report page.

The LINECOUNT command is a global command. Entering it once sets the line count for
all reports. To avoid printing across page creases, make LINECOUNT one of the first
commands in your list of commands.

This command has the following syntax:

LINECOUNT n

n
Defines the maximum number of printed lines per page. The minimum value is 20,
and the maximum value depends on the size of the paper, but cannot exceed n =
999.
Default: 60

Example: LINECOUNT Command

Set the line count at 72 lines per page, use the following command:

LINECOUNT 72

82 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

MPLOT CommandProduce a Vertical Plot

MPLOT CommandProduce a Vertical Plot

The MPLOT command produces a vertical plot similar to the plot produced by the VPLOT
command. However, MPLOT only prints the outline of the detail lines. You can specify as
many variables per MPLOT report as you want.

This command has the following syntax:

MPLOT variable [options] [SCALE({n},{mX})] [CHAR1(x)] [HDR1(text)][HDR2(text)]

[HDR(text)] [AND,
variable [options] [SCALE({n},{mX})][CHAR1(x)] [HDR1(text)] [HDR2(text)]
[HDR(text)]] [AND,...]

variable
Indicates any Report Writer variable.
options
Specifies any valid variable options or ID options. Each ID option you specify must
include at least one identifier.
SCALE(n) or SCALE(mX) or SCALE(n,mX)
Overrides the default maximum plot scale.
By default, the highest value of the plot horizontal axis is set to the highest value of
the graphed variables. For variables that represent percentages, the default
maximum value is 100 percent.
To override this dynamic scale, specify n as the maximum value. If the variable that
you use produces integers, n must be an integer. You cannot use more than three
digits to the right of the decimal point when specifying n.
You can also widen the outline of the plot by using the multiplier mX, where m is an
integer.
CHAR1(x)
Specifies the plot character. Replace x with any valid EBCDIC character.
HDR1(text)
Overrides the default top heading for the scale of the plot. Replace text with the
new heading. To remove the header, replace text with a null string, as in HDR1( ).
HDR2(text)
Overrides the default bottom heading for the scale of the plot. Replace text with
the new column heading. To remove the header, replace text with a null string, as
in HDR2( ).

Chapter 4: Commands 83
OPTION CommandDefine Report Options

HDR(text)
Overrides the default description next to the SYMBOLS heading that describes the
plotted variables. Replace text with the new description, not to exceed 30
characters.
AND,
Signals that another variable is being specified. The variable is plotted on top of the
preceding variables. The comma after AND lets you continue to the next line.

OPTION CommandDefine Report Options

The OPTION command is a global command that defines cosmetic options for all
reports. Entering it once sets options for all reports.

This command has the following syntax:

OPTION ([AVERAGE=[NO | YES | n ]]

[DEFERRED | DNW | IMMEDIATE]],
[CASE=UPPER],
[DATAONLY=[NO | YES]],
[DATEFRMT=[MM/DD/YY | DD/MM/YY]],
[DEFEREXT=[NO | YES]],
[DUMP=[NO | YES]][CORRUPT],
[ECHO=[YES | NO]],
[HEXID=[NO | YES]],
[IOERR=[NO | YES | BYPASS]],
[JOBZONE=[nWEST | nEAST]],
[LEAPSEC=[YES|NO|nn]],
[MAXTO=[YES | NO]],
[MONETARY=n],
[NULLID=[BLANK | 'xxxx' | n/a]],
[NULLINE=[YES | NO]],
[PERIOD=WEIGHTED]],
[PERIOD=[NO | YES]],
[PGMSTOR=[NO | YES]],
[PRODUCT=EVSE|EXPC|ESQL|EXPV],
[PRINT=GROUP],
[RANGE=WEIGHTED],
[RECAP=[NO | YES],
[RECORD=n],
[RECSTAT=[NO | YES]],
[RPTSTAT=[NO | YES | xxxxx]],
[STORAGE=[BELOW | ABOVE]],
[STORSTAT=[NO | YES],
[SUMMARY=YES | NO | n],

84 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

OPTION CommandDefine Report Options

[TAB2SKIP=[n | PAGE],
[TRACE=[NO | STORAGE | LOADS],
[WEEK=weekday],
[XMSG=[nnn | ALL],
[ZEROFLD=[BLANK | ZERO | 'xxxx']]
['SRT=nnn']
['COPYRIGHT=NO'])

AVERAGE
Specifies whether to print a line giving averages of the items listed in the report. If
you set AVERAGE=n, the averages are printed only if the report contains n or more
detail lines. For graph reports, you can specify when the average is calculated and if
it is weighted.
AVERAGE=IMMEDIATE calculates the average line during data accumulation. The
average is weighted.
AVERAGE=DEFERRED calculates the average line before printing the report. The
average is weighted. Use this setting with the FOR operand or RANGE DEFERRED
command and want the average line to reflect only the lines being printed.
AVERAGE=DNW (Deferred Not Weighted) calculates the average line before
printing the report, but the average is not weighted.
AVERAGE=NO (no average line).
Default: IMMEDIATE (for graph reports)
CASE
Changes the case of the report.
Specify CASE=UPPER to force all output to uppercase. You can also use the PARM=
parameter of your // EXEC statement to perform this function.
Default: Output is in mixed case.
Note: For more information, see the chapter Writing a Report (see page 25).
DATAONLY
Prints only lines containing report data when you specify YES. Otherwise, all lines
are printed. You can also use the PARM= parameter of your // EXEC statement to
perform this function.
Default: NO
Note: For more information, see the chapter Writing a Report (see page 25).
DATEFRMT
Sets the format of dates in report output to mm/dd/yy or dd/mm/yy. You can also
use the PARM= parameter of your // EXEC statement to perform this function.
Default: MM/DD/YY
Note: For more information, see the chapter Writing a Report (see page 25).

Chapter 4: Commands 85
OPTION CommandDefine Report Options

DEFEREXT
Specifies when to call a user exit.
DEFEREXT=NO passes control to the exit before any processing is done with the
current record.
DEFEREXT=YES defers the user exit call. The call processes when all selection criteria
have been applied and passes to the user exit only those records passing all
selection criteria. For example, ID options and RANGE commands.
For example, the ID options and RANGE commands.
Default: NO
DUMP
Specifies whether to print a diagnostic dump of input records.
DUMP=YES dumps all used records.
DUMP=CORRUPT dumps all records with detected corruption.
Default: NO
ECHO
Specifies whether to list your report commands before printing the report. Set the
value to NO only after you verify the report commands. Any report commands
preceding the ECHO=NO command in the job stream appears with the report. You
can also use the PARM= parameter of your // EXEC statement to perform this
function.
Default: YES
Note: For more information, see the chapter Writing a Report (see page 25).
HEXID
Specifies whether to allow nonprintable characters in identification fields.
HEXID=NO treats any identification field that contains a nonprintable character as
invalid. All information regarding the resource is saved and printed under the
identifier INVALID.
HEXID=YES deactivates the test for nonprintable characters. When the report
prints, however, all nonprintable characters are printed as periods.
Default: YES

86 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

OPTION CommandDefine Report Options

IOERR
Determines what happens if the Report Writer encounters an I/O error in input
data.
IOERR=NO causes the Report Writer to stop and no reports are printed.
IOERR=YES causes the Report Writer to treat the error as an end-of-file and
produces reports defined up to that point.
IOERR=BYPASS causes the Report Writer to attempt to bypass the error condition
and continue processing input.
Default: NO
JOBZONE
Sets the job zone (the number of hours east or west of Greenwich Mean Time).
Specify nEAST or nWEST, where n is an integer.
Default: Value set by the ZONE parameter of the IPL SET command.
LEAPSEC
Sets the behavior of the leap second adjustment when time-of-day values are read
from records.
LEAPSEC=YES causes the leap second adjustment to be applied.
LEAPSEC=NO causes the leap second adjustment to be ignored.
LEAPSEC=nn causes a user specified value to be used in place of the assumed leap
second offset, where nn is an integer.
Default: YES
MAXTO
Applies only if every report in the run includes a TO command. By default, an
end-of-file condition is forced when the maximum TO time specified with any
report is exceeded. If the input file is not in chronological order, specify MAXTO=NO
to force the entire file to be read.
Default: YES
MONETARY
Specifies the character to precede currency numbers. You can specify any single
character.
Default: $ (dollar sign)
NULLID
Defines a four-character string to print in any identifier field for which no identifier
exists. Specify NULLID=BLANK to print blanks in fields for which no identifier exists.
Default: The characters n/a

Chapter 4: Commands 87
OPTION CommandDefine Report Options

NULLINE
Specifies whether to print lines with all zero values.
Default: YES for plot reports; NO for tabular reports
PERIOD
Controls whether the period line of a plot report is a weighted value; that is, the
average of all the detail lines. PERIOD=WEIGHTED converts the period line into a
weighted value that represents a true average over the period.
Default: Not weighted
PERIOD
Controls whether to print the period line of a tabular report.
Default: YES
PGMSTOR
Controls whether the diagnostic storage analysis facility displays the storage
acquired by each Report Writer internal program.
Default: NO
PRODUCT
Specifies the product for DEFINE XID or DEFINE XVAR commands. Specify XPFC for
Command for CICS.
Default: No default
PRINT
Controls whether a report prints only group items.
Default: GROUP
RANGE
Controls whether the range line of a plot report is a weighted value; that is, the
average of all the detail lines. RANGE=WEIGHTED converts the range line into a
weighted value.
Default: Not weighted
RECAP
Specifies whether to produce a summary value for each identifier in the report.
Depending on the variable, the summary line includes the total, average, maximum,
or minimum values of the variable. This option is valid only for tabular reports
organized by identifier and time.

88 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

OPTION CommandDefine Report Options

RECORD
Specifies the decimal value of the record type for DEFINE XID or DEFINE XVAR
commands.
Default: No default
RECSTAT
Specifies whether to print statistics about CA SYSVIEW records following your
report. RECSTAT=YES prints information including the length of each record and
each of its components (in the case of performance records), the percentage of the
total disk space that each record or component comprises, and the time period
covered by each.
This helps you determine which CICS resources to collect data for. In particular, if a
given component contains a great deal of data, but you seldom run reports on this
data, you may choose to stop collecting that data in order to lessen the storage
required for the SMF files.
Default: NO
RPTSTAT
Controls how often the following message is issued to the console:
ERPT274I STATUS: CNT - nnnnn.
TIME - mm/dd/yy hh:mm:ss
nnnnn provides the current number of input records processed. mm/dd/yy
hh:mm:ss provides the timestamp of the current record.
RPTSTAT=YES produces a status message every 10,000 records. RPTSTAT=nnnnn
produces a status message every nnnnn records. You can also specify HOUR, DAY,
or WEEK to generate the status message on a hourly, daily, or weekly interval.
Default: NO
STORAGE
If 31 bit addressing is available, specifies whether storage is acquired above or
below the 16 MB line.
Default: ABOVE
STORSTAT
Specifies whether to print storage statistics following the last report. STORSTAT=YES
prints the storage amounts allocated to each report and the total amount of unused
virtual storage.
Default: NO

Chapter 4: Commands 89
OPTION CommandDefine Report Options

SUMMARY
Pertains only to tabular reports using an ID option. SUMMARY=YES prints a
summary line. If you specify SUMMARY=n, summary lines are printed only if the
report contains at least n lines. Depending on the variable, the summary line
includes the total, average, maximum, or minimum values of the variable.
Default: YES
TAB2SKIP
For TAB2 reports only, controls how much space is left between identifiers listed by
the TAB command. Either specify TAB2SKIP=n, where n is the number of lines to be
skipped, or specify TAB2SKIP=PAGE to generate a page break after each identifier.
Default: 0 (no space)
TRACE
Controls the diagnostic tracing facility. TRACE=STORAGE causes message ERPT267I
to print every time an internal storage request is processed. This message shows
the name of the internal program requesting storage and shows how much storage
the program is requesting.
TRACE=LOADS causes message ERPT283I to print whenever a Report Writer module
is loaded or freed. This message shows the name of the module.
Default: NO
WEEK
Specifies the first day of the week (SUNday, MONday, TUESday, WEDnesday,
THURsday, FRIday, or SATurday). If you specify the EACH nnn WEEKs command, you
can use this operand to specify whether a week is Monday through Sunday,
Tuesday through Monday, and so on.
Default: MONday
XMSG
Excludes messages from printing and from displaying on the console. XMSG=nnn
excludes message ERPTnnn from output. XMSG=ALL excludes all messages.
Default: No messages are excluded.
ZEROFLD
Defines a value to replace any zero values. ZEROFLD=BLANK replaces any zero value
with a blank. ZEROFLD=ZERO prints a zero. ZEROFLD=xxxx replaces each zero value
with xxxx.
Default: BLANK for tabular reports; ZERO for graph and plot reports.

90 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

PERIOD CommandSpecify a Time

SRT
Specifies a new default decimal value for the CA SYSVIEW record type.
For example, specifying SRT=250 changes the default record type from 255 to 250.
Default: 255
Note: The CA EXPLORE Report Writer automatically recognizes whether CA
SYSVIEW produced the SMF record. Using the SRT option disables automatic
recognition.
COPYRIGHT
Controls whether to print the copyright statement lines. Specifying COPYRIGHT=NO
prevents the copyright statement from printing. Notice that first statement is
printed before the options are processed. To stop the first statement from printing,
include the EXEC parameter of COPYRIGHT=NO.
Note: For more information, see the chapter Writing a Report (see page 25).

Example: OPTION Command

The sample OPTION command does the following:

Prints a zero for each zero value in the report
Prints lines with all zero values
Prints a line showing the average values of the items in the report when the report
contains five or more detail lines
OPTION(ZEROFLD=ZERO,NULLINE=YES,AVERAGE=5)

PERIOD CommandSpecify a Time

The PERIOD command produces one report per time-period, including a summary of the
average activity of variables during a specified time. The PERIOD command can be used
with the PLOT and TAB commands.

You must have the appropriate amount of data in your input file for the period you
specify. For example, you cannot specify PERIOD YEAR if your input file has less than one
year of data.

This command has the following syntax:

PERIOD time-period [SKIP=n]

Chapter 4: Commands 91
PLOT CommandPlot Resource Usage

time-period
Specifies one of the following base time units.
nnn
Specifies the number of time intervals (up to 999) in the time unit you select.
Default: 1
MINUTE = nnn MINUTES
HOUR = nnn HOURS
DAY = nnn DAYS
WEEK = nnn WEEKS
MONTH = nnn MONTHS
YEAR = nnn YEARS
SKIP=n
Defines the number of lines to skip between reports for each period. n can range
from 1 to 9. If you do not specify SKIP=n, a page break occurs between periods.

Examples: PERIOD Command

To request a summary of the average daily activity of a resource, use the following
commands:

PLOT variable
PERIOD DAY
END
RUN

For a summary of the average activity of a resource every three months, use the
following commands:

TAB variable
PERIOD 3 MONTHS
END
RUN

PLOT CommandPlot Resource Usage

The PLOT command produces reports that plot resource usage horizontally across time.

This command has the following syntax:

PLOT variable [options] [ALONE] [SCALE({n},{mX})] [CHAR1(x)]) [CHAR2(x)]

92 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

PLOT CommandPlot Resource Usage

variable
Indicates any Report Writer variable.
options
Specifies any valid variable options or ID options. Each ID option you specify must
include at least one identifier.
ALONE
Prevents the display of the global (systemwide) value of the variable. To use this
operand, restrict the variable with an ID option.
SCALE(n) or SCALE(mX) or SCALE(n,mX)
Overrides the default maximum plot scale.
By default, the highest horizontal axis value of a plot equals the highest value
reached by a variable in the plot. Or, for variables representing percentages, 100
percent. To override this dynamic scale, specify n as the maximum value.
If the variable that you use produces integers, n must be an integer. In some cases,
bar graphs in a plot report are too short to appear. To display these graphs, you can
cause each plot character to appear as m characters by specifying the multiplier mX,
where m is an integer. Because the resulting bar graphs no longer correspond
numerically to the scale, this graph is useful only for determining relative
performance.
CHAR1(x)
Specifies the plot character that represents the restricted variable. Replace x with
any valid EBCDIC character.
CHAR2(x)
Specifies the plot character that represents the global variable. Replace x with any
valid EBCDIC character.

Example: PLOT Command

The following commands plot the value of the variable TRAN LIFE for transaction CINQ
and the value for all transactions. The plot uses a scale of 0 to 500. The character X is
used to plot the activity of transaction CINQ and a plus sign (+) is used to plot the
activity of all transactions.

PLOT TRAN LIFE TRANID(CINQ) SCALE(500) CHAR1(X) CHAR2(+)

END
RUN

More information:

Plot Reports (see page 225)

Chapter 4: Commands 93
PLOT2 CommandPlot Two Variables

PLOT2 CommandPlot Two Variables

The PLOT2 command is used with the PLOT command to plot two variables across time.
This ability lets you compare the performance of two variables side-by-side in a single
report to see if a cause-and-effect relationship exists between the two. You cannot use
the PLOT2 command without the PLOT command.

This command has the following syntax:

PLOT2 variable [options][ALONE][SCALE({n},{mX},{COMMON})][CHAR1(x)]

[CHAR2(x)]

The operands for the PLOT2 command are the same as for the PLOT command except
for the COMMON option of the SCALE operand. Specify SCALE(COMMON) if you want to
use the same scale to plot both variables.

Note: For an explanation of the other PLOT2 operands, see the descriptions of the PLOT
operands in PLOT Command (see page 92) in this chapter.

Example: PLOT and PLOT2 Commands

The following PLOT and PLOT2 commands compare the transaction use of transaction
CINQ against its lifetime, using the same scale for both variables. Because the ALONE
operand is specified, global activity (the values of the variables for all transactions) is not
plotted.

PLOT TRAN USE TRANID(CINQ) ALONE

PLOT2 TRAN LIFETIME TRANID(CINQ) ALONE SCALE(COMMON)
END
RUN

PRTEXIT CommandDefine a User Exit

PRTEXIT command defines a user exit to call before each line is printed.

Note: The user exit PRTGUX is predefined for your use.

This command has the following syntax:

PRTEXIT(user-exit)

user-exit
Defines the name of the user exit.

94 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

RANGE CommandSet Criteria to Include

More information:

User Exits (see page 301)

RANGE CommandSet Criteria to Include

The RANGE command sets criteria that must be met before data is included in a report.

You can use the RANGE command only with Report Writer variables that have numeric
values.

This command has the following syntax:

RANGE variable [RATE] min1-max1,min2-max2,..[ALONE][DEFERRED][ID rangeid]

[UNDERLINE]
[HIGHLIGHT]

variable
Includes any numeric Report Writer variable and then applies the range criteria to
that variable.
RATE
Specifies range values as rates (number per second). RATE is valid only when
DEFERRED is specified.
min1-max1, min2-max2, ...
Specifies up to 10 minimum and maximum values for the variable chosen. You can
specify a single value, or a single value followed by a plus sign (+) to signify no upper
boundary. Specifying a pair includes records when the specified variable value is
greater than or equal to the minimum value and less than the maximum value.
ALONE
Applies only if multiple RANGE commands are used in a single report. If more than
one RANGE command is used, all range criteria must be satisfied before a record is
accepted. If one range value fails, the record is discarded.
When you specify the ALONE option on one RANGE command, and the record
passes its range criteria:
The record is accepted
All other RANGE commands are ignored

Chapter 4: Commands 95
RANGE CommandSet Criteria to Include

DEFERRED
Waits to apply the range criteria until after all the input data is read, and then
discards lines having values not meeting the range criteria. For example, only use
the DEFERRED operand to report on only those jobs that were executed 10 or more
times. The Report Writer is able to determine this criteria only after it reads all the
input data. The RATE option is valid for the RANGE command when you use the
DEFERRED operand.
UNDERLINE
Like the DEFERRED operand, waits to apply range criteria until after all the input
data is read. However, instead of discarding lines not meeting the range criteria, the
UNDERLINE option prints all lines and underlines those values that meet a range
criterion.
HIGHLIGHT
Similar to UNDERLINE but prints values meeting the range criteria in boldface rather
than underlining them. If you print the report on a laser printer, these values do not
appear bold. In that case, use the UNDERLINE operand instead of the HIGHLIGHT
operand.
ID rangeid
In a tabular report, assigns an identifier to the specified range of values for the
variable. The range ID must be one to eight characters. You can use the GROUP
command to specify a group that includes only those resources that fall within the
range named rangeid.
Note: For more information, see GROUP Command (see page 72) in this chapter.

Examples: RANGE Command

To plot the activity of transactions with response times under one second, use the
following commands:

PLOT TRAN USE

RANGE TERM RESP 0-1 DEFERRED
END
RUN

The following commands define groups by ranges of transaction lifetime and produce a
report showing the average use and lifetime of each group:

GROUP TRANID RANGE:00.000-10.000(*) RANGE(TLIFE1)

GROUP TRANID RANGE:10.001+(*) RANGE(TLIFE2)
RANGE TRAN LIFE 0-10 ID TLIFE1
RANGE TRAN LIFE 10-99999 ID TLIFE2
TAB TRANID(RANGE*) TRAN USE AND TRAN LIFE
END
RUN

96 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

RUN CommandBegin Processing and Printing Reports

RUN CommandBegin Processing and Printing Reports

The RUN command ends the interpretation of commands and begins the processing and
printing of reports.

Make the RUN command the last command in your job stream. Any commands after the
RUN command are ignored.

This command has the following syntax:

RUN

Example: RUN Command

The following is an example of the RUN command in a job stream:

TITLE1 REPORT1
PLOT variable
FROM 02/01/11 00.00.01
TO 02/15/11 23.59.59
END
*
TITLE1 REPORT2
PLOT variable
SHIFT 17:00:00 01:00:00
END
RUN

SELECT CommandSpecify Identifiers

Use the SELECT command to specify the identifiers to include in or excluded from a
report.

This command is useful in restricting the following types of reports:

Sample reports, which cannot otherwise be restricted to specific resources.
Tabular reports not organized by resource, which can otherwise be restricted only
by specifying the ID option and identifiers with every variable included in the
report.

Chapter 4: Commands 97
SHIFT CommandHours Covered for a Report

This command has the following syntax:

SELECT idoption(identifiers)

idoption(identifiers)
Includes any ID option followed by one or more identifiers of the appropriate type.
You can use generic characters when specifying identifiers. Separate multiple
identifiers by commas.

Example: SELECT Command

The following commands generate a CICS.TERM.STAT sample report. The SELECT

command limits the report to terminals with IDs that do not begin with the letter T.

SELECT TERMID(T*)
TAB TERMIDS TERMINAL RESP,
AND TERM MESSAGES,
AND TERM READS,
AND TERM WRITES,
AND TERM INPUTSIZE,
AND TERM OUTPUTSIZE
END
RUN

The following commands generate a tabular report organized by time but not by
resource. The SELECT command restricts the report to three transactions, an alternative
to specifying the ID option and identifiers TRANID(PAY1,PAY2,PAY3) with each variable.

SELECT TRANID(PAY1,PAY2,PAY3)
TAB TIME TRAN USE AND,
TRAN USE RATE HDR2(RATE) AND,
TRAN USE DIFF HDR2(%CHANGE) AND,
TRAN I/OTIME AND,
TRAN MAXI/OTIME AND,
TRAN CPUTIME AND,
TRAN ABENDS AND,
TRAN GETMSIZE
EACH HOUR
END
RUN

SHIFT CommandHours Covered for a Report

The SHIFT command restricts the hours of the day covered by a report.

Like most secondary commands, the SHIFT command cannot be used twice for the same
report, even if two different periods of time are specified.

98 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

SHIFT CommandHours Covered for a Report

The following provides an incorrect use of SHIFT commands in a command stream and
the corrected command stream:
Incorrect Command Stream
GRAF variable
SHIFT 08:00:00 12:00:00
SHIFT 13:00:00 17:00:00
END
RUN

Corrected Command Stream

GRAF variable
SHIFT 08:00:00 17:00:00

END

GRAF variable
SHIFT 13:00:00 17:00:00
END
RUN

This command has the following syntax:

SHIFT start-time end-time

start-time
Specifies the earliest time to include in the report, in hh:mm:ss format, where hh is
hours, mm is minutes, and ss is seconds. You can use periods instead of colons to
separate the hours, minutes, and seconds.
end-time
Specifies the latest time to include in the report, in the same format as start-time.

Examples: SHIFT Command

To graph only the activity that occurs between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., enter the
following:

GRAF variable
SHIFT 08:00:00 17:00:00
END
RUN

Shifts can cross midnight. For example, to write a tabular report that covers from 11:00
p.m. to 7:00 a.m., use the following commands:

TAB variable
SHIFT 23:00:00 07:00:00
END
RUN

Chapter 4: Commands 99
TABulate CommandProduce Tabular Reports

TABulate CommandProduce Tabular Reports

The TAB command produces tabular reports. The variables you specify with the TAB
command determine the columns in your report and the order in which they appear.

The operands you specify determine:

How the report is organized: by time, by classes of or individual identifiers (such as
transactions, terminals, or users), or by the relationship between identifiers
How the report is sorted
The column headings that appear in the report

This command has the following syntax:

TAB [period] [idoption[(identifiers)]] variable [options]

[HDR1(text)] [HDR2(text)] [SORT order] [FOR n] [AND,
[TOP n]
[BOTTOM n]
variable [options] [HDR1(text)] [HDR2(text)]] [AND,...]

period
Sets the first column in the report to one of the following:
DATETIME - Display the date and time
DATE - Display the date
TIME - Display the time
DAY - Display the day (MONDAY, TUESDAY, and so on)
idoption(identifiers)
Includes any ID option that is valid for the variable, specified with or without
identifiers. Specifying this operand organizes the resulting report by the specified ID
option and limited to the identifiers specified by identifiers. You can specify multiple
ID options.
The identifiers are listed either:
Beginning in the first column (if you did not specify a time period as the first
column) or
Beginning in the second column
variable
Includes any Report Writer variable.
options
Specifies any valid variable options or ID options. Each ID option you specify must
include at least one identifier.

100 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

TABulate CommandProduce Tabular Reports

HDR1(text)
Overrides the default top heading for a column. Each column has two default
eight-character lines. Replace text with the new column heading. To remove the
header, replace text with a null string, as in HDR1( ).
HDR2(text)
Overrides the default bottom heading for a column. Replace text with the new
column heading. To remove the header, replace text with a null string, as in HDR2(
).
SORT order
Sorts the report. Replace order with one of the following:
(Default) DESCENDING
Sorts variables in descending order. The order starts with the variable specified
with the SORT operand, and, when the value is the same for two entries, from
left to right.
ASCENDING
Sorts variables in ascending order. The order starts with the variable specified
with the SORT operand, and, when the value is the same for two entries, from
left to right.
ALPHA
Sorts variables in alphanumeric order with respect to the specified identifier;
for example, by transaction or terminal.
You can use SORT only if you organize the report by identifier; for example, by
transaction. If you organize the report by time, then it is already sorted.
FOR n
For Reports Organized by Identifier and Time or Date: Limits your reports to the n
identifiers in each time period that would appear first in the report, where n is an
integer. For reports sorted in descending order, these reports are the n most active
identifiers. For reports sorted in ascending order, these reports are the n least
active identifiers.
For Reports Organized by Time or Date: Limits your reports to the n times or dates
with the highest values for the first variable specified. For reports sorted by a
variable in descending order, these reports are the n times or dates with the highest
value for that variable. For reports sorted by a variable in ascending order, these
reports are the n times or dates with the lowest value for that variable.

Chapter 4: Commands 101

TABulate CommandProduce Tabular Reports

TOP n
Limits reports organized by identifier to the n identifiers with the highest values for
the first variable specified, where n is an integer. Unlike the FOR operand, the TOP
operand tests each record as it is read and discards records that do not qualify,
saving storage.
The TOP operand is appropriate for ID options with many unique identifiers, such as
TRANNUM.
BOTTOM n
Identical to the TOP operand except it prints the n identifiers with the lowest values
for the first variable specified.
AND,
Signals that another variable is being specified. The comma after AND lets you
continue to the next line.

Examples: TAB Command

Create a tabular report organized by date and time that shows the transaction use and
average transaction lifetime for all transactions each hour:

TAB DATETIME TRAN USE AND,

TRAN LIFE
EACH HOUR
END
RUN

Create a tabular report organized by date and time that shows the five hours with the
highest average transaction lifetime:

TAB DATETIME TRANID TRAN LIFE FOR 5

EACH HOUR
END
RUN

More information:

Tabular Reports (see page 191)

102 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

TAB2 CommandBuild a Secondary Table

TAB2 CommandBuild a Secondary Table

The TAB2 command builds a secondary table for each row of the table created by the
TAB command.

This command has the following syntax:

TAB2 idoption[(identifiers)] variable [options] [HDR1(text)] [HDR2(text)]

[SORT order] [FOR n] [AND,
[TOP n]
[BOTTOM n]
variable [options] [HDR1(text)] [HDR2(text)]] [AND,...]

The TAB2 command uses the same operands as the TAB command, except that you
cannot specify both a period operand and an ID option. The period operands are
DATETIME, DATE, TIME, or DAY.

Note: For an explanation of the TAB2 operands, see the description of the TAB operands
in TABulate Command (see page 100) in this chapter.

You cannot use the TAB2 command without the TAB command.

You can use the TAB2 command only if you also specify the TAB command with an ID
option. You can specify a period option (DATETIME, DATE, TIME, and DAY) with either
the TAB command or the TAB2 command, but not with both.

Examples: TAB2 Command

The following commands create a tabular report organized first by transaction ID and
then by the date:

TAB TRANID TRAN USE

TAB2 DATE TRAN USE
EACH HOUR
END
RUN

More information:

Tabular Reports (see page 191)

Chapter 4: Commands 103

TITLE1, TITLE2, and TITLE3 Commands

TITLE1, TITLE2, and TITLE3 Commands

Three 60-character lines at the top of each page are reserved for titles. The TITLE1,
TITLE2, and TITLE3 commands write titles on the first, second, and third of these lines,
respectively. If you do not use the TITLE commands, the Report Writer assigns its own
title lines to the report.

Titles are printed only for the report in which the TITLE commands occur. Use the
GLOBAL TITLEn command to print the same title for all reports in one run.

The TITLE1 title is printed first, the TITLE2 title is printed below it, and the TITLE3 title
appears last. Specify the TITLE1, TITLE2, and TITLE3 commands in that order. You can
use none, one, or all of these commands in any combination.

These commands have the following syntax:

TITLE1 titletext
TITLE2 titletext
TITLE3 titletext

titletext
Specifies the title that you assign to the report, up to 60 characters. Every character
in the title text must be on the same line as the TITLE1, TITLE2, or TITLE3 command.
You cannot continue titles with a continuation character. To insert dynamically
dates and times into titletext, use the keywords described in the next section.

TITLEn has the following keywords:

You can use keywords to place dynamically dates and times in your report titles.
Keywords have the following format:

&SourceRangeFormat

Replace the variables as shown:

&Source
Replace with one of the following to determine the origin of the dates and times:
C-Uses report command specifications
R-Uses the starting and ending times for the data in the report
E-Uses the EACH command specifications
P-Uses the PERIOD command specifications

104 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

TITLE1, TITLE2, and TITLE3 Commands

Range
Replace with one of the following to determine whether to take data from the
FROM command or the TO command:
F-Uses the FROM command specification
T-Uses the TO command specification
Format
Replace with one of the following to determine the format of the date and time:
WEEKDAY = Monday, Tuesday, and so on
DATE = mm/dd/yy or dd/mm/yy (European format)
DAY = dd
EDAY = dd, if your dates are in European format
MONTH = mm
EMONTH = mm, if your dates are in European format
YEAR = yy
TIME = hh:mm:ss
HOUR = hh
MINUTE = mm
SECOND = ss
CALMONTH = January, February, and so on
JDAY = dd (Julian date)

Note: Do not use the &RF and &RT variables with the FLASHBACK reports. The way the
FLASHBACK reports process records prevents enumerating the date and time range of
the records.

Examples: TITLE1, TITLE2, TITLE3 Commands

To have the title Transaction Use by Hour appear on title line 2, enter the following
command:
TITLE2 Transaction Use by Hour

The following commands dynamically create a date and time on title lines 2 and 3.
The data in the report and the FROM and TO commands determine the date and
time:
TITLE2 FROM: &RFWEEKDAY, &RFCALMONTH &RFDAY, 20&RFYEAR at &RFTIME
TITLE3 TO: &RTWEEKDAY, &RTCALMONTH &RTDAY, 20&RTYEAR at &RTTIME

The following is sample output for these commands:

FROM: Thursday, January 27 2011 at 02.58.00
TO: Tuesday, February 01 2011 at 11.23.59

Chapter 4: Commands 105

VPLOT CommandPlot Usage in Vertical Columns

VPLOT CommandPlot Usage in Vertical Columns

The VPLOT command plots resource usage in vertical columns. The horizontal axis of the
plot represents time.

This command has the following syntax:

VPLOT variable [options] [SCALE({n},{mX})] [STACK=id] [CHAR1(x)]

[HDR1(text)] [HDR2(text)] [HDR(text)]

variable
Indicates any Report Writer variable.
options
Specifies any valid variable options or ID options. Each ID option you specify must
include at least one identifier.
SCALE(n) or SCALE(mX) or SCALE(n,mX)
Overrides the default maximum plot scale.
By default, the highest value of the vertical axis of a plot equals the highest value
reached by a variable in the plot. Or, for variables representing percentages, 100
percent.
To override this dynamic scale, specify n as the maximum value. If the variable that
you use produces integers, n must be an integer.
You can also widen each plot column by using the multiplier mX, where m is an
integer.
STACK=id
Replaces the plot character with the identifiers being plotted, from most active to
least active starting at the bottom of the plot. You can specify the mX option of the
SCALE operand to print more characters of each identifier.
Note: For an example using the STACK operand, see the VPLOT command in the
chapter Plot Reports.
CHAR1(x)
Specifies the plot character. Replace x with any valid EBCDIC character.
HDR1(text)
Overrides the default top heading for the scale to the left of the plot. Replace text
with the new heading. To remove the header, replace text with a null string, as in
HDR1( ).
HDR2(text)
Overrides the default bottom heading for the scale to the left of the plot. Replace
text with the new heading. To remove the header, replace text with a null string, as
in HDR2( ).

106 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

VPLOT2 CommandPlot Two Variables

HDR(text)
Overrides the default description next to the SYMBOLS heading that describes the
plotted variable. Replace text with the new description, not to exceed 30
characters.

Example: VPLOT Command

The following commands plot transaction use against time using the letter T as the plot
character:

VPLOT TRANSACTION USE CHAR1(T)

END
RUN

VPLOT2 CommandPlot Two Variables

The VPLOT2 command is used with the VPLOT command to plot two variables across
time. This ability lets you compare the performance of two variables side-by-side in a
single report to see if a cause-and-effect relationship exists between them. The VPLOT2
variable is printed directly over the VPLOT variable.

Note: Use the VPLOT2 command with the VPLOT command.

This command has the following syntax:

VPLOT2 variable [options] [SCALE({n},{mX},{COMMON})] [CHAR1(x)]

[HDR1(text)] [HDR2(text)] [HDR(text)]

The operands for the VPLOT2 command are the same as for the VPLOT command except
that the VPLOT2 command:
Does not support the STACK operand
Does support the COMMON option of the SCALE operand

Specify SCALE(COMMON) if you want to use the same scale to plot both variables.

Example: VPLOT and VPLOT2 Commands

The following commands plot terminal response time with asterisks (*) and transaction
use rate with plus signs (+):

VPLOT TERM RESP CHAR1(*)

VPLOT2 TRANSACTION USE RATE CHAR1(+)
END
RUN

Chapter 4: Commands 107

VPLOT2 CommandPlot Two Variables

More information:

VPLOT CommandPlot Usage in Vertical Columns (see page 106)

108 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Chapter 5: Tailor Reports Using Variables
This section contains the following topics:
Functions of Variables and Options (see page 109)
Conventions Used for Describing Variables (see page 111)
Source for MVS Variable Values (see page 112)
CICS Variables (see page 112)
IMS Variables (see page 130)
MQ Variables (see page 132)
AUDIT Variables (see page 138)
COMMON Variables (see page 138)
MVS Variables (see page 140)

Functions of Variables and Options

The variables you use with a report command determine what the report describes. For
example, if you use the command GRAF TERMINAL USE (where TERMINAL USE is the
variable), you get a report that graphs terminal use.

You can specify the following two types of options with variables:
Variable options, which change either the type of data that a variable represents or
its format.
For example, you can change:
The type of data from a count to a rate
The format from one decimal place to three
ID options, which, when used with variables, change the scope of the data that the
variables represent. For example, the scope of the data can be changed from
transaction use for all transactions to the transaction use for transaction CINQ only.

More information:

ID Options (see page 167)

Valid Variable Options (see page 157)

Chapter 5: Tailor Reports Using Variables 109

Functions of Variables and Options

Structure and Parts of Variable Names

Report variables have the following format:

[system] [record-type] variable-class variable-name

system
Specifies the system of the variable. Valid values are as follows:
CICS
Signals to the Report Writer that the variable is a CA SYSVIEW-based CICS
variable.
IMS
Signals that the variable is a CA SYSVIEW-based IMS variable.
MQ
Signals that the variable is a CA SYSVIEW-based MQ variable.
AUDIT
Signals that the variable is a CA SYSVIEW-based AUDIT variable.
COMMON
Signals that the variable is a CA SYSVIEW-based variable common for all
systems.
MVS
Signals to the Report Writer that the variable is a z/OS system variable.
Default: CICS
record-type
Specifies the type of record the data for that variable comes from. You can specify
one of the following:
JOB
Provides job activity information.
PERformance
Provides task activity information.
REQuest
Provides information about MQ objects and message counts.
STEP
Provides activity information for the last interval before the step terminate,
and activity after the previous interval ended.

110 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Conventions Used for Describing Variables

SUMmary
For CICS variables, provides information from data created with the
SUMMARIZE utility option.
For IMS variables, provides information from IMS region summary records.
SYStem
For CICS variables, provides information from system threshold records.
For MVS variables, provides information from MVS system records.
INTerval
Provides CICS resource usage information. The collection of this data is based
upon user-defined time intervals and involves low overhead.
LOG
Provides CA SYSVIEW Audit Event records information.
EXCEPTION
Provides CA SYSVIEW exception records information.
The default record type for all CICS and IMS variables is PERformance and for all
MVS variables is SYStem. The record type that a variable represents affects which ID
options can be used with it to limit the scope of a report.
Note: For more information about JOB and STEP record types, see the section JOB
and STEP Record Type Data.
variable-class
Specifies one of the variable classes. For example, TRANSACTION and DATASET are
both valid variable classes for the PERformance record type.
variable-name
Specifies a variable name from the variable class selected. For example, both USE
and LIFETIME are valid variable names for the variable class TRANSACTION.

Conventions Used for Describing Variables

The following conventions are used for describing variables:
All variables that represent time are displayed in seconds.
Variable names separated by a vertical bar (|) are synonymous.
Default values are underlined.
Characters in a variable class or name that you must enter are shown in capital
letters. Optional characters are shown in lowercase letters.

Chapter 5: Tailor Reports Using Variables 111

Source for MVS Variable Values

Source for MVS Variable Values

The tables describing MVS variables contain a Data column, which gives the SMF record
from which the variable obtains its data.

JOB and STEP Record Type Data

Variable data for all MVS variables with record type JOB or STEP is accumulated from
SMF30 type records, as follows:
Variables with record type JOB use subtype 5 records. Subtype 5 records are
created at the end of the job and represent the entire activity for that job.
Variables with record type STEP use subtype 2 and subtype 3 records, which are
delta-count records. Subtype 2 records are created at each SMF interval. Subtype 3
records are created at the end of each step.

SMF dsect Field Names Used When Specifying Variables

All SMF30 DSECT field names that refer to character data are supported as valid
identifiers. When generating reports, you can use these SMF30 DSECT field names in
place of the variable name part of the complete variable.

For example, the first column of the following table lists variables specified using
variable names. The second column lists the same variables specified using the SMF30
DSECT field name in place of the variable name part of the complete variable.

Variable Specified Using Variable Name Same Variable Specified Using the SMF
DSECT Field Name
MVS JOB STORage BELOW MVS JOB STORage SMF3OURB
MVS STEP PERF TOT-SU MVS STEP PERF SMF30RSV
MVS JOB EXCP COUNT MVS JOB EXCP SMF30BLK
MVS STEP EXCP DEV-CONN MVS STEP EXCP SMF30DCT

CICS Variables
The following pages describe the CICS variables and the variable names for each class
defined.

112 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

CICS Variables

CICS CDSA Variable Class

This section describes variable information for the CDSA class on the CICS system.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] CDSA variable name

ID Options
Use any CICS CDSA variables with the following ID options: CICSREL, JOBNAME,
STARTTIME, ENDTIME, and SYSID.

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

INTerval AVAILABLE 23, 28 Storage available, in bytes
INTerval Size 23, 28 Storage amount, in bytes
INTerval %USE 23, 28 Percentage of storage in use

CICS DATASET Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class DATASET on system CICS.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] DATASET variable-name

ID Options
Use the CICS Performance data set variables with the following ID options: ABCODE,
APPLID, FILEID, JOBNAME, PROGID, SYSID, TERMID, TRANID, TRANNUM, USERID,
and VTAMLU.

Note: You can specify FILE in place of DATASET for this variable class.

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance ADDs 27 Number of files added
PERFormance BROWSEs 27 Number of file browses
PERFormance DELetes 27 Number of files deleted
PERFormance MAXREQtime 27 Maximum file request service time, in seconds

Chapter 5: Tailor Reports Using Variables 113

CICS Variables

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance READs 27 Number of read-updates, read no updates, and
browses
PERFormance READNUpdts 27 Number of files read no update
PERFormance READUpdts or 27 Number of files read for update
GETU
PERFormance REQTIME 27 Average file request service time, in seconds
PERFormance UPDATEs 27 Number of file updates
PERFormance USE, USAGE, RW, 27 Number of file requests
or REQUESTS
PERFormance WRITEs 27 Number of updates, adds, and deletes

CICS DB2 Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class DB2 on system CICS.

Syntax:

CICS PERFormance DB2 variable-name

ID Options:
Use CICS PERFormance DB2 variables with the following ID options: ABCODE,
APPLID, DB2PROG, DB2 STYPE, DB2PSNUM, JOBNAME, SYSID, TERMID, TRANID,
TRANNUM, USERID and VTAMLU.

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance REQUEST 27 Number of DB2 requests
PERFormance REQTime 27 Average DB2 request time, in
seconds
PERFormance MAXREQTime 27 Maximum DB2 request time, in
seconds

CICS DLI Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class DLI on system CICS.

114 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

CICS Variables

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] DLI variable-name

ID Options
Use CICS PERFormance DLI variables with the following ID options: ABCODE,
APPLID, FILEID, JOBNAME, SYSID, TERMID, TRANID, TRANNUM, USERID, and
VTAMLU

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance DELETEs 27 Number of DL/I delete requests
PERFormance GETNEXT or GN 27 Number of DL/I GET next requests
PERFormance GETUNIQUE or GU 27 Number of DL/I GET unique requests
PERFormance GHN 27 Number of DL/I GET hold next requests
PERFormance GHNP 27 Number of DL/I GET hold next within parent
requests
PERFormance GHU 27 Number of DL/I GET hold unique requests
PERFormance GNP 27 Number of DL/I GET next within parent requests
PERFormance INSERTs 27 Number of DL/I insert requests
PERFormance READs 27 Number of DL/I read requests, including
GETNEXT, GNP, GU, GHU, GHN, and GHNP
PERFormance REPLACEs 27 Number of DL/I replace requests
PERFormance SERVTIME 27 Average DL/I replace requests
PERFormance USE, USAGE, 27 Number of DL/I file requests
REQUESTs, or IO
PERFormance WRITEs 27 Number of DL/I write requests, including
replaces, deletes, and inserts

Chapter 5: Tailor Reports Using Variables 115

CICS Variables

CICS ECDSA Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class ECDSA on system CICS.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] ECDSA variable-name

ID Options
Use any CICS ECDSA variable with the following ID options: CICSREL, JOBNAME,
STARTTIME, ENDTIME, and SYSID.

Information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

INTerval AVAILABLE 23, 28 Storage available, in bytes
INTerval Size 23, 28 Storage amount, in bytes
INTerval %USE 23, 28 Percentage of storage in use

CICS ERDSA Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class ERDSA on system CICS.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] ERDSA variable-name

ID Options
Use any CICS ERDSA variable with the following ID options: CICSREL, JOBNAME,
STARTTIME, ENDTIME, and SYSID.

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

INTerval AVAILABLE 23, 28 Storage available, in bytes
INTerval Size 23, 28 Storage amount, in bytes
INTerval %USE 23, 28 Percentage of storage in use

116 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

CICS Variables

CICS EUDSA Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class EUDSA on system CICS.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] EUDSA variable-name

ID Options
Use any CICS EUDSA variable with the following ID options: CICSREL, JOBNAME,
STARTTIME, ENDTIME, and SYSID.

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

INTerval AVAILABLE 23, 28 Storage available, in bytes
INTerval Size 23, 28 Storage amount, in bytes
INTerval %USE 23, 28 Percentage of storage in use

CICS EXCEPTION Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class EXCEPTION on system CICS.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] EXCEPTION variable-name

ID Options
The record type of a CICS EXCEPTION variable determines which ID options can be
used with the variables.
Use any CICS PERFormance EXCEPTION variables with the following ID options:
ABCODE, APPLID, CICSID, JOBID, NETNAME, REGID, SYSID, TERMID, TRANNUM,
USERID, and VTAMLU
Use any CICS SYStem EXCEPTION variable with the following ID options:
CICSREL, JOBNAME, SYSID, TRANID, TERMID, USERID, and VTAMLU

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance, SYStem EXCMNEXN 27, 24 Exception number

Chapter 5: Tailor Reports Using Variables 117

CICS Variables

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance, SYStem EXCMNLUN 27, 24 LU name
PERFormance, SYStem EXCMNRID 27, 24 Exception resource ID
PERFormance, SYStem EXCMNRTY 27, 24 Exception resource type
PERFormance, SYStem EXCMNSTA 27, 24 Start date and time of exception
PERFormance, SYStem EXCMNSTO 27, 24 Stop date and time of exception
PERFormance, SYStem EXCMNTER 27, 24 Terminal ID
PERFormance, SYStem EXCMNTNO 27, 24 Transaction number
PERFormance, SYStem EXCMNTPR 27, 24 Transaction priority
PERFormance EXCMNTRN 27, 24 Transaction ID
PERFormance, SYStem EXCMNTST 27, 24 Transaction start type
PERFormance, SYStem EXCMNTYP 27, 24 Exception type
PERFormance, SYStem EXCMNUSR 27, 24 User ID

CICS PAGE Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class PAGE on system CICS.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] PAGE variable-name

ID Options
Use CICS INTERVAL (INT) PAGE variables with the following ID option:
CICSREL, JOBNAME, STARTTIME, ENDTIME, and SYSID

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

INTerval CACHE-MISS 23, 28 Number of cache read page misses
INTerval IN 23, 28 Number of page-ins
INTerval IN-COMMON 23, 28 Number of common page-ins
INTerval IN-HYPERSPACE 23, 28 Number of hyperspace page-ins
INTerval IN-LPA 23, 28 Number of LPA page-ins

118 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

CICS Variables

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

INTerval IN-NONVAM 23, 28 Number of non-VAM page-ins
INTerval IN-SWAP 23, 28 Number of pages swapped in
INTerval IN-VAM 23, 28 Number of VAM page-ins
INTerval OUTs 23, 28 Number of page-outs
INTerval OUT-HYPERSPACE 23, 28 Number of hyperspace page-outs
INTerval OUT-NONVAM 23, 28 Number of non-VAM page-outs
INTerval OUT-SWAP 23, 28 Number of pages swapped out
INTerval RECLAIMs 23, 28 Number of pages reclaimed
INTerval STEALs 23, 28 Numbers of pages stolen
INTerval SWAPs 23, 28 Number of swaps that occurred

CICS PROGRAM Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class PROGRAM on system CICS.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] PROGRAM variable-name

ID Options
Use only PERFormance PROGram variables with the following ID options: ABCODE,
APPLID, JOBNAME, PROGID, SYSID, TERMID, TRANID, TRANNUM, USERID, and
VTAMLU.

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance RESPonsetime 27 Average program response time, in seconds
PERFormance USE 27 Number of programs used

CICS REGION Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class REGION on system CICS.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] REGION variable-name

Chapter 5: Tailor Reports Using Variables 119

CICS Variables

ID Options
Use any INTerval REGION variable with the following ID options: CICSREL,
JOBNAME, STARTTIME, ENDTIME, and SYSID.

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

INTerval CPUTIME 23, 28 Total CPU time consumed by the CICS
region
INTerval SIOs 23, 28 Number of SIOs executed by the CICS
region
INTerval THRESHOLDs 23, 28 Number of thresholds triggered in the
CICS region

CICS SYSTEM Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class SYSTEM on system CICS.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] SYSTEM variable-name

ID Options
Use any CICS SYSTEM variable with the following ID options: CICSREL, JOBNAME,
STARTTIME, ENDTIME, and SYSID.

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

INTerval AVAILABLE 23, 28 Available frame count
INTerval CPU 23, 28 CPU usage
INTerval PAGING 23, 28 Demand page rate
INTerval UIC 23, 28 Unreferenced interval
count

CICS TEMPSTOR (Temporary Storage) Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class TEMPSTOR on system CICS.

120 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

CICS Variables

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] TEMPSTOR variable-name

ID Options
Use only PERFormance TEMPSTOR variables with the following ID options: ABCODE,
APPLID, JOBNAME, SYSID, TERMID, TRANID, TRANNUM, TSTGID, USERID, and
VTAMLU.

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance BGET 27 Average number of temporary storage bytes
per GET
PERFormance BREQ 27 Average number of temporary storage bytes
per request
PERFormance READs 27 Number of GET requests for temporary
storage
PERFormance GETMAXRESPonse 27 Maximum temporary storage GET response
time
PERFormance GETMAXSIZE 27 Maximum temporary storage GET request
size, in bytes
PERFormance GETRESPonse 27 Average temporary storage GET response
time per request
PERFormance MAXRESP 27 Maximum temporary storage request time,
in seconds
PERFormance PUTMAXRESPonse 27 Maximum temporary storage PUT response
time
PERFormance PUTs 27 Number of temporary storage PUT requests
PERFormance REQUESTs 27 Number of temporary storage requests
PERFormance RESPONSE 27 Average temporary storage request time, in
seconds, per request

CICS TERMINAL Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class TERMINAL on system CICS.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] TERMINAL variable-name

Chapter 5: Tailor Reports Using Variables 121

CICS Variables

ID Options
Use only performance terminal variables used with ID options. All ID options are
valid except DSAID, and LSRID.

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance INPUTS 27 Number of terminal input messages
PERFormance INPUTSIZE 27 Average input message size
PERFormance INPUTSIZE-LU6.1 27 Average LUTYPE6.1 input message size
PERFormance INPUT-LU6.1 27 Number of LUTYPE6.1 alternate terminal
input messages
PERFormance MESSAGES 27 Number of messages
PERFormance MROWATtime 27 Average MRO I/O wait time per transaction,
in seconds
PERFormance MSGSIZE 27 Average message size in bytes
PERFormance OUTPUTS 27 Number of terminal output messages
PERFormance OUTPUTSIZE 27 Average output message size
PERFormance OUTPUT-LU6.1 27 Number of LUTYPE6.1 alternate terminal
output messages
PERFormance OUTPUTSIZE-LU6.1 27 Average LUTYPE6.1 output message size
PERFormance RESPonsetime 27 Average terminal response time, in seconds
PERFormance TCTTE-REQuests 27 Number of TCTTE ALLOCATE requests for
APPC, LUTYPE6.1 and IRC sessions
PERFormance USE, USAGE, or 27 Number of writes to terminal
WRITES

CICS THRESHOLD Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class THRESHOLD on system CICS.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] THRESHOLD variable-name

122 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

CICS Variables

ID Options
Use only PERFormance THRESHOLD variables with the following ID options. The
following ID options are valid: ABCODE, APPLID, FILEID, JOBNAME, PROGID, SYSID,
TERMID, THRCLAS, THRSID, THRSSID, THRTYPE, TRANID, TRANNUM, TRSCEID,
USERID, and VTAMLU.
Use only SYStem THRESHOLD variable with the following ID options: JOBNAME,
SYSID, THRCLAS, THRSID, THRSSID, THRTYPE, TRANID, TRANNUM, TRSCEID, and
USERID.

The following table provides variable information for the CICS system with a variable
class of threshold:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance, CLASS 27, 08 COUNT, RATE, TIME, and PCT threshold
SYStem
PERFormance, COUNT 27, 08 Number of thresholds exceeded
SYStem
SYStem DATE 08 Date threshold occurred on mm/dd/yy.
PERFormance, LIMIT 27, 08 Threshold limit value
SYStem
PERFormance, MAXVALUE 27, 08 Maximum value that exceeded the limit
SYStem
PERFormance, MINVALUE 27, 08 Minimum value that exceeded the limit
SYStem
SYStem NAME 08 Threshold name
PERFormance, RESOURCE 27, 08 Resource involved with the threshold
SYStem
SYStem TERMINAL 08 Terminal ID, if task related
SYStem TIME 08 Time threshold occurred at hh:mm:ss
SYStem TRANSACTION 08 Transaction ID, if task related
PERFormance, TYPE 27, 08 UPPER or LOWER level threshold
SYStem
SYStem USER 08 User ID, if task related
PERFormance, VALUE 27, 08 Average value that exceeded the limit
SYStem

Chapter 5: Tailor Reports Using Variables 123

CICS Variables

CICS Interval Record TRANsaction Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class TRANsaction on system CICS.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] TRANSACTION variable-name

ID Options
Use any interval transaction variable with the following ID options: CICSREL,
JOBNAME, STARTTIME, ENDTIME, and SYSID.

The following table provides variable information for the CICS system with a variable
class of transaction:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

INTerval CPUtime 23, 28 Average CPU time, in seconds
INTerval DB2CWT 23, 28 Average DB2 connection wait time, in seconds
INTerval DB2RQWT 23, 28 Average DB2 ready queue wait time, in seconds
INTerval DB2WT 23, 28 Average DB2 wait time, in seconds
INTerval IRSPtime 23, 28 Average non-terminal response time, in seconds
INTerval I/Otime 23, 28 Average time, in seconds, spent waiting for I/O
INTerval LIFEtime 23, 28 Average transaction lifetime, in seconds
INTerval SUSPtime 23, 28 Average time, in seconds, spent suspended
INTerval TCPUtime 23, 28 Total CPU time for the transaction including user,
CICS, and CA SYSVIEW time
INTerval TMIOtime 23, 28 Average time, in seconds, spent waiting for
terminal
INTerval USE 23, 28 Number of transactions executed
INTerval WTRtime 23, 28 Average time, in seconds, spent waiting to run

CICS Performance Record TRANsaction Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class TRANsaction on system CICS.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] TRANSACTION variable-name

124 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

CICS Variables

ID Options
The record type of a TRANsaction variable determines which ID options can be used
with the variable, as follows:
Use PERFormance TRANsaction variables with all ID options except DSAID, and
LSRID.
Use any CICS SUMmary TRANsaction variables with the following ID options:
CICSREL, JOBNAME, SYSID, and TRANID.

The following table provides variable information for the CICS system with a variable
class of transaction:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance, ABENDS 27, 25 Number of abends
SUMmary
PERFormance BMS-MAP 27 Number of map requests
PERFormance BMS-MAPIN 27 Number of map-in requests
PERFormance BMS-MAPOUT 27 Number of map-out requests
PERFormance BMS-REQuests 27 Total number of BMS requests
PERFormance, CPUtime 27, 25 Average CPU time, in seconds
SUMmary
PERFormance, DB2CWT 27, 25 Average DB2 connection wait time, in
SUMmary seconds
PERFormance, DB2RQWT 27, 25 Average DB2 ready queue wait time, in
SUMmary seconds
PERFormance, DB2WT 27, 25 Average DB2 wait time, in seconds
SUMmary
PERFormance DCOUNT 27 Average number of transient data sets
used
PERFormance ENDDATE 27 Transaction end date
PERFormance ENDTIME 27 Transaction end time
PERFormance EXCEPTIONtime 27 Average time spent waiting on exception
conditions, in seconds
PERFormance FCOUNT 27 Average number of files accessed
PERFormance FC-AC 27 Number of file access method requests
PERFormance FC-ADD 27 Number of add file requests
PERFormance FC-BROWSE 27 Number of file browse requests

Chapter 5: Tailor Reports Using Variables 125

CICS Variables

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance FC-DELETE 27 Number of file delete requests
PERFormance FC-GET 27 Number of GET file requests
PERFormance FC-IOWAITtime 27 Average file I/O wait time
PERFormance FC-PUT 27 Number of file PUT requests
PERFormance FC-REQuests 27 Number of file requests
PERFormance IRIOtime 27 Average time spent waiting on MRO links,
in seconds
PERFormance IRSPtime 27 Average non-terminal response time, in
seconds
PERFormance, I/Otime 27, 25 Average time, in seconds, spent waiting for
SUMmary I/O
PERFormance JCIOtime 27 Average time spent waiting on Journal I/O,
in seconds
PERFormance L8CPUT 27 Average L8 TCB CPU time, in seconds
PERFormance, LIFEtime 27, 25 Average transaction lifetime, in seconds
SUMmary
PERFormance MAXI/Otime 27 Maximum time, in seconds, spent waiting
for I/O
PERFormance MAXLIFE 27 Maximum transaction lifetime, in seconds
PERFormance MAXPGMtime 27 Maximum time, in seconds, spent in
program code, including both user and
CICS code
PERFormance MAXSUSPtime 27 Maximum time, in seconds, spent
suspended
PERFormance MAXTMIOtime 27 Maximum time, in seconds, spent waiting
for terminal
PERFormance MAXWAITtime 27 Maximum time, in seconds, spent waiting
for an event control block
PERFormance PCIOtime 27 Average time spent waiting on program
loads, in seconds
PERFormance PCOUNT 27 Average number of programs used
PERFormance PC-LINKs 27 Number of program links
PERFormance PC-LOADs 27 Number of program loads
PERFormance PC-LOADTIME 27 Average program load time

126 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

CICS Variables

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance PC-XCTLs 27 Number of program XCTLs
PERFormance PGMtime 27 Average time, in seconds, spent in program
code, including both user and CICS code
PERFormance, RUNtime 27, 25 Average run time (LIFETIME - DSPDELAY),
SUMmary in seconds
PERFormance SC-GETMABOVE 27 Average number of user storage GETMAIN
requests above the 16M line per
transaction
PERFormance SC-GETMBELOW 27 Average number of user storage GETMAIN
requests below the 16M line per
transaction
PERFormance SC-PGMHWM 27 Maximum amount of program storage in
use
PERFormance SC-PGMHWMBELOW 27 Maximum amount of program storage in
use below the 16-MB line
PERFormance SC-STGOCCABOVE 27 Average storage occupancy above the
16-MB line per transaction, in
byte-milliseconds (a measurement of
storage in use against elapsed time)
PERFormance SC-STGOCCBELOW 27 Average storage occupancy below the
16-MB line per transaction, in
byte-milliseconds (a measurement of
storage in use against elapsed time)
PERFormance SC-TERMSTG 27 Average amount of terminal storage (TIOA)
allocated to the associated terminal
PERFormance SC-USERHWMABOVE 27 Maximum amount of user storage
allocated above the 16-MB line
PERFormance SC-USERHWMBELOW 27 Maximum amount of user storage
allocated above the 16-MB line
PERFormance SP-SYNCPOINTs 27 Number of SP sync point requests
PERFormance STARTDATE 27 Transaction start date
PERFormance STARTTIME 27 Transaction start time
PERFormance, SUSPtime 27, 25 Average time, in seconds, spent suspended
SUMmary
PERFormance, TCPUtime 27, 25 Total CPU time for the transaction
SUMmary including user, CICS, and CA SYSVIEW time
PERFormance TD-GET 27 Number of transient data GET requests

Chapter 5: Tailor Reports Using Variables 127

CICS Variables

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance TD-IOWAITtime 27 Average transient data I/O wait time
PERFormance TD-PURGE 27 Number of transient data purge requests
PERFormance TD-PUT 27 Number of transient data PUT requests
PERFormance TD-REQuest 27 Number of transient data requests
PERFormance TMIOtime 27 Average time, in seconds, spent waiting for
terminal
PERFormance TS-GETS 27 Number temporary storage GET requests
PERFormance TS-IOWAITtime 27 Average temporary storage I/O wait time
per transaction
PERFormance TS-PUTAux 27 Number temporary storage PUT auxiliary
requests
PERFormance TS-PUTMain 27 Number temporary storage PUT main
requests
PERFormance TS-REQuests 27 Number temporary storage requests
PERFormance, USE|USAGE 27, 25 Number of transactions executed
SUMmary
PERFormance, WAITtime 27, 25 Average time, in seconds, spent waiting for
SUMmary an event control block

CICS TRANSIENT Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class TRANSIENT on system CICS.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] TRANSIENT variable-name

ID Options
The following ID options can be used with PERFormance TRANSIENT variables:
ABCODE, APPLID, DCTID, JOBNAME, SYSID, TERMID, TRANID, TRANNUM, USERID,
and VTAMLU.

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance INPUTMAXRESPonse 27 Maximum transient data input response
time, in seconds

128 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

CICS Variables

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance INPUTMAXSIZE 27 Maximum transient data input request
size, in bytes
PERFormance INPUTREponse 27 Average transient data input request size,
in seconds
PERFormance INPUTSIZE 27 Average transient data input request size,
in bytes
PERFormance OUTPUTMAXRESPonse 27 Maximum transient data output response
time, in seconds
PERFormance OUTPUTMAXSIZE 27 Maximum transient data output request
size, in bytes
PERFormance OUTPUTRESPonse 27 Maximum transient data output response
time per request, in seconds
PERFormance OUTPUTSIZE 27 Average transient data output request
size, in bytes
PERFormance READs|INPUTs 27 Number of reads of transient data sets
PERFormance REQUESTs 27 Number of I/Os to transient data sets
PERFormance WRITEs|OUTPUTs 27 Number of writes to transient data sets

CICS UDSA Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class UDSA on system CICS.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] UDSA variable-name

ID Options
The following ID options can be used with any CICS UDSA variable: CICSREL,
JOBNAME, STARTTIME, ENDTIME, and SYSID.

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

INTerval AVAILABLE 23, 28 Storage available, in bytes
INTerval Size 23, 28 Storage amount, in bytes
INTerval %USE 23, 28 Percentage of storage in use

Chapter 5: Tailor Reports Using Variables 129

IMS Variables

IMS Variables
This section describes the IMS variables and the variable names for each class defined.

IMS TRANsaction Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class TRANsaction on system IMS.

Syntax:

[IMS] [record-type] TRANSACTION variable-name

ID Options
The following ID options can be used with any IMS TRANSACTION variable:
IMSID, IMSREL, JOBNAME, LTERM, LUNAME, PROCTYPE, PSBNAME, PST,
REGION, STARTTIME, SYSID, TRANID, and USERID

The following table provides variable information for the IMS system with a variable
class of transaction:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance LIFEtime 32, 34 Average transaction lifetime, in seconds
PERFormance USE|COUNT 32, 34 Number of transactions executed
PERFormance INQueuetime 32, 34 Average time, in seconds, spent in the input
queue
PERFormance OUTQueuetime 32, 34 Average time, in seconds, spent in the output
queue
PERFormance PROCtime 32, 34 Average time, in seconds, spent processing the
transaction

IMS REGION Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class REGION on system IMS.

Syntax:

[IMS] [record-type] REGION variable-name

130 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

IMS Variables

ID Options
The following ID options can be used with any IMS REGION variable: DBNAME,
ENDTIME, IMSID, IMSREL, JOBNAME, LUNAME, PSBNAME, PST, STARTTIME,
SYSID, TRANID, and USERID

The following table provides variable information for the IMS system with a variable
class of region:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

SUMmary SCHEDULERtime 33, 35 Average elapsed scheduler processing time
SUMmary INTENTwaittime 33, 35 Average intent contention wait time
SUMmary POOLSPCwairtime 33, 35 Average pool space wait time
SUMmary DB-IOTIME 33, 35 Total database I/O time

IMS DLI Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class DLI on system IMS.

Syntax:

[IMS] [record-type] DLI variable-name

ID Options
The following ID options can be used with any IMS DLI variable: DBNAME,
ENDTIME, IMSID, IMSREL, JOBNAME, LUNAME, PSBNAME, PST, STARTTIME,
SYSID, TRANID, and USERID.

The following table provides variable information for the IMS system with a variable
class of DLI:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

SUMmary VSAMREADs 33, 35 Number of DL/I VSAM reads
SUMmary VSAMWRITEs 33, 35 Number of DL/I VSAM writes
SUMmary OSAMREADs 33, 35 Number of DL/I OSAM reads
SUMmary OSAMWRITEs 33, 35 Number of DL/I OSAM writes
SUMmary TOTALIO 33, 35 Total VSAM+OSAM DL/I I/O operations

SUMmary DB-READs 33, 35 Amount of database reads

SUMmary DB-WRITEs 33, 35 Amount of database writes

Chapter 5: Tailor Reports Using Variables 131

MQ Variables

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

SUMmary DB-GU 33, 35 Total database unique get requests
SUMmary DB-GN 33, 35 Total requests for database get next
SUMmary DB-GNP 33, 35 Total requests for database get next within
parent
SUMmary DB-GHU 33, 35 Number of requests for database get hold
unique
SUMmary DB-GHN 33, 35 Number of requests for database get hold
next
SUMmary DB-GHNP 33, 35 Number of requests for database get hold
next within parent
SUMmary DB-INSERT 33, 35 Number of database insert requests
SUMmary DB-DELETE 33, 35 Number of database delete requests
SUMmary DB-REPLACE 33, 35 Number of requests for database replace
SUMmary DB-CALLS 33, 35 Number of DL/I database requests
SUMmary MSG-GU 33, 35 Number of requests for message get
unique
SUMmary MSG-GN 33, 35 Number requests for message get next
SUMmary MSG-INSERT 33, 35 Number of message insert calls
SUMmary MSG-PURGE 33, 35 Number of message purge calls

MQ Variables
This section describes the MQ variables and the variable names for each class defined.

JOBNAME is the only ID option necessary, as you simply receive the same value as you
would with object-related variables. Their usage lets you use them with JOBNAME.

MQ OBJEct Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class OBJECT class on system MQ.

Syntax:

[MQ] [record-type] OBJEct variable-name

132 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

MQ Variables

ID Options
Use any MQ OBJEct variables with the following ID options: ENDTIME,
OBJNAME, OBJSUBTYPE, OBJTYPE, QMANAGER, RESNAME and RESMANAGER,
STARTTIME and SYSID.

The following table provides variable information for the MQ system with a variable
class of object:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

REQuest BROWSE 48 Get count with browse
REQuest CLOSE 48 Close count for object
REQuest GET 48 Get count for queue
REQuest INQUIRE 48 Inquire count for object
REQuest OPEN 48 Open count for object
REQuest PUT 48 Put count for queue
REQuest PUT1 48 Put1 count for queue
REQuest SET 48 Set count for object

MQ OBJFailure Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class OBJFailure class on system MQ.

Syntax:

[MQ] [record-type] OBJFailure variable-name

ID Options
Use any MQ OBJFailure variables with the following ID options: ENDTIME,
OBJNAME, OBJSUBTYPE, OBJTYPE, QMANAGER, RESNAME and RESMANAGER,
STARTTIME and SYSID.

The following table provides variable information:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

REQuest CLOSE 48 Close counts that failed
REQuest GET 48 Get counts that failed
REQuest INQUIRE 48 Inquire counts that failed
REQuest OPEN 48 Open counts that failed

Chapter 5: Tailor Reports Using Variables 133

MQ Variables

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

REQuest PUT 48 Put counts that failed
REQuest PUT1 48 Put1 counts that failed
REQuest SET 48 Set counts that failed

MQ OBJMessage Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class OBJMessage class on system MQ.

Syntax:

[MQ] [record-type] OBJMessage variable-name

ID Options
Use any OBJMessage variables with the following ID options: ENDTIME,
OBJNAME, OBJSUBTYPE, OBJTYPE, QMANAGER, RESNAME and RESMANAGER,
STARTTIME and SYSID.

The following table provides variable information:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

REQuest GETRES 48 Gets with the date and times of the Put.
REQuest MAXGET 48 Maximum message size for the gets.
REQuest MAXPUT 48 Maximum message size for the puts.
REQuest MINGET 48 Minimum message size for the gets.
REQuest MINPUT 48 Maximum message size for the puts.

MQ OBJTimer Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class OBJTimer class on system MQ.

Syntax:

[MQ] [record-type] OBJTimer variable-name

ID Options
Use any MQ OBJTimer variables with the following ID options: ENDTIME,
OBJNAME, OBJSUBTYPE, OBJTYPE, QMANAGER, RESNAME and RESMANAGER,
STARTTIME and SYSID.

134 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

MQ Variables

The following table provides variable information:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

REQuest GMSGTOT 48 Total message size for gets
REQuest MAXCPU 48 Maximum CPU time for all requests
REQuest MAXElapsed 48 Maximum elapsed time for all requests
REQuest MAXRESID 48 Maximum residency time for all requests
REQuest PMSGTOT 48 Total message size for puts
REQuest TOTCPU 48 Total CPU time for all requests
REQuest TOTElapsed 48 Total elapsed time for all requests
REQuest TOTRESID 48 Total residency time for all requests

MQ JOBStat Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class JOBStat class on system MQ.

Syntax:

[MQ] [record-type] JOBStat variable-name

ID Options
Use any MQ JOBStat variables with the following ID options: ENDTIME,
JOBNAME, OBJNAME, OBJSUBTYPE, OBJTYPE, QMANAGER, RESNAME and
RESMANAGER, STARTTIME and SYSID.

The following table provides variable information:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

REQuest BROWSE 48 Get count with browse
REQuest CLOSE 48 Close count for job
REQuest GET 48 Get count for job
REQuest INQUIRE 48 Inquire count for job
REQuest OPEN 48 Open count for job
REQuest PUT 48 Put count for job
PUT1 Put1 count for job
REQuest SET 48 Set count for job

Chapter 5: Tailor Reports Using Variables 135

MQ Variables

MQ JOBFailure Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class JOBFailure class on system MQ.

Syntax:

[MQ] [record-type] JOBFailure variable-name

ID Options
Use any MQ JOBFailure variables with the following ID options: ENDTIME,
JOBNAME, OBJNAME, OBJSUBTYPE, OBJTYPE, QMANAGER, RESNAME and
RESMANAGER, STARTTIME and SYSID.

The following table provides variable information:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

REQuest CLOSE 48 Close counts that failed
REQuest GET 48 Get counts that failed
REQuest INQUIRE 48 Inquire counts that failed
REQuest OPEN 48 Open counts that failed
REQuest PUT 48 Put counts that failed
PUT1 Put1 counts that failed
REQuest SET 48 Set counts that failed

MQ JOBMessage Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class JOBMessage class on system MQ.

Syntax:

[MQ] [record-type] JOBMessage variable-name

ID Options
Use any JOBMessage variables with the following ID options: ENDTIME,
JOBNAME, OBJNAME, OBJSUBTYPE, OBJTYPE, QMANAGER, RESNAME and
RESMANAGER, STARTTIME and SYSID.

136 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

MQ Variables

The following table provides variable information:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

REQuest GETRES 48 Gets with the date and times of the Put
REQuest MAXGET 48 Maximum message size for gets
REQuest MAXPUT 48 Maximum message size for puts
REQuest MINGET 48 Minimum message size for gets
REQuest MINPUT 48 Maximum message size for puts

MQ JOBTimer Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class JOBTimer class on system MQ.

Syntax:

[MQ] [record-type] JOBTimer variable-name

ID Options
Use any MQ JOBTimer variables with the following ID options: ENDTIME,
JOBNAME, OBJNAME, OBJSUBTYPE, OBJTYPE, QMANAGER, RESNAME and
RESMANAGER, STARTTIME and SYSID.

The following table provides variable information:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

REQuest GMSGTOT 48 Total message size for gets
REQuest MAXCPU 48 Maximum CPU time for all requests
REQuest MAXElapsed 48 Maximum elapsed time for all requests
REQuest MAXRESID 48 Maximum residency time for all requests
REQuest PMSGTOT 48 Total message size for puts
REQuest TOTCPU 48 Total CPU time for all requests
REQuest TOTElapsed 48 Total elapsed time for all requests
REQuest TOTRESID 48 Total residency time for all requests

Chapter 5: Tailor Reports Using Variables 137

AUDIT Variables

AUDIT Variables
This section describes the AUDIT variables and the variable names for each class
defined.

Note: Only one AUDIT variable is defined, and it has an equivalent in the ID options of
AUDTYPE. The best way to write Audit reports is to use the FLASHBACK AUDITLOG
command, or use the FLASHBACK LIST with two or more ID options.

AUDIT ALL Variable Class

This section describes variable information for the ALL class on the AUDIT system.

Syntax:

[AUDIT][record-type] ALL variable name

ID Options
Use any AUDIT ALL variables with the following ID options: STARTTIME, ENDTIME,
AUDTYPE, SYSTEM, SUBSYS, AJOBID, TASKNAME, SECGROUP, RELEASE, AJOBNAME,
AUSERID, ATERMID
Note: STARTTIME and ENDTIME in Audit reports represent the exception time.

The following table provides variable information for the AUDIT system with a variable
class of ALL:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

LOG TYPE 01 Audit record type

COMMON Variables
This section describes the COMMON variables and the variable names for each class
defined.

COMMON STATE Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class EXCEPTION class on the COMMON
system.

Syntax:

COMmon [record-type] EXCeption variable name

138 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

COMMON Variables

ID Options
Use any COMmon STAte EXCeption variables with the following ID options: APPLID,
CJOBID, GROUP, JOBNAME, OLDSTATUS, OWNER, RESRC, RESRC2, STARTTIME,
STATUS, SUBGROUP, SYSTEM, VARNAME.
Use any COMmon THReshold EXCeption variables with the following ID options:
APPLID, CJOBID, GROUP, JOBNAME, OLDSTATUS, OWNER, RESRC, RESRC2,
RULETYPE, STARTTIME, STATUS, SUBGROUP, SYSTEM, THRECLAS, THRETYPE,
TRANID, VARNAME.

Note: STARTTIME in common exception reports represents time of the exception.

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

THRESHOLD, VARname 03, 04 Variable name
STATE
THRESHOLD, RESOURCE or RESRC 03, 04 Resource involved with the exception
STATE
THRESHOLD, RESOURCE2 or RESRC2 03, 04 Resource2 (eight characters)
STATE
THRESHOLD, RESOURCE2L or 03, 04 Resource2 Long (48 characters)
STATE RESRC2L
THRESHOLD, GROUP 03, 04 Group
STATE
THRESHOLD, SUBGroup 03, 04 Subgroup
STATE
THRESHOLD, VALUE 03, 04 Average threshold value that exceeded the limit or
STATE current state value
THRESHOLD MAXVALUE 03 Maximum threshold value that exceeded the limit
THRESHOLD MINVALUE 03 Minimum threshold value that exceeded the limit
THRESHOLD WARNING 03 Warning limit value
THRESHOLD PROBLEM 03 Problem limit value
THRESHOLD, STATUS 03, 04 Exception status
STATE
THRESHOLD, OLDVALUE 03, 04 Previous value
STATE
THRESHOLD OLDWARNING 03 Previous warning limit value
THRESHOLD OLDPROBLEM 03 Previous problem limit value

Chapter 5: Tailor Reports Using Variables 139

MVS Variables

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

THRESHOLD, OLDSTATUS 03, 04 Previous status
STATE
THRESHOLD, ELAPSED 03, 04 Time elapsed from previous exception, in seconds
STATE
THRESHOLD, COUNT 03, 04 Exception count
STATE
THRESHOLD RTYPE 03 Threshold rule type: None, Upper, Lower, Change
THRESHOLD VTYPE 03 Variable type
THRESHOLD TTYPE 03 Threshold type
THRESHOLD CLASS 03 Count, Count K (count in 1024), Rate, Time, and
Percent threshold

MVS Variables
The following pages describe the MVS variables and the variable names for each class
defined for the z/OS operating system.

MVS ASCB Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class ASCB on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] ASCB variable-name | data

No ID options can be used with MVS ASCB variables.

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM AVG-BATCH SMF70BTT Average number of batch address spaces
SYSTEM AVG-IN SMF70ITT Average number of address spaces not in storage and
ready to execute
SYSTEM AVG-OUT SMF700TT Average number of address spaces not in storage and
ready to execute
SYSTEM AVG-READY SMF70RTT Average number of address spaces in storage and
ready to execute

140 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

MVS Variables

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM AVG-STC SMF70STT Average number of started-task address spaces
SYSTEM AVG-TSO SMF70TTT Average number of TSO address spaces
SYSTEM AVG-WAIT SMF70WTT Average number of address spaces not in storage and
not ready to execute
SYSTEM MAX-BATCH SMF70BMM Maximum number of batch address spaces
SYSTEM MAX-IN SMF70IMM Maximum number of address spaces in storage
SYSTEM MAX-OUT SMF70OMM Maximum number of address spaces not in storage
and ready to execute
SYSTEM MAX-READY SMF70RMM Maximum number of address spaces in storage and
ready to execute
SYSTEM MAX-STC SMF70SMM Maximum number of started-task address spaces
SYSTEM MAX-TSO SMF70TMM Maximum number of TSO address spaces
SYSTEM MAX-WAIT SMF70WMM Maximum number of address spaces not in storage
and not ready to execute
SYSTEM MIN-BATCH SMF70BMN Minimum number of batch address spaces
SYSTEM MIN-IN SMF70IMN Minimum number of address spaces in storage
SYSTEM MIN-OUT SMF700MN Minimum number of address spaces not in storage
and ready to execute
SYSTEM MIN-READY SMF70RMN Minimum number of address spaces in storage and
ready to execute
SYSTEM MIN-STC SMF70SMN Minimum number of started-task address spaces
SYSTEM MIN-TSO SMF70TMN Minimum number of TSO address spaces
SYSTEM MIN-WAIT SMF70WMN Minimum number of address spaces not in storage
and not ready to execute

MVS CHANNEL Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class CHANNEL on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] CHANNEL variable-name | data

ID Option
The following ID option can be used with the MVS CHANNEL variable: CHNID

Chapter 5: Tailor Reports Using Variables 141

MVS Variables

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYStem LRead SMF73PRU LPAR rate of data read through the channel in bytes
per second
SYStem LWrite SMF73PWU LPAR rate of data written through the channel in
bytes per second
SYStem READ SMF73TRU Total rate of data read through the channel in bytes
per second
SYStem TIME SMF73PTI Measurement interval length in seconds
SYStem WRITE SMF73TWU Total rate of data written through the channel in
bytes per second
SYStem %USE SMF73TUC, Average percentage of time the channel was active
SMF73TUT

Note: To avoid rounding values too much, use the XTND variable option with rate
variables of this class.

MVS CPU Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class CPU on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] CPU variable-name | data

ID Option
The following ID options can be used with MVS CPU variables: CPUID, CPUPID, and
LPARNAME.

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM %BUSY|ACTIVE| SMF70WAT Percentage of time CPU was busy or active. If you
UTILization are running PR/SM and this field displays as 0
percent or 100 percent, use the MVS LPAR variable
instead.
SYSTEM %WAIT SMF70WAT Percentage of time CPU was inactive
SYSTEM BUSY|ACTIVE SMF70WAT Total time CPU was busy or active

142 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

MVS Variables

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM WAIT SMF70WAT Total time CPU was inactive

MVS DEVICE Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class DEVICE on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] DEVICE variable-name | data

ID Option
The following ID option can be used with MVS DEVICE variables: DEVID

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM CONNECT SMF74CNN Average time spent connected to a channel path
SYSTEM CUB-DELAY SMF74CUB Average time I/O request is delayed due to busy control
unit
SYSTEM DB-DELAY SMF74DVB Average time I/O request is delayed due to busy device
SYSTEM DISCONNECT SMF74DIS Average time spent disconnected during an I/O request
SYSTEM PENDING SMF74PEN Average time spent waiting on hardware
SYSTEM SERVTIME SMF74ATV Average service time for device to complete an I/O
request
SYSTEM SSCH SMF74SSC Number of start subchannels
SYSTEM UTILization SMF74ATV Percentage of time device was busy or active

MVS DISK Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class DISK on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] DISK variable-name | data

ID Option
The following ID options can be used with MVS DISK variables: DEVID, DISKID

Chapter 5: Tailor Reports Using Variables 143

MVS Variables

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM CONNECT SMF74CNN Average time spent connected to a channel path
SYSTEM CUB-DELAY SMF74CUB Average time I/O request is delayed due to busy control
unit
SYSTEM DB-DELAY SMF74DVB Average time I/O request is delayed due to busy device
SYSTEM DISCONNECT SMF74DIS Average time spent disconnected during an I/O request
SYSTEM PENDING SMF74PEN Average time spent waiting on hardware
SYSTEM SERVTIME SMF74ATV Average service time for device to complete an I/O
request
SYSTEM SSCH SMF74SSC Number of start subchannels
SYSTEM UTILization SMF74ATV Percentage of time disk was busy or active

MVS DSN Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class DSN on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] DSN variable-name | data

ID Option
The following ID options can be used with MVS DSN variables:
DEVID, DISKID, DSNID, JOBID, STEPID, VOLSER

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM ACTIVITY SMF64 Number of VSAM requests
SYSTEM BPR SMF64 Average buffer performance rating for VSAM data sets
SYSTEM CA-SPLITS SMF64DAS Number of control area splits for VSAM data sets
SYSTEM CI-SPLITS SMF64DCS Number of control interval splits for VSAM data sets
SYSTEM DELETES SMF64DDE Number of VSAM deletes
SYSTEM EXCP SMF64, SMF14, Total number of EXCPs
SMF15

144 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

MVS Variables

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM EXCP-VSAM SMF64DEP Number of EXCPs for VSAM data sets
SYSTEM EXCP-NVSM SMF14, SMF15, Number of EXCPs for non-VSAM data sets
SMFEXCP
SYSTEM INPUT SMF14, Number of EXCPs for non-VSAM data sets
SMFEXCP
SYSTEM INSERTS SMF64DIN Number of VSAM inserts
SYSTEM OUTPUT SMF15, Number of EXCPs for non-VSAM output data set
SMFEXCP
SYSTEM RETRIEVES SMF64DRE Number of VSAM retrieves
SYSTEM UPDATES SMF64DUP Number of VSAM updates
SYSTEM VOLSER SMF64, SMF14, Volume serial number of device.
SMF15

MVS EXCP Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class EXCP on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] EXCP variable-name | data

ID Option
The record type of an EXCP variable determines which ID options can be used with
the variable, as follows:
The following ID options can be used with MVS JOB EXCP variables:
ACCTID, DDNAME, DEVID, JOBCLASS, JOBID, ROGRAMMER, USERID
The following ID options can be used with MVS STEP EXCP variables:
ACCTID, DDNAME, DEVID, JOBCLASS, JOBID, PROGID, PROGRAMMER, STEPID,
USERID

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

JOB, STEP COUNT SMF30BLK Number of EXCPs issued
JOB, STEP DDNAME SMF30DDN DDname
JOB, STEP DEVCUU SMF30CUA Device number

Chapter 5: Tailor Reports Using Variables 145

MVS Variables

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

JOB, STEP DEVTYPE SMF30DEV Device class
JOB, STEP DEV-CONN SMF30DCT Total device connect time
JOB, STEP LBLKSIZE SMF30BSZ Largest block size
JOB, STEP UNITTYPE SMF30UTP Device unit type

MVS IO Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class IO on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] IO variable-name | data

ID Option
The record type of an IO variable determines which ID options can be used with the
variable, as follows:
No ID options can be used with MVS SYSTEM IO variables.
The following ID options can be used with MVS JOB IO and MVS STEP IO
variables: JOBID, STEPID

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

JOB, STEP CARDs SMF30INP Number of card-image records read
JOB, STEP DEVCON SMF30TCN Total device connect time
JOB, STEP EXCPs SMF30TEP Number of EXCPs
SYSTEM INTERRUPTs SMF70 Total number of I/O interrupts
SYSTEM INT-SLIH SMF70SLH Number of I/O interrupts handled by the I/O interrupt
handler
SYSTEM INT-TPI SMF70TPI Number of I/O interrupts handled through the TPI
instruction
JOB, STEP TGETs SMF30TGT Number of TGETs
JOB, STEP TPUTs SMF30TPT Number of TPUTs

146 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

MVS Variables

MVS JOB and STEP Variable Classes

This section describes variable information for classes JOB and STEP on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] variable-class variable-name | data

ID Option
The following ID options can be used with z/OS JOB variables:
ACCTID, JOBCLASS, JOBID, PROGRAMMER, USERID
The following ID options can be used with z/OS STEP variables:
ACCTID, JOBCLASS, JOBID, PROGID, PROGRAMMER, STEPID, USERID

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM %CPUACT SMF30 Percentage of CPU consumed while active
SYSTEM %CPUDUR SMF30 Percentage of CPU consumed during the JOB or STEP
SYSTEM %CPUINT SMF30 Percentage of CPU consumed in report interval
SYSTEM %CPURES SMF30 Percentage of CPU consumed while resident
SYSTEM ACTIVE SMF30 Total transaction active time
SYSTEM COUNT SMF30 Number of jobs or steps executed
SYSTEM CPU SMF30 Total amount of CPU time consumed
SYSTEM DEV-CONN SMF30 Total device connect time
SYSTEM DURATION SMF30 Total job or step duration time
SYSTEM RESIDENT SMF30 Total transaction residency time
SYSTEM SAMPLEs SMF30 Number of step interval samples
SYSTEM SRB SMF30 Total amount of SRB CPU time consumed
SYSTEM TCB SMF30 Total amount of TCB CPU time consumed
SYSTEM TOT-EXCP SMF30 Number of EXCPs

Chapter 5: Tailor Reports Using Variables 147

MVS Variables

MVS LPAR Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class LPAR on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] LPAR variable-name | data

ID Option
The following ID options can be used with MVS LPAR variables:
CPUID, CPUPID, LPARID, LPID

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM %ACTIVE SMF70PDT Logical processor usage
SYSTEM ACTIVE SMF70PDT Logical processor active time
SYSTEM CPU SMF70VPA Logical processor address
SYSTEM NUMBER SMF70LPN Logical partition number
SYSTEM RWF SMF70BPS Logical partition resource weight factor

MVS OPERator Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class OPERATOR on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] OPER variable-name | data

ID Option
The record type of an OPERator variable determines which ID options can be used
with the variable, as follows:
The following ID options can be used with MVS JOB OPERator variables:
ACCTID, JOBCLASS, JOBID, PROGRAMMER, USERID
The following ID options can be used with MVS STEP OPERator variables:
ACCTID, JOBCLASS, JOBID, PROGID, PROGRAMMER, STEPID, USERID

148 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

MVS Variables

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

JOB, STEP NS-DASD-MOUNTs SMF30PDM Number of nonspecific DASD mounts
JOB, STEP NS-MSS-MOUNTs SMF30MTM Number of nonspecific MTM mounts
JOB, STEP NS-TAPE-MOUNTs SMF30PTM Number of nonspecific tape mounts
JOB, STEP S-DASD-MOUNTs SMF30PRD Number of specific DASD mounts
JOB, STEP S-MSS-MOUNTs SMF30MSR Number of specific MTM mounts
JOB, STEP S-TAPE-MOUNTs SMF30TPR Number of specific tape mounts

MVS PAGE Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class PAGE on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] PAGE variable-name | data

ID Option
The record type of a PAGE variable determines which ID options can be used with
the variable, as follows:
No ID options can be used with MVS SYSTEM PAGE variables.
The following ID options can be used with MVS JOB PAGE variables:
ACCTID, JOBCLASS, JOBID, PROGRAMMER, USER
The following ID options can be used with MVS STEP PAGE variables:
ACCTID, JOBCLASS, JOBID, PROGID, PROGRAMMER, STEPID, USERID

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM AVG-UIC SMF71ACA Average of the maximum unreferenced interval count
during any RMF interval
SYSTEM, JOB, IN-COMMON SMF71SNI, Number of common area page-ins
STEP SMF30CPI
SYSTEM, JOB, IN-LPA SMF71LNI, Number of LPA page-ins
STEP SMF30IPI

Chapter 5: Tailor Reports Using Variables 149

MVS Variables

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM, JOB, IN-PRIvate SMF71PIN, Number of private area page-ins
STEP SMF30PGI
SYSTEM, JOB, IN-SWAP SMF71SIN, Number of pages swapped in
STEP SMF30PSI
SYSTEM, JOB, IN-VIO SMF71VIN, Number of VIO page-ins
STEP SMF30VPI
SYSTEM, JOB, INs SMF71, SMF30 Total number of page-in operations
STEP
JOB, STEP IOs SMF30 Total number of page operations
SYSTEM MAX-UIC SMF71LIC Lowest maximum unreferenced interval count during
any RMF interval
SYSTEM MIGRATE SMF71PEA Number of pages migrated from expanded storage
SYSTEM MIN-UIC SMF71LIC Lowest maximum unreferenced interval count during
any RMF interval
SYSTEM MOVES SMF71PMV Number of pages moved between storage above the
16M line and storage below the 16M line
SYSTEM MOVES-EXT SMF71PES Number of pages moved to expanded storage
SYSTEM, JOB, OUT-COMMON SMF71SNO, Number of page-outs performed in the common area
STEP SMF30CPR
SYSTEM, JOB, OUT-PRIvate SMF71POT, Number of private area page-outs
STEP SMF30PGO
SYSTEM, JOB, OUT-SWAP SMF71SOT, Number of pages swapped out
STEP SMF30PSO
SYSTEM, JOB, OUT-VIO SMF71VOT, Number of VIO page-outs
STEP SMF30VPO
SYSTEM, JOB, OUTs SMF71, SMF30 Total number of page-out operations
STEP
SYSTEM, JOB, RECLAIM-COMMON SMF71SNR, Number of common areas reclaimed
STEP SMF30CPR
SYSTEM, JOB, RECLAIM-LPA SMF71LNR, Number of LPA reclaims
STEP SMF30LPR
SYSTEM, JOB, RECLAIM-PRIvate SMF71PRC, Number of private areas reclaimed
STEP SMF30REC
SYSTEM, JOB, RECLAIM-VIO SMF71VRC, Number of VIO reclaims
STEP SMF30VPR

150 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

MVS Variables

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM, JOB, RECLAIMs SMF71, SMF30 Total number of pages reclaimed
STEP
JOB, STEP SECONDs SMF30PSC Number of CPU page seconds
JOB, STEP STEALs SMF30PST Number of pages stolen

MVS PAGESWAP Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class PAGESWAP on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] PAGESWAP variable-name | data

ID Option
The following ID option can be used with MVS PAGESWAP variable: DSNID

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM AVGUSED SMF75AVU Maximum number of slots or swap-sets used
SYSTEM IO SMF75SIO Number of I/O requests
SYSTEM MAXUSED SMF75MXU Maximum number of slots or swap-sets used
SYSTEM MINUSED SMF75MNU Minimum number of slots or swap-sets used
SYSTEM PAGES SMF75PGX Number of pages transferred to or from page data set
SYSTEM SLOTS SMF75SLA Number of slots or swap-sets within the page or swap data
set
SYSTEM UNUSABLE SMF75BDS Number of unusable slots or swap-sets

MVS PERFormance Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class PERFORMANCE on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] PERF variable-name | data

Chapter 5: Tailor Reports Using Variables 151

MVS Variables

ID Option
The record type of a PERFormance variable determines which ID options can be
used with the variable, as follows:
The following ID options can be used with MVS JOB PERFormance variables:
ACCTID, JOBCLASS, JOBID, PROGRAMMER, USERID
The following ID options can be used with MVS STEP PERFormance variables:
ACCTID, JOBCLASS, JOBID, PROGID, PROGRAMMER, STEPID, USERID

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

JOB, STEP ACTIVE SMF30TAT Total transaction active time
JOB, STEP CPU-SU SMF30CSU Number of CPU service units
JOB, STEP IOC-SU SMF300 Number of I/O service units
JOB, STEP MSO-SU SMF30MSO Number of main storage service units
JOB, STEP RESIDENT SMF30RES Total transaction residency time
JOB, STEP SRB-SU SMF30SRB Number of SRB service units
JOB, STEP TOT-SU SMF30RSV Total number of service units

MVS PRINT Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class PRINT on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] PRINT variable-name | data

ID Option
The following ID options can be used with MVS PRINT variables:
SMF6FMN, SMF6OWC

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM SMF6FMN SMF6FMN Form number
SYSTEM SMF6NLR SMF6NLR Number of logical records written

152 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

MVS Variables

SYSTEM SMF6OUT SMF6OUT Output device name

SYSTEM SMF6OWC SMF6OWC SYSOUT class

MVS PROCessor Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class PROCESSOR on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] PROC variable-name | data

ID Option
The record type of a PROCessor variable determines which ID options can be used
with the variable, as follows:
The following ID options can be used with MVS JOB PROCessor variables:
ACCTID, JOBCLASS, JOBID, PROGRAMMER, USERID
The following ID options can be used with MVS STEP PROCessor variables:
ACCTID, JOBCLASS, JOBID, PROGID, PROGRAMMER, STEPID, USERID

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

JOB, STEP CONTROL-TASK-CPU (ESA) SMF30RCT Total transaction active time
JOB, STEP HIPERSPACE (ESA) SMF30HPT Hiperspace processing time
JOB, STEP INITIATOR-SRB SMF30ISB Initiator CPU time under SRB
JOB, STEP INITIATOR-TCB SMF30ICU Initiator CPU time under TCB
JOB, STEP INITIATOR-VECTOR-AFFINITY SMF30IVA Total transaction residency time
JOB, STEP INITIATOR-VECTOR-USAGE SMF30IVU Initiator vector usage time
JOB, STEP IO-INT-CPU (ESA) SMF30IIP CPU time used to process I/O interrupts
JOB, STEP SRB SMF30CPS CPU time under SRB
JOB, STEP TCB SMF30CPT CPU time under TCB
JOB, STEP VECTOR-AFFINITY SMF30FVA Vector affinity time
JOB, STEP VECTOR-USAGE SMF30JVU Vector usage time

Chapter 5: Tailor Reports Using Variables 153

MVS Variables

MVS STORage Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class STORAGE on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] STOR variable-name | data

ID Option
The record type of a STORage variable determines which ID options can be used
with the variable, as follows:
The following ID options can be used with MVS JOB STORage variables:
ACCTID, JOBCLASS, JOBID, PROGRAMMER, USERID
The following ID options can be used with MVS STEP STORage variables:
ACCTID, JOBCLASS, JOBID, PROGID, PROGRAMMER, STEPID, USERID

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

JOB, STEP ABOVE SMF30EUR Virtual storage allocated from user subpools above
the 16-MB line
JOB, STEP BELOW SMF30URB Virtual storage allocated from user subpools below
the 16-MB line
JOB, STEP LSQA/SWA-ABOVE SMF30EAR Virtual storage allocated from LSQA/SWA subpools
above the 16-MB line
JOB, STEP LSQA/SWA-BELOW SMF30ARB Virtual storage allocated from LSQA/SWA subpools
below the 16-MB line
JOB, STEP PRIVATE-ABOVE SMF30ERG Private area size above the 16-MB line
JOB, STEP PRIVATE-BELOW SMF30RGB Private area size below the 16-MB line
JOB, STEP PRIVATE-HIGH SMF30SYS Amount of storage used from top of private area
JOB, STEP PRIVATE-LOW SMF30PRV Amount of storage used from bottom of private area
JOB, STEP REGION-SIZE SMF30ORGN Region size

154 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

MVS Variables

MVS SU Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class SU (service units) on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] SU variable-name | data

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM CPU SMF72CTS Number of CPU service units consumed
SYSTEM IOC SMF72ITS Number of I/O service units consumed
SYSTEM MSO SMF72MTS Number of storage service units consumed
SYSTEM SRB SMF72STS Number of SRB service units consumed
SYSTEM TOTAL SMF72 Total number of service units consumed

MVS SWAP Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class SWAP on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] SWAP variable-name | data

ID Option
The following ID option can be used with MVS SWAP variables: SWAPID

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM COUNT SMF71CNT Total number of swap operations
SYSTEM L-AUXiliary SMF71LAX Number of logical swaps physically swapped to
auxiliary storage
SYSTEM L-EXTended SMF71LES Number of logical swaps physically swapped to
extended storage
SYSTEM MIGRATEs SMF71MIG Number of physical swaps migrated from
extended storage to auxiliary storage
SYSTEM P-AUXiliary SMF71AXD Number of physical swaps directed to auxiliary
storage

Chapter 5: Tailor Reports Using Variables 155

MVS Variables

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM P-EXTended SMF71ESD Number of physical swaps directed to extended
storage

MVS TSO Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class TSO on system MVS. These variables
are applicable only to SMF32, subtype 3.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] TSO variable-name | data

ID Options
The following ID options can be used with MVS TSO variables: JOBID, STEPID,
TSOCMD

Variable information is provided in the following table.

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM DEV-CON SMF32TCT Total device connect time by TSO user
SYSTEM EXCP SMF32EXP Number of EXCPs issued by TSO user
SYSTEM SRB SMF32SRB SRB time consumed by TSO user
SYSTEM TCB SMF32TCB TCB time consumed by TSO user
SYSTEM TGET SMF32TGT Number of TGETs by TSO user
SYSTEM TPUT SMF32TPT Number of TPUTs by TSO user
SYSTEM TRAN-CNT SMF32CNT Number of transactions by TSO user

156 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Chapter 6: Valid Variable Options
This section contains the following topics:
Description and Syntax (see page 157)
COUNT Option (see page 158)
FORMAT Option (see page 158)
LOGICAL Option (see page 159)
MAX and MIN Options (see page 159)
MAXDATE and MAXTIME Options (see page 160)
PerCenT Option (see page 161)
RATE Option (see page 161)
SELZERO Option (see page 163)
TOTAL Option (see page 163)
XTIME Option (see page 164)
XTND and NXTND Options (see page 165)

Description and Syntax

Two kinds of options can be used with variables: variable options and ID options. This
section describes the variable options that can be used with most variables.

The following variable options are valid only in tabular reports:

DIFF
RANGE
RIGHT
SELECT

Specify variable options following the variable to which they are to apply, as the
following syntax shows:

variable [option [option...]]

More information:

Tabular Reports (see page 191)

ID Options (see page 167)

Chapter 6: Valid Variable Options 157

COUNT Option

COUNT Option
Use the COUNT option to convert a variable into the number of different identifiers that
correspond to that variable.

The COUNT option has the following syntax:

COUNT=IDoption

IDoption
Includes any ID option valid for the variable.

Example: COUNT Option

The following command would produce a tabular report displaying the number of
terminals that had any activity:

TAB TRAN USE COUNT=TERMID

END
RUN

FORMAT Option
Use the FORMAT option to define the length of an output field or to specify how many
decimal positions it contains.

The FORMAT option can also be used with ID options to control the number of
characters printed for each identifier. For more information about formatting
identifiers, see the chapter ID Options.

The FORMAT option has the following syntax:

FORMAT (outputformat)

outputformat
Specifies one of the following, for numeric or alphanumeric output:
For numeric data: Specifies up to 15 Ns with or without a period to indicate the
placement of the decimal point. For example, FORMAT(NN.NNN) indicates a
five-digit output rounded to three decimal places. You can include any constants
other than the letters N and C in the string. For example, specify
FORMAT(NN.NNN%) to include a percent sign with each value in your report.
For alphanumeric data: Specifies nC, where n is the number of characters to appear
in the output. For example, FORMAT(4C) indicates an output of four characters. The
value of n has no limit.

158 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

LOGICAL Option

Note: If a value for a variable is greater than the output format you specify, an asterisk
replaces the value. For example, if you specify FORMAT(NN.NN) with a variable,
asterisks replace all values greater than 99.99 for that variable in your report.

Examples: FORMAT Option

The following are FORMAT option examples and the result of each:
TRAN LIFE FORMAT(NNN.NN)
By default, the output of the variable TRAN LIFE appears in the format N.NNN,
NN.NN, or NNNNN, depending on the size of the value. The FORMAT option here
forces the output to two decimal places.
TRAN USE RATE FORMAT(NN.N)
The RATE option used with the variable TRAN USE defaults to two decimal
positions. The FORMAT option here alters the output to one decimal place.

LOGICAL Option
By default, the Report Writer reviews all input records and discards any with negative
values. Use the LOGICAL option with a variable to bypass this check and treat all values
for the variable as unsigned (logical) values.

The LOGICAL option has the following syntax:

LOGICAL

Example: LOGICAL Option

The following commands create a tabular report on terminals, treating all values for the
variable TERM USE as unsigned. Records with a negative value for TERM RESP are still
discarded.

TAB TERMID TERM RESP AND,

TERM USE LOGICAL
END
RUN

MAX and MIN Options

The MAX and MIN options forces a variable that by default prints a count or an average
to print the minimum or maximum value.

Chapter 6: Valid Variable Options 159

MAXDATE and MAXTIME Options

The MAX and MIN options have the following syntax:

MAX[=idoption]
MIN[=idoption]

idoption
Includes any ID option valid for the variable. The values produced by the MAX and
MIN options are largely dependent on the structure of the data records. Use this
operand to control how the values are computed.

Examples: MAX and MIN Options

The following examples use the MAX and MIN options:

TRAN LIFE MAX

TRAN LIFE MIN
DATASET USE MAX=TRANNUM

TRAN LIFE is defined as the average transaction lifetime. TRAN LIFE MAX prints the
maximum transaction lifetime. TRAN LIFE MIN prints the minimum transaction lifetime.

DATASET USE is defined as the number of file requests. DATASET USE MAX=TRANNUM
prints the maximum number of file requests for any single transaction number.

MAXDATE and MAXTIME Options

Use the MAXDATE and MAXTIME options to print the date and time when the value of a
variable is highest.

The MAXDATE and MAXTIME options have the following syntax:

MAXDATE
MAXTIME

Examples: MAXDATE and MAXTIME Options

The following examples use the MAXDATE and MAXTIME options with the variable
TRAN LIFE:

TRAN LIFE MAXDATE

TRAN LIFE MAXTIME

TRAN LIFE is defined as the average transaction lifetime. TRAN LIFE MAXDATE prints the
date on which transaction lifetime was highest. TRAN LIFE MAXTIME prints the time at
which this value was highest.

160 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

PerCenT Option

PerCenT Option
Use the PerCenT option to cause a variable to represent the usage of a resource as a
percentage of the total value for the system. You can use the PerCenT option only with
variables that represent a total that is not the same as the value for the entire system.

The PerCenT option has the following syntax:

PerCenT

Example: PerCenT Option

In the following example, the PLOT command plots the use of the transaction CINQ
against the total system transaction use. The second command, PLOT2, plots the
percentage of transaction use for CINQ compared to the total system transaction use.

PLOT TRANSACTION USE TRANID(CINQ)

PLOT2 TRANSACTION USE PCT TRANID(CINQ)
END
RUN

RATE Option
Use the RATE option to display a rate (number per second, minute, hour, day, or week)
rather than a count. You can use the RATE option only with variables that represent a
count.

The RATE option has the following syntax:

RATE[(period [, WEIGHTED] [type])]

period
Defines the time interval to base the rate upon. Specify one of the following:
(Default) RPTINT
Calculates the rate based on the reporting interval.
SYSINT
Calculates the rate based on the interval of the main system record, accounting
only for the time CA SYSVIEW was active logging data.
[nn] interval
Calculates the rate based on the interval specified. The value of nn can be 1 through
99; the default is 1. Replace interval with SECONDs, MINUTEs, HOURs, DAYs, or
WEEKs.

Chapter 6: Valid Variable Options 161

RATE Option

WEIGHTED
Prints rates based only on those intervals that show activity for the specified
variable.
type
Specify one of the following:
COUNT-Prints the number of active intervals.
MAX-Prints the maximum value for any one interval.
MAXDATE-Prints the date of the interval during which the maximum value
occurred.
MAXRATE-Prints the maximum rate for any one interval.
MAXTIME-Prints the time of the interval during which the maximum value
occurred.

Examples: RATE Option

The PLOT command plots the use of the transaction CINQ against the total system
transaction use. The PLOT2 command plots the transaction rate for CINQ compared to
the total system transaction rate:

PLOT TRAN USE TRANID(CINQ)

PLOT2 TRAN USE RATE TRANID(CINQ)
EACH HOUR
END
RUN

These commands create a tabular report showing the hourly transaction rate (average
number per hour) each day:

TAB DATE TRAN USE RATE(1 HOUR)

EACH DAY
END
RUN

These commands create a tabular report showing the highest hourly transaction rate for
each day:

TAB DATE TRAN USE RATE(1 HOUR,MAXRATE)

EACH DAY
END
RUN

162 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

SELZERO Option

SELZERO Option
By default, the Report Writer reviews all input records and discards any with zero
activity for the specified variables. For example, a tabular report on terminal activity
includes only terminals with a positive value for at least one variable specified with the
TAB command. Use the SELZERO option to bypass this check and include all resources in
the report.

The SELZERO option has the following syntax:

SELZERO

Example: SELZERO Option

By default, a graph of file requests by transaction ID includes only transactions that

issued at least one file request. The following commands graph the average number of
file requests by every transaction, including transactions with no file requests:

GRAF TRANID TRAN USE SELZERO

END
RUN

TOTAL Option
Use the TOTAL option to force a variable that by default prints an average to print a
total.

The TOTAL option has the following syntax:

TOTAL

Example: TOTAL Option

The following example uses the TOTAL option with the variable TRAN CPU:

TRAN CPU TOTAL

By default, the variable TRAN CPU creates a column showing the average CPU time per
transaction. Specifying the variable with the option TOTAL creates a column showing the
total CPU time used by all transactions.

Chapter 6: Valid Variable Options 163

XTIME Option

XTIME Option
By default, all time-based Report Writer variables are displayed in seconds. If you expect
a variable to show a time of many hours, use the XTIME option to translate the time to
hhh:mm:ss format.
hhh = hours
mm = minutes
ss = seconds

If you want more precise output of time values, use one of the following options:
XTIMEM option
Translates the time value to hhh:mm:ss:lll format.
lll = milliseconds.
NXTIME option
Changes the value to ssss.lll format, where ssss is seconds and lll is milliseconds.

Note: The hhh:mm:ss, hhh:mm:ss:lll, and ssss.lll formats take up more column space
than the default format.

The XTIME option has the following syntax:

XTIME
XTIMEM
NXTIME

Example: XTIME Option

The following example uses the XTIME option with the variable TRAN TCPU:

TRAN TCPU XTIME

164 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

XTND and NXTND Options

XTND and NXTND Options

Use the XTND and NXTND options to increase or decrease the number of digits in the
output of a variable.

Most variables have a maximum value of five digits. If a number is larger than 99999,
the Report Writer divides it by 1000 and adds a K. For example, 200,000 becomes 200
KB. If the number is still too large, the Report Writer divides by 1000 again and adds an
M, and so on.

For values representing storage, the Report Writer divides large values by 1024 and
adds a k. If the number is still too large, it divides by 1024 again and adds an m.

The XTND and NXTND variable options are not valid for variables that yield time values.
You can use the XTIME, XTIMEM, and NXTIME options to control the output of time
variables.

XTND Option
Use the XTND (extend) option to support the printing of up to eight digits. This ability
allows you to print more precise output of numbers up to 99,999,999 (including
commas).

The XTND option has the following syntax:

XTND

Example: XTND Option

The following XTND option with the variable TRAN USE gives an exact count when you
expect the number of transactions to be more than 99999:

TRAN USE XTND

NXTND Option
Some numbers that the Report Writer expects to be large can be extended by default.
Use the NXTND option to reduce the number of digits printed, thus increasing the
number of columns that can fit across a page.

The NXTND option has the following syntax:

NXTND

Chapter 6: Valid Variable Options 165

XTND and NXTND Options

Example: NXTND Option

The following example uses the NXTND option with the variable TRAN USE:

TRAN USE NXTND

166 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Chapter 7: ID Options
This section contains the following topics:
How to Use ID Options (see page 167)
Descriptions of ID Options (see page 168)
ID Options Used with Commands (see page 177)
Use ID Options with Variables and Identifiers (see page 181)
ID Options Used with Commands or Variables (see page 182)
Generate a Plot Report Using Variables (see page 184)
Generate a Tab Report Using Commands and Variables (see page 185)
Identifiers (see page 186)
How Format Identifiers Work (see page 187)

How to Use ID Options

You can use ID options with certain commands, variables, or both, as follows:
Use ID options with commands to organize the data in a tabular, graph, or flashback
report by a specific type of resource. For example, you can create a tabular report
organized by transaction ID in which each row contains information about only a
single transaction.
You can also specify one or more identifiers to limit the report to the particular
resource or resources specified by the identifiers.
Use ID options with variables in any type of report to limit the range of the variable
to a particular resource or group of resources. For example, you can limit the range
of a variable to a specific transaction or a specific group of programs.
When you use ID options with variables, you generally must include one or more
identifiers that specify the particular resources on which you want information.

More information:

Identifiers (see page 186)

Chapter 7: ID Options 167

Descriptions of ID Options

Descriptions of ID Options
The tables in the following topics list:
All ID options for CICS, COMMON, AUDIT, IMS, MQ, and MVS
The identifiers that are valid for each
Their maximum length in characters
The variable record types they can be used with

The following list contains the record types and their SMF record subtypes:
The LOG record type with AUDIT variables has an SMF record subtype of 01.
The EXCEPTION record type with COMMON STATE variables has an SMF record
subtype of 04.
The SYSTEM record type with THRESHOLD variables has an SMF record subtype of
08.
The INTERVAL record type has an SMF record subtype of 23 and 28.
The SYSTEM record type with EXCEPTION variables has an SMF record subtype of
24.
The SUMMARY record type with CICS variables has an SMF record subtype of 25.
The PERFORMANCE record type with CICS variables has an SMF record subtype of
27.
The PERFORMANCE record type with IMS variables has an SMF record subtype of
32.
The SUMMARY record type with IMS variables has an SMF record subtype of 33.

ID Options for CICS

ID Option Identifiers You Can Specify with the ID Length of Variable Classes You Can Use
Option Identifiers with the ID Option
ABCODE Abend codes for transactions 4 Any PERFormance variable
APPLID VTAM APPLIDs of CICS regions of the CICS 8 Only PERFormance variable
system
CICSREL CICS release level in the format v.r.m. 5 Any INTerval, SYStem, and
Where v is the version, r is the release, and SUMmary variable
m is the maintenance level.
DB2PROG DB2 requesting programs 8 PERFormance DB2
DB2TYPE DB2 statement types 24 PERFormance DB2

168 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Descriptions of ID Options

ID Option Identifiers You Can Specify with the ID Length of Variable Classes You Can Use
Option Identifiers with the ID Option
DB2PSNUM DB2 precompiler statement numbers 5 PERFormance DB2
DCTID Data set names of transient data sets 4 PERFormance TERMinal,
PERFormance TRANsaction,
PERFormance TRANSIENT
ENDTIME None 8 (hh:mm:ss All variable classes
format)
FILEID File name 8 PERFormance DATASET and
PERFormance DLI
JOBNAME CICS jobname 8 Any CICS variable
NETNAME VTAM logical unit names for terminals 8 Any PERFormance variable
OPERNAME Operator names 20 Any PERFormance variable
(release 4 only)
PROGID Program names 8 PERFormance DATASET,
PERFormance PROGram,
PERFormance TERMinal,
PERFormance TRANsaction
STARTTIME None 8 (hh:mm:ss All variable classes
format)
SYSID MVS system ID 4 All variable classes
TERMID Terminal IDs 4 Any PERFormance and SYStem
variable
THRCLAS Threshold classes. Valid values are: 5 PERFormance TERMinal,
COUNT, RATE, TIME, PCT PERFormance THRESHOLD,
PERFormance TRANsaction
THRSID Threshold names 8 PERFormance TERMinal,
PERFormance THRESHOLD,
PERFormance TRANsaction,
SYStem THRESHOLD
THRSSID Secondary threshold names 8 PERFormance TERMinal,
PERFormance THRESHOLD,
PERFormance TRANsaction
THRTYPE Threshold types. Valid values are 5 PERFormance TERMinal,
UPPER, LOWER PERFormance THRESHOLD,
PERFormance TRANsaction
TRANID Transaction IDs 4 Any PERFormance, SYStem,
and SUMmary variable

Chapter 7: ID Options 169

Descriptions of ID Options

ID Option Identifiers You Can Specify with the ID Length of Variable Classes You Can Use
Option Identifiers with the ID Option
TRANNUM Transaction numbers 7 (exactly) Any PERFormance variable
and SYStem THRESHOLD
TRSCEID Threshold resource names 8 PERFormance TERMinal,
PERFormance THRESHOLD,
PERFormance TRANsaction
TSTGID Temporary storage IDs for temporary 8 PERFormance TEMPSTOR,
storage data PERFormance TERMinal,
PERFormance TRANsaction
USERID User IDs 8 Any PERFormance and SYStem
variable
UTRANID Umbrella names 32 Any PERFormance variable
VOLSER Volume serial number 8 PERFormance DATASET
VTAMLU VTAM logical unit names of terminals 8 Any PERFormance variable
and SYStem EXCEPTION

ID Options for IMS

ID Option Identifiers You Can Specify with the ID Length of Variable Classes You Can Use
Option Identifiers with the ID Option
DBNAME Database name 8 Any SUMmary variable
ENDTIME None 8 (hh:mm:ss Any SUMmary variable
format)
IMSID IMS subsystem ID. 4 All variable classes
IMSREL IMS release level in the format v.r, where v 4 All variable classes
is the version, and r is the release
JOBNAME IMS job names 8 All variable classes
LTERM Logical terminal name 8 Any PERFormance variable
LUNAME Logical unit name 8 All variable classes
PROCTYPE Transaction processing type. Valid values 1 Any PERFormance variable
are: A, B, C, D, O, P, Q, R, S, T, X
PSBNAME Program specification block ID 8 All variable classes
PST Partition specification table number 3 All variable classes
REGION IMS region name 8 Any PERFormance variable

170 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Descriptions of ID Options

ID Option Identifiers You Can Specify with the ID Length of Variable Classes You Can Use
Option Identifiers with the ID Option
STARTTIME None 8 (hh:mm:ss All variable classes
format)
SYSID z/OS system name 8 All variable classes
TRANID Transaction ID 8 All variable classes
USERID User ID 8 All variable classes

ID Options for MQ

ID Option Identifiers You Can Specify with the ID Length of Variable Classes You Can Use
Option Identifiers with the ID Option
ENDTIME None 8 (hh:mm:ss Any MQ variable
format)
JOBNAME The name of the job 8 Any JOB-related class
OBJNAME MQ object name 48 Any MQ variable
OBJTYPE MQ object type 8 Any MQ variable
OBJSUBTYPE MQ object subtype 8 Any MQ variable
QMANAGER Queue manager name 4 Any MQ variable
RESNAME Resolved object name 48 Any MQ variable
RESMANAGER Resolved queue manager name 48 Any MQ variable
STARTTIME None 8 (hh:mm:ss Any MQ variable
format)
SYSID System ID of the z/OS system 8 Any MQ variable

Note: Use the FORMAT command with the ID option to truncate long identifiers that
waste space on the report page.

FORMAT Option

FORMAT Option (see page 158)

Chapter 7: ID Options 171

Descriptions of ID Options

ID Options for AUDITLOG

ID Option Identifiers You Can Specify with the ID Length of Variable Classes You Can Use
Option Identifiers with the ID Option
STARTTIME None 8 (hh:mm:ss Any AUDIT LOG ALL variable
format)
ENDTIME None 8 (hh:mm:ss Any AUDIT LOG ALL variable
format)
AUDTYPE Audit record type 16 Any AUDIT LOG ALL variable
SYSTEM System name 8 Any AUDIT LOG ALL variable
SUBSYS Subsystem ID 4 Any AUDIT LOG ALL variable
AJOBID Audit job ID 8 Any AUDIT LOG ALL variable
TASKNAME Task name 8 Any AUDIT LOG ALL variable
SECGROUP Security group 8 Any AUDIT LOG ALL variable
RELEASE Product release 4 Any AUDIT LOG ALL variable
AJOBNAME Audit job name 8 Any AUDIT LOG ALL variable
ATERMID Audit terminal ID 8 Any AUDIT LOG ALL variable
AUSERID Audit user ID 8 Any AUDIT LOG ALL variable

ID Options for COMMON

ID Option Identifiers You Can Specify with the ID Length of Variable Classes You Can Use
Option Identifiers with the ID Option
APPLID Application ID for CICS 8 (hh:mm:ss) Any COMmon EXCeption
variable
CJOBID Job ID for Common variables 8 Any COMmon EXCeption
variable
GROUP Any exception group (System, ASID, 12 Any COMmon EXCeption
Device, CPU, and so on) variable
JOBNAME Job name 8 Any COMmon EXCeption
variable
OLDSTATUS Exception owners. 8 Any COMmon EXCeption
Valid values: MVS, MQSeries, IMS, variable
TCP/IP, CICS

172 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Descriptions of ID Options

ID Option Identifiers You Can Specify with the ID Length of Variable Classes You Can Use
Option Identifiers with the ID Option
OWNER Owner (MVS, MQSeries, IMS, TCP/IP, 8 Any COMmon EXCeption
CICS) variable
RESRC Exception resource 1 names 8 Any COMmon EXCeption
variable
RESRC2 Exception resource 2 names 8 Any COMmon EXCeption
variable
RULETYPE Threshold rule types. 6 COMmon THReshold
Valid values: None, Upper, Lower,
Change
STARTTIME None 8 (hh:mm:ss) Any COMmon EXCeption
variable
STATUS Exception status 8 Any COMmon EXCeption
variable
SUBGROUP Any exception subgroup (SYSTEM, CPU, 8 Any COMmon EXCeption
STORAGE, and so on) variable
SYSTEM System name 8 Any COMmon EXCeption
variable
THRECLAS Threshold classes. 5 Any COMmon EXCeption
Valid values: Count, Cnt K (count in variable
1024), Rate, Time, Pct
THRETYPE Threshold types. 8 COMmon THReshold
Valid values: *, System, Tran-End, State,
Tran-Sum, Timer, Tran-Dyn, Tran-Sys
TRANID CICS transaction IDs 8 COMmon THReshold
VARNAME Exception variable names 8 Any COMmon EXCeption
variable

Chapter 7: ID Options 173

Descriptions of ID Options

ID Options for MVS

ID Option Identifiers You Can Specify with the ID Length of Variable Classes You Can Use
Option Identifiers with the ID Option
AACCTID Jobs and steps from the JOB statement varies EXCP
accounting field JOB
OPERator
non-SYSTEM PAGE
PERFormance
PROCessor
STEP
STORage
ASTYPE The following address space types: JOB, STC 3 DSN
(started task), TSO EXCP
non-SYSTEM ID
JOB
OPERator
non-SYSTEM PAGE
PERFormance
PROCessor
STEP
STORAGE
TSO
CHNID Channel IDs, in hexadecimal 2 CHANNEL
CHNTYPE Channel type acronym 5 CHANNEL
CMPCODE Completion code 4 JOB
STEP
CPUID CPU serial numbers of MVS hosts 6 CPU
LPAR
CPUPID CPU processor IDs of MVS processors 2 CPU
LPAR
DDNAME DD names of data sets 8 EXCP
DEVID Device addresses, in hexadecimal 4 DEVICE
DISK
DSN
EXCP

174 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Descriptions of ID Options

ID Option Identifiers You Can Specify with the ID Length of Variable Classes You Can Use
Option Identifiers with the ID Option
DISKID Disk addresses, in hexadecimal 4 DISK
DSN
DSND Data set names 44 DSN
PAGESWAP
ENDTIME None; record end times are printed 8 Any variable
FORMID Output form numbers 4 MVS SYSOUT variables
JOBCLASS Job classes 1 EXCP
JOB
OPERator
non-SYSTEM PAGE
PERFormance
PROCessor
STEP
STORAGE
JOBID Jobname 8 DSN
EXCP
non-SYSTEM ID
JOB
OPERator
non-SYSTEM PAGE
PERFormance
PROCessor
STEP
STORAGE
TSO
LPARID Names of PR/SM logical partitions 8 LPAR
LPARNAME Name of the operating system instance 8 CPU
LPID Logical processor IDs 2 LPAR

Chapter 7: ID Options 175

Descriptions of ID Options

ID Option Identifiers You Can Specify with the ID Length of Variable Classes You Can Use
Option Identifiers with the ID Option
PROGID Program names 1-8 STEP EXCP
STEP OPERator
STEP PAGE
STEP PERFormance
STEP PROCessor
STEP
STEP STORage
PROGRAMMER Programmer names 1-20 EXCP
JOB
OPERator
non-SYSTEM PAGE
PERFormance
PROCessor
STEP
STORAGE
SMF6FMN Output form numbers 4 MVS print variables
SMF6OWC SYSOUT classes 1 MVS print variables
STARTTIME None; record start times are printed 8 Any variable
STEPID Step IDs 8 DSN
STEPEXCP
non-SYSTEM IO
STEP OPERator
STEP PAGE
STEP PERFormance
STEP PROCessor
STEP
STEP STORage
TSO
SWAPID Swap reasons 30 SWAP
SYSID System IDs of MVS systems 8 Any MVS variable
TSOCMD TSO command names 8 TSO

176 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

ID Options Used with Commands

ID Option Identifiers You Can Specify with the ID Length of Variable Classes You Can Use
Option Identifiers with the ID Option
USERID User information 1-8 EXCP
JOB
OPERator
non-SYSTEM PAGE
PERFormance
PROCessor
STEP
STORAGE
VOLSER Volume IDs 6 DSN
DISK

ID Options Used with Commands

Use ID options with commands to organize the data in a report by a specific type of
resource, such as transaction, terminal, program, or user.

You can use ID options with the TAB, TAB2, GRAF, and FLASHBACK commands. You
cannot use ID options with any of the plot commands. You can, however, use ID options
with variables in plot reports. For a description, see Generate a Plot Report Using
Variables (see page 184) in this chapter.

To use an ID option with a command, specify the ID option after the command and
before any variables.

Limitations Caused by Using Identifiers

You are not required to specify identifiers when you use an ID option with a command.

If you specify one or more identifiers with an ID option, the resulting report is:
Organized by the type of resource specified by the ID option
Limited to the resources specified by the identifiers

Chapter 7: ID Options 177

ID Options Used with Commands

ID Options Syntax
The syntax of ID options when used with commands is as follows:

idoption[(identifier[,identifier...])]

idoption
Includes one of the ID options listed in ID Options for MVS (see page 174) in this
chapter.
The specified ID option determines the type of resource to organize the resulting
report by.
identifier
Specifies an individual resource or group of resources to include in the report. The
types of identifiers that are valid for each ID option are given beginning in Use ID
Options with Variables and Identifiers (see page 181) in this chapter.

More information:

Identifiers (see page 186)

Use ID Options with Variables and Identifiers (see page 181)
ID Options for IMS (see page 170)

Examples of ID Options Used with Commands

The following pages show some examples of using ID options with commands.
TAB Report Using an ID Option and Identifiers
The following TAB command includes the ID option CICSID together with the
identifiers C1, C2, and C3 to generate a report. The report shows the number and
percentage of transactions used by each of three CICS systems:
TAB CICSID(C1, C2, C3) TRAN USE AND,
TRAN USE PCT
END
RUN

A report with the following format is generated:

CICS TRAN TRAN

ID USE %USE
____ _____ ______
C1 297 51.4
C2 188 32.5
C3 93 16.1
____ _____ ______
SUM 578 100.0
____ ____ ______

178 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

ID Options Used with Commands

TAB and TAB2 Report Using ID Options

The following example uses the ID option TERMID with the TAB command and the
ID option TRANID with the TAB2 command. This example creates a report on
terminals and the transactions associated with them:
TAB TERMID TRAN USE AND TRAN LIFE
TAB2 TRANID TRAN USE AND TRAN LIFE
END
RUN

A report with the following format is generated:

TERM TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN

ID USE LIFE ID USE LIFE
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
F014 2483 0.361 FXFR 2482 0.361
CSGM 1 0.012
-------- ------- --------
SUMMARY 2483 0.361
-------- -------- --------
.
.
.
-------- -------- --------
-------- -------- ---------------- -------- --------
SUM 5044 140.0 8684 87.43
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

Chapter 7: ID Options 179

ID Options Used with Commands

Graph Report Using an ID Option Without Identifiers

By default, the GRAF command produces a report on the identifiers associated with
the specified variable. If you specify an ID option with the GRAF command, the
identifiers for that ID option are used in place of the default.
For example, graph reports on TRANSACTION variables are, by default, organized by
transaction ID. The following commands use the ID option JOBID with the variable
TRAN USE:
GRAF JOBID TRAN USE
END
RUN

These commands produce a report on transaction usage by CICS job rather than by
transaction ID:

SHIFT NONE
EACH DAY TRANSACTION USE
PERIOD NONE
0 191.9 383.8 575.7 767.6 959.5 1151 1343 1535 1727 1919 X
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+ ........+.........+
CICSA .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 1919
CICSB .XXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . 236
CICSTEST .XXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . 219
CICSX1 .XXXXXX . . . . . . . . . . 108
CICSX2 . . . . . . . . . . . 6
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 191.9 383.8 575.7 767.6 959.5 1151 1343 1535 1727 1919 X
SYMBOLS: X = TRANSACTION USE

Graph Report Using an ID Option and Identifiers

The following GRAF command is specified with the ID option TRANID and the
identifiers CMAS, CCOM, and CSSF:
GRAF TRANID(CMAS,CCOM,CSSF) TRAN LIFETIME SCALE(1.0)
FROM 06/06/10 00.00.00
TO 06/07/10 00.00.00
END
RUN

This command limits the resulting report to data about only those transactions:

0 0.100 0.200 0.300 0.400 0.500 0.600 0.700 0.800 0.900 1.000 X
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
CMAS .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . 0.668
CCOM .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX. . . . . . . . 0.286
CSSF .XXXXXX . . . . . . . . . . 0.063
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.100 0.200 0.300 0.400 0.500 0.600 0.700 0.800 0.900 1.000 X
SYMBOLS: X = TRANSACTION LIFETIME IN SECONDS.

180 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Use ID Options with Variables and Identifiers

FLASHBACK Report Using an ID Option and Identifiers

The following commands produce a FLASHBACK LIST report showing the
transactions of operator SWS only:
FLASHBACK LIST
END
RUN

A report with the following format is generated:

CICS END TERM TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TERM TERM TRAN FILE FILE PROG ABEND
ID TIME ID ID NUMBER LIFE CPU RESP IO I/O COUNT USE COUNT CODE
---- -------- ------ ------ -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ----------------------
B1 00.45.29 0A02 SWS 67 1.011 0.274 1.011 2 0.000 0 0 3
B1 00.45.35 0A02 SWS 69 2.387 0.051 1.187 3 0.199 1 2 6
.
.
.

B1 05.34.14 0A02 SWS 606 0.129 0.032 0.129 2 0.000 0 0 3

---- -------- ------ ------ ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------------
05.34.14 8003 28.47 0.168 0.132 231 0.021 0 10 3
---- -------- ------ ------ ------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ----- ----------- -------- -------------

Use ID Options with Variables and Identifiers

Use ID options with individual variables to limit the range of the variable to a particular
resource or group of resources. You can use ID options with variables in any type of
report. Specify one or more identifiers when you use ID options with variables.

To use an ID option with a variable, specify the ID option and its identifiers immediately
following the variable you want to restrict.

Syntax of ID options used with variables:

idoption (identifier[,identifier...])

idoption
Includes one of the ID options. The ID option you specify determines the type of
resource the report is to be about. The ID options that can be used with a given
variable depend upon the class and record type. The ID options that are valid for
each class and record type are given in the chapter Variables.
identifier
Specifies an individual resource or group of resources the variable is limited to.

More information:

ID Options for MVS (see page 174)

Tailor Reports Using Variables (see page 109)

Chapter 7: ID Options 181

ID Options Used with Commands or Variables

ID Options Used with Commands or Variables

The following illustrates the differences between using ID options with commands and
using ID options with variables:
The first report is organized using both time and CICS ID. The entire report is
restricted to data about the CICS systems A1 and B1.
The second report is organized only using time, and each ID option restricts the
range of only the one variable it is specified with. For example, the third column in
the report, generated by the variable and ID option TRAN USE CICSID(A1), contains
information about system A1 only.

Sample Commands for Report 1

The following commands generate a report showing the number and percentage of
transactions used by each of two CICS systems. Specify the ID option and identifiers
CICSID(A1,B1) with the TAB command.

TAB DATE CICSID(A1,B1) TRAN USE AND TRAN USE PCT

EACH DAY
FROM 12/08/10
TO 12/09/10
END
RUN

This command generates the following report:

CICS TRAN TRAN

DATE ID USE % USE
-------- ---- -------- --------
12/08/10 B1 368 71.0
A1 150 29.0
-------- ---- -------- --------
SUM 518 100.0
-------- ---- -------- --------
12/09/10 B1 5488 79.8
A1 1393 20.2
-------- ---- -------- --------
SUM 6881 100.0
-------- ---- -------- --------

182 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

ID Options Used with Commands or Variables

Sample Commands and Variables for Report 2

The following commands also generate a report showing the number and percentage of
transactions used by each CICS system when there are two. However, in this example,
the ID option and identifier CICSID(A1) and the ID option and identifier CICSID(B1) are
specified with variables.

TAB DATE TRAN USE HDR1(-TOTAL-) HDR2(TRAN USE) AND,

TRAN USE CICSID(A1) HDR1(-A1-) HDR2(TRAN USE) AND,
TRAN USE CICSID(A1) PCT HDR1(-A1-) HDR2(% USE) AND,
TRAN USE CICSID(B1) HDR1(-B1-) HDR2(TRAN USE) AND,
TRAN USE CICSID(B1)PCT HDR1(-B1-) HDR2(% USE)
EACH DAY
FROM 12/08/10
TO 12/09/10
END
RUN

This command generates the following report:

-TOTAL- -A1- -A1- -B1- -B1-

DATE TRAN USE TRAN USE % USE TRAN USE % USE
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
12/08/10 518 150 29.0 368 71.0
12/09/10 6881 1393 20.2 5488 79.8
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
PERIOD 7399 1543 20.9 5856 79.1
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

Chapter 7: ID Options 183

Generate a Plot Report Using Variables

Generate a Plot Report Using Variables

The following commands illustrate using an ID option with a variable to generate a plot
report that shows the response time for terminal L310:

Follow these steps:

1. Enter the following commands: illustrate using an ID option with a variable to
generate a plot report that shows the response time for terminal L310:
PLOT TERM RESP TERMID(L310)
END
RUN

2. Run the report.

These commands generate a plot report like the following. This plot contains, with
the response time for terminal L310, the response time for all terminals. You can
then compare the performance of terminal L310 to the performance of the rest of
the terminals in the system.

0 0.010 0.020 0.030 0.040 0.050 0.060 0.070 0.080 0.090 0.100 X
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
03/03/10 08.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX-------------------------------------------- . . . 0.031 0.075
09.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX------. . . . 0.063 0.069
10.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX------ 0.094 0.100
11.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX----- . . 0.082 0.087
SUMMARY: . . . . . . . . . . . SUMMARY:
RANGE: .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX--------------- . . 0.067 0.082
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.010 0.020 0.030 0.040 0.050 0.060 0.070 0.080 0.090 0.100 X
SYMBOLS: X = TERMINAL RESPONSE TIME IN SECONDS. - = GLOBAL TERMINAL RESPONSE TIME IN SECONDS.

184 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Generate a Tab Report Using Commands and Variables

Generate a Tab Report Using Commands and Variables

A single Report Writer command can include more than one ID option. You can specify
an ID option with the command plus specify ID options with one or more of the
variables included in the command. Use the following procedure to generate a tab
report.

Follow these steps:

1. Specify the TAB command with the ID option TRANID:
This ID option organizes the report by transaction ID.
2. In addition, specify one of the variables with the ID option and identifier
TRANID(CINQ)
This ID option restricts the range of that variable to the transaction CINQ.
TAB TRANID TRAN USE AND,
TRAN LIFETIME AND,
TRAN MAXLIFETIME AND,
TRAN USE TRANID(CINQ) HDR1( TRAN USE ) HDR2(FOR TRAN CINQ)
FROM 03/05/10 08:00:00
TO 03/05/10 12:00:00
END
RUN

3. Run the report

A report similar to the following is generated:

TRAN TRAN TRAN MAX TRAN TRAN USE

ID USE LIFETIME LIFETIME FOR TRAN CINQ
-------- -------- --------- -------- ----------------
CINQ 1081 0.764 102.5 1081
CMAS 651 1.580 115.2 0
PINQ 651 0.564 53.06 0
IINQ 365 0.443 67.73 0
-------- -------- --------- -------- ----------------
SUMMARY 2748 0.867 102.5 1081
-------- -------- --------- -------- ----------------

Note: The last column of the report has only one nonzero entry. Because this report is
organized on the ID option TRANID, each row shows information about only the
transaction listed in the first column. The last column of the preceding report represents
the use of transaction CINQ only. Therefore, only the detail line for transaction CINQ has
a nonzero value in the last column.

Chapter 7: ID Options 185

Identifiers

Identifiers
Identifiers specify particular resources of the type determined by the ID option. The
effect of specifying an identifier depends on whether the ID option used with the
identifier is specified with a command or with a variable.
If an ID option is used with a command, specifying identifiers restricts the report to
information about the particular resources specified.
If an ID option is used with a variable, specifying identifiers restricts the range of the
variable to the particular resources specified.

Note: To see the identifiers that are valid with each ID option, see the table beginning in
ID Options for MVS (see page 174) in this chapter.

Types of Identifiers
Identifiers can specify one of the following:
An individual resource of the type determined by the ID option.
For example, an identifier that names a specific user; that is, a user ID, can follow
the ID option USERID.
A group of resources of the type determined by the ID option. You can specify more
than one resource in two ways:
You can list several individual resources separated by commas.
You can specify one or more groups of resources using generic characters, as
explained in the following section.
For example, an identifier that specifies the group of terminals with IDs that
begin with the letter C can follow the ID option TERMID.

Generic Characters in Identifiers

Identifiers can contain the following generic characters to report on groups of
resources:
A plus sign (+) tells the Report Writer not to compare that position in the identifier.
A place in an identifier filled in with the plus sign (+) is always a match.
An asterisk (*) tells the Report Writer that all places after and including the asterisk
are matches.
A not sign () tells the Report Writer to exclude the identifier that follows it. You
can use the generic characters * and + when specifying the identifier to exclude.

186 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

How Format Identifiers Work

Example: Generic Characters Used in Identifiers

The following GRAF command produces a report on terminal use for only certain
transactions:

GRAF TRANID(C*,C100, S104) TERMINAL USE

In this example, the ID option TRANID is specified with three identifiers, C*, C100, and
S104. The identifier C* includes all transactions starting with C. The identifier C100
excludes the transaction C100. The identifier S104 includes the transaction S104.
Therefore, this GRAF command generates a report showing terminal use for
transactions starting with C except transaction C100, and for the transaction S104.

Specify Identifiers in Hexadecimal

Identifiers can be specified in their hexadecimal representation by placing the
hexadecimal value inside single quotes.

The following two commands generate the same report, a report on only those
transactions with IDs beginning with EXP:

TAB TRANID(EXP*) CICS TRAN USE

END
TAB TRANID('C5E7D7'*) CICS TRAN USE
END

How Format Identifiers Work

In some situations, you want to change the way identifiers are printed. You can use the
following two ways:
You can use the FORMAT option to limit the number of characters printed for each
identifier.
You can use the DEFINE command to define new identifiers or redefine existing
identifiers.

Each of these methods is explained in more detail in the following sections.

Chapter 7: ID Options 187

How Format Identifiers Work

Limit the Number of Characters Printed

You can use the FORMAT option to limit the number of characters printed for each
identifier. Truncation of the identifier names is done immediately before printing.
Therefore, even if two identifiers are identical after truncation, their data will not be
combined in the report.

For a complete description of the FORMAT option and its full syntax, see the chapter
Variable Options.

The FORMAT option when used with ID options has the following syntax:

idoption FORMAT(nC)

n
Specifies the number of characters to appear in the output. For example,
FORMAT(4C) indicates an output of four characters. The value of n has no limit.

Examples: With and Without the Format Option

Sample report without the format option.
The user IDs in this report could be shortened using the FORMAT option, saving
enough column space to include another variable. Suppose your user IDs are eight
characters long, a portion of a report on users could look like the following:

USER TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN PROG PROG TERM
ID USE ABENDS CPU TCPU LIFE MAX LIFE STOR WAITS USE ABENDS WRITES
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------
AALBERTS 4 0 0.024 0.097 0.233 0.749 8934 3 16 0 5
AANDERSO 3 0 0.016 0.049 0.110 0.262 11872 3 15 0 4
ABROWN 9 2 0.070 0.630 83.11 370.5 8150 4 51 2 14
ABROWNIN 63 0 0.037 2.321 1.917 19.00 7665 5 198 0 44
ACHRISTI 3 1 0.082 0.247 123.7 370.8 11125 5 18 1 5
AKENNEDY 19 0 0.166 3.150 20.43 347.5 34520 41 61 0 16
ALEWIS 4 0 0.859 3.437 6.840 13.18 116K 13 176 0 4
APETERSO 12 0 0.080 0.961 0.240 0.472 22526 6 66 0 32
BAUSTEN 48 1 0.109 5.245 16.79 715.1 37487 10 304 1 56
. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sample report with the FORMAT option

The following commands include the option FORMAT(4C) and the additional
variable TERM RESP:
TAB USERID FORMAT(4C) FOR 10 SORT ALPHA,
TRAN USE AND TRAN ABENDS AND,
TRAN CPU AND TRAN TCPU AND,
TRAN LIFE AND TRAN MAXLIFE AND,
TRAN STOR AND TRAN WAITS AND,
PROGRAM USE AND PROGRAM ABENDS AND,
TERM USE AND TERM RESP
END
RUN

188 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

How Format Identifiers Work

The following report is produced:

USER TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN PROG PROG TERM TERM
ID USE ABENDS CPU TCPU LIFE MAX LIFE STOR WAITS USE ABENDS WRITES RESP
---- ------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- ------- -------- -------- ------
AALB 4 0 0.024 0.097 0.233 0.749 8934 3 16 0 5 0.179
AAND 3 0 0.016 0.049 0.110 0.262 11872 3 15 0 4 0.075
ABRO 9 2 0.070 0.630 83.11 370.5 8150 4 51 2 14 0.213
ABRO 63 0 0.037 2.321 1.917 19.00 7665 5 198 0 44 0.344
ACHR 3 1 0.082 0.247 123.7 370.8 11125 5 18 1 5 0.218
AKEN 19 0 0.166 3.150 20.43 347.5 34520 41 61 0 16 1.467
ALEW 4 0 0.859 3.437 6.840 13.18 116K 13 176 0 4 6.840
APET 12 0 0.080 0.961 0.240 0.472 22526 6 66 0 32 0.072
BAUS 48 1 0.109 5.245 16.79 715.1 37487 10 304 1 56 1.499
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Note: In the report, the user ID ABRO appears twice in the first column because the first
four characters of two user IDs were the same.

Define New or Redefine Existing Identifiers

Use the DEFINE command to define new identifiers, redefine existing identifiers, or
define new variables.

For a complete description of the DEFINE command and its full syntax, see the chapter
Commands.

Using the DEFINE Command Versus the FORMAT Option

Use care when using the DEFINE command to create shortened forms of identifiers.
Unlike the FORMAT option, the DEFINE command can merge data about different
identifiers. For instance, the DEFINE command could be used to redefine the ID option
USERID to be the first four characters of the user ID. Using this command in the
examples With and Without the Format Option instead of the FORMAT option merges
the data for ABROWN and ABROWNING. Both user IDs would have been redefined to
the same value, ABRO.

However, the DEFINE command offers more flexibility than the FORMAT option.

For example, the FORMAT option lets you truncate identifiers and retain the first
characters. However, the DEFINE command lets you select any portion of the identifiers.

For instance, in examples With and Without the Format Option, the ID option USERID
could be:
Redefined to a length of four characters
Begin with the second character rather than with the first

Chapter 7: ID Options 189

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports
This section contains the following topics:
About Tabular Reports (see page 191)
TAB Command (see page 192)
Reports Organized by Time and Date or by Resources (see page 192)
Specify Variables (see page 196)
Tab Command Variable Options (see page 200)
Limit the Contents of a Report (see page 204)
How Report Sorting Works (see page 209)
Use Other Commands with the TAB Command (see page 212)
TAB2 Command (see page 220)

About Tabular Reports

Tabular reports organize data into rows and vertical columns.

Labels or keys at the beginning of each row describe what the data in the line
represents:
A time period
A particular resource, such as a transaction, terminal, or user

Headings at the top of each column describe a variable; the value of that variable for
each time period or resource appears in that column.

Be familiar with the following:

Report Writer commands
Report Writer variables and lists of the ID options to use with each class of variable
ID options and their use with commands and variables

More information:

Commands (see page 39)

ID Options (see page 167)
Valid Variable Options (see page 157)

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 191

TAB Command

TAB Command
Use the TAB command to produce tabular reports. The variables you specify with the
TAB command determine the columns in your report and the order in which they
appear.

The operands you specify determine:

How the report is organized: by date or time, by resource type or individual
resources (such as transactions, terminals, or users), or by both
How the report is sorted
The column headings that appear in the report

More information:

Commands (see page 39)

Reports Organized by Time and Date or by Resources

You can organize tabular reports by date and time, by a type of resource, or by both.
Examples of each of these types of organization are provided in the following sections.

Reports Organized by Date and Time Using Tab Operands

You can use the following TAB command operands to organize reports by date, time, or
day of the week.
DATETIME - Sets the date and time
DATE - Sets the date
TIME - Sets the time
DAY - Sets the day of the week

192 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Reports Organized by Time and Date or by Resources

DATETIME OperandOrganize by Date and Time

Use the DATETIME operand to create tabular reports organized by date and time.

Syntax to create a tabular report displaying transaction use, transaction lifetime, and
maximum transaction lifetime:

TAB DATETIME TRAN USE AND,

TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN MAXLIFE
EACH HOUR
FROM 12/08/08 10:00:00
TO 12/08/08 18:00:00
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated where the date is the same for each row in the
report:

TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN

DATE TIME USE LIFE MAX LIFE
-------- ----- -------- -------- -----------------
12/08/08 10.00 18 213.3 912.3
12/08/08 11.00 63 280.0 2980
12/08/08 12.00 39 515.7 5508
12/08/08 13.00 120 124.9 912.5
12/08/08 14.00 20 729.7 912.8
12/08/08 15.00 20 729.8 912.6
12/08/08 16.00 22 663.4 912.8
12/08/08 17.00 22 580.7 913.0
-------- ----- -------- -------- --------
PERIOD 324 349.2 5508
-------- ----- -------- -------- --------

TIME OperandOrganize by Time

Use the TIME operand to create tabular reports organized by time.

To eliminate the date, use the TIME operand instead of the DATETIME operand, as
follows:

TAB TIME TRAN USE AND,

TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN MAXLIFE
EACH HOUR
FROM 12/08/08 10:00:00
TO 12/08/08 18:00:00
END
RUN

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 193

Reports Organized by Time and Date or by Resources

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN TRAN TRAN

TIME USE LIFE MAX LIFE
----- -------- -------- --------
10.00 18 213.3 912.3
11.00 63 280.0 2980
12.00 39 515.7 5508
13.00 120 124.9 912.5
14.00 20 729.7 912.8
15.00 20 729.8 912.6
16.00 22 663.4 912.8
17.00 22 580.7 913.0
----- -------- -------- --------
PERIOD 324 349.2 5508
----- -------- -------- --------

DATE OperandOrganize by Date

Use the DATE operand to create tabular reports organized by date.

To create a report organized by date, use the following commands:

TAB DATE TRAN USE AND,

TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN MAXLIFE
END
RUN

DAY OperandOrganize by the Day of the Week

Use the DAY operand to create tabular reports organized by the day of the week
(Monday, Tuesday, and so on).

To create a report organized by day, use the following commands:

TAB DAY TRAN USE AND,

TRAN ABENDS AND,

TRAN CPU AND.
TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN MAXLIFE
END
RUN

194 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Reports Organized by Time and Date or by Resources

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN

WEEKDAY USE ABENDS CPU LIFE MAX LIFE
--------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
FRIDAY 59 1 25.29 778.8 4529
SATURDAY 1226 60 0.208 221.3 43995
SUNDAY 518 3 0.392 638.9 46487
MONDAY 6881 77 0.515 16.13 4036
--------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
PERIOD 8684 141 0.633 87.43 46487
--------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

Organize a Report by Resource Using an ID Option

You can organize tabular reports by a type of resource, such as transactions or

terminals, or by individual resources within a type. Specify an ID option with or without
identifiers following the TAB command and preceding any variables. Identifiers are
listed in the first column, in descending order of the value of the first variable specified.
For more about sorting reports, see How Report Sorting Works (see page 209) in this
chapter.

The following example uses the same commands as in the example DATETIME Operand
except that the ID option TRANID replaces the DATETIME operand. Using TRANID
organizes the resulting report by transaction rather than by date and time.

TAB TRANID TRAN USE AND,

TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN MAXLIFE
EACH HOUR
FROM 12/08/08 10:00:00
TO 12/08/08 18:00:00
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN

ID USE LIFE MAX LIFE
-------- -------- -------- --------
PSPI 97 0.149 1.060
TCP 57 912.2 913.0
.
.
.
VGBR 1 0.371 0.371
-------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 324 349.2 5508
-------- -------- -------- --------

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 195

Specify Variables

Organize by Date, Time, or Both and Resource

You can specify both an ID option and either the DATETIME, DATE, TIME, or DAY
operand to create a more detailed tabular report.

The following commands generate a report organized by both time and transaction. The
FOR operand limits the report to the five most active transactions during each interval.

TAB TIME TRANID FOR 5,

TRAN USE AND,
TERM RESP AND,
DATASET USE
EACH HOUR
FROM 12/08/08 12:00:00
TO 12/08/08 15:00:00
END
RUN

More information:

FOR OperandLimit the Identifiers Included in a Report (see page 205)

Specify Variables
You can specify multiple variables with the TAB command. The resulting report includes
a column of data for each variable specified, in the order in which the variables are
specified.

ID Options Specified with the TAB Command

If you do not specify an ID option with the TAB command, there are no restrictions on
the variables included in the command.

If you specify an ID option with the TAB command, the type of resource associated with
the ID option organizes the resulting report. Accordingly, you can then use only
variables that apply to that type of resource. For example, you cannot create reports
showing transaction activity by data set, program, or transient data.

However, you can use variables of different classes within a report organized by a type
of resource. A report organized by terminal, for example, can include PROGRAM or
TRANSACTION variables (among others), because these variables apply to terminal
activity.

196 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Specify Variables

More information:

ID Options (see page 167)

Include CICS and MVS Variables

You can produce tabular reports containing data on both CICS and MVS using any
combination of CICS and MVS variables. Review the restrictions described in the
previous section.

Use the following commands to generate a report using data from both CICS and MVS:

INPUT(TAPEIN)
TAB DATE MVS DISK SCH HDR1(DISK) HDR2(SIO COUNT) AND,
MVS DISK SCH RATE HDR1(DISK) HDR2(SIO RATE) AND,
MVS DISK SERVTIME AND,
MVS DISK SERVTIME MAX HDR1(MAX) HDR2(TIME) AND,
TRAN USE AND,
TRAN LIFE
EACH 1 DAY
FROM 01/16/08
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

DISK DISK SERVICE MAX TRAN TRAN

DATE SIO COUNT SIO RATE TIME SERVTIME USE LIFETIME
-------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
01/16/08 2,156 0.02 0.023 0.093 154 1.218
01/17/08 170,270 1.97 0.023 0.244 461 0.822
01/18/08 74,139 2.42 0.018 0.069 223 0.761
-------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
PERIOD 246,565 0.53 0.022 0.244 838 0.878
-------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 197

Specify Variables

Use ID Options with Variables

Use of ID options with variables lets you limit the range of the variable to a specific
resource or group of resources.

To limit the range of a variable, specify an ID option and one or more identifiers
following the variable. The use of ID options with variables is explained in detail in the
chapter ID Options.

Note: Not all ID options can be used with all variables. For information about which ID
options you can use with each variable class, see the description of the variable class in
the chapter Variables.

This example uses the ID option JOBNAME to generate a single report containing
information about two systems:

EACH 1 DAY
TAB DATE TRAN USE HDR1(-TOTAL-) HDR2(TRAN USE) AND,
TERM RESP HDR1(-TOTAL-) HDR2(TERMRESP) AND,
TRAN USE JOBNAME(CICS1) HDR1(-CICS1-) HDR2(TRAN USE) AND,
TRAN USE JOBNAME(CICS1) PCT HDR1(-CICS1-) HDR2(%USE) AND,
TERM RESP JOBNAME(CICS1) HDR1(-CICS1-) HDR2(TERMRESP) AND,
TRAN USE JOBNAME(CICS2) HDR1(-CICS2-) HDR2(TRAN USE) AND,
TRAN USE JOBNAME(CICS2) PCT HDR1(-CICS2-) HDR2(%USE) AND,
TERM RESP JOBNAME(CICS2) HDR1(-CICS2-) HDR2(TERMRESP)
END
RUN

198 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Specify Variables

A report like the following is generated:

-TOTAL- -TOTAL- -CICS1- -CICS1- -CICS1- -CICS2- -CICS2- -CICS2-

DATE TRAN USE TERMRESP TRAN USE %USE TERMRESP TRAN USE %USE TERMRESP
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------
02/01/08 1134 2.342 761 67.1 1.445 307 27.1 4.844
02/08/08 2067 1.047 693 33.5 0.762 723 35.0 1.221
02/08/08 1893 1.758 730 38.6 1.942 463 24.5 2.008
02/04/08 1872 1.039 790 42.2 1.126 484 25.9 0.901
02/05/08 1061 0.772 665 62.7 0.794 143 13.5 1.066
02/06/08 1297 1.526 350 27.0 1.420 271 20.9 3.054
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------
PERIOD 9324 1.602 3989 39.8 1.443 2391 24.7 2.280
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------

Changing Column Headings

Each variable is assigned an abbreviation that is used by default as the heading for
columns containing data about the variable. You can use the HDR1 and HDR2 operands
to replace the top and bottom lines of the heading, respectively.

Changing headings is especially useful when you:

Change the type of data that a variable represents (for example, from a count to a
rate). For an example, see the example in RATE OPTION-Display a Rate Instead of a
Count (see page 204) in this chapter.
Use an ID option and identifiers to restrict the scope of a variable to particular
resources, as shown in the following example.
Shorten the column headings to gain space.

You have no restrictions on the characters used in a heading.

Sample Commands

The variable TRAN USE is specified twice in the following example. By default, the
column created for each occurrence of this variable would have the heading TRAN USE.

The second occurrence of the variable applies only to the transaction PSPI. Therefore,
including the HDR1 and HDR2 operands create the heading TRAN USE FOR TRAN PSPI
above the column for this variable.

TAB TIME TRAN USE AND.

TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN MAXLIFE AND,
TRAN USE TRANID(PSPI) HDR1(TRAN USE) HDR2(FOR TRAN PSPI)
EACH HOUR
FROM 12/08/08 12:00:00
TO 12/08/08 16:00:00
END
RUN

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 199

Tab Command Variable Options

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN USE

TIME USE LIFE MAX LIFE FOR TRAN PSPI
----- -------- -------- -------- ---------------
12.00 39 515.7 5508 8
13.00 120 124.9 912.5 84
14.00 20 729.7 912.8 0
15.00 20 729.8 912.6 0
----- -------- -------- -------- ---------------
PERIOD 101 323.0 5508 92
----- -------- -------- -------- ---------------

Tab Command Variable Options

You can use any of the variable options described in the chapter Variable Options with
the TAB command. Also, following four variable options can be used only with the TAB
command. Note the links where you can find examples for using these options.
DIFF
Use this option in a tabular report organized by time or date. This option creates a
column displaying the percentage of change in the variable value between time
intervals. See DIFF Option-Percentage of Change Between Time Intervals (see
page 201) in this chapter.
RANGE
Use this option for a report to test range criteria that is applied after all data is read
and before a report is printed. For an example, see Use the RANGE Option (see
page 215) in this chapter. Also see the RANGE command in How the RANGE
Command Specifies Ranges (see page 212) in this chapter.
RIGHT
Use this option to shift the column for a variable to the right. For an example, see
RIGHT Option-Shift the Column for a Variable to the Right (see page 203) in this
chapter.
SELECT
Use this option to apply to a variable the period specified with an INCLUDE or
EXCLUDE command. For an example, see SELECT Option-Specify a Time Period for a
Variable (see page 202) in this chapter.

An example using the RATE option is shown in RATE OPTION-Display a Rate Instead of a
Count (see page 204) in this chapter. This option is used with a variable that usually
displays a count, but in this instance, displays the rate for the variable instead.

200 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Tab Command Variable Options

DIFF OptionPercentage of Change Between Time Intervals

You can organize tabular reports by time or date. Use the DIFF option to create a
column displaying the percentage of change in the value of a variable between each
time interval. The percentage of change is calculated with the following formula:

((current value - previous value)/previous value)*100

DIFF command has the following syntax:

DIFF

The following commands use the DIFF option to display the percentage of change of
transaction usage. The HDR2 option assigns an appropriate column heading.

EACH 1 DAY
TAB DATE TRAN USE AND,
TRAN USE DIFF HDR2(%CHANGE)
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN TRAN
DATE USE %CHANGE
-------- ---------- ----------
01/08/08 15,765
01/08/08 22,165 +40.5%
01/04/08 66,374 +199.4%
01/05/08 91,302 +37.5%
01/06/08 2,535 -97.2%
01/07/08 2,123 -16.2%
-------- --------- ----------
PERIOD 200,264
-------- --------- ----------

The difference between the number of transactions executed in the first interval and
the second interval is 6400 (22,165 - 15,765). The difference is a 40.5 percent increase
(6400 / 15,765 = 40.5 percent).

RANGE OptionTest Range Criteria

Use the RANGE option for a report to test range criteria that is applied after all data is
read and before a report is printed. The RANGE variable option is best explained with
the RANGE DEFERRED command, which has the same result. For an example, see Use
the RANGE Option (see page 215) in this chapter.

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 201

Tab Command Variable Options

SELECT OptionSpecify a Time Period for a Variable

Use the SELECT option to apply to a particular variable the period specified with an
INCLUDE or EXCLUDE command.

The SELECT option has the following syntax:

SELECT(name)

name
Must match the name operand of the ID operand for the INCLUDE or EXCLUDE
command that specifies the time period to apply to the variable.

Example: Sample Commands

The following example assigns the values of 1STSHIFT, 2NDSHIFT, and 3RDSHIFT to the
name operands of the INCLUDE and SELECT commands. Each associated time period
from the INCLUDE command is applied to the variable.

INCLUDE 08.00.00 - 15.59.59 ID 1STSHIFT

INCLUDE 16.00.00 - 23.59.59 ID 2NDSHIFT
INCLUDE 00.00.00 - 07.59.59 ID 3RDSHIFT
EACH 1 DAY
TAB DAY DATE TRAN USE HDR1(TOTAL) HDR2(USAGE) AND,
TRAN USE SELECT(1STSHIFT) HDR1(1ST SHIFT) HDR2(USAGE) AND,
TRAN USE SELECT(2NDSHIFT) HDR1(2ND SHIFT) HDR2(USAGE) AND,
TRAN USE SELECT(3RDSHIFT) HDR1(3RD SHIFT) HDR2(USAGE) AND,
TRAN LIFE HDR1(AVG) HDR2(LIFETIME) AND,
TRAN LIFE SELECT(1STSHIFT) HDR1(1ST SHIFT) HDR2(LIFETIME) AND,
TRAN LIFE SELECT(2NDSHIFT) HDR1(2ND SHIFT) HDR2(LIFETIME) AND,
TRAN LIFE SELECT(3RDSHIFT) HDR1(3RD SHIFT) HDR2(LIFETIME)
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

TOTAL 1ST SHIFT 2ND SHIFT 3RD SHIFT AVG 1ST SHIFT 2ND SHIFT 3RD SHIFT
WEEKDAY DATE USAGE USAGE USAGE USAGE LIFETIME LIFETIME LIFETIME LIFETIME
--------- -------- ------- ------ ------ ------ -------- --------- --------- --------
Friday 03/12/08 962 623 270 69 139.2 89.60 214.9 290.8
Saturday 03/13/08 417 199 18 200 288.7 290.3 270.3 288.8
Sunday 03/14/08 42 42 279.3 279.3
Monday 03/15/08 365 175 190 287.4 272.9 300.8
--------- -------- ------- ------ ------ ------ -------- --------- --------- --------
PERIOD 1786 997 330 459 207.7 161.8 226.1 294.1
--------- -------- ------- ------ ------ ------ -------- --------- --------- ------

202 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Tab Command Variable Options

RIGHT OptionShift the Column for a Variable to the Right

Use the RIGHT option to shift the column for a variable to the right. The entire column,
including the headings, is shifted.

The RIGHT option has the following syntax:

RIGHT(n)

n
Indicates the number of print columns (spaces) to shift the column to the right.

Example: Shifting Columns

This example specifies the RIGHT variable option with the variable TRAN USE to shift the
column to the right. The column appears under the first heading specified with the
HEADER command.

HEADER(20,24) ---------TOTAL----------
HEADER(47,26) -------TRAN CSSN--------
TAB DAY TRAN USE RIGHT(8) AND,
TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN CPU AND,
TRAN USE TRANID(CSSN) AND,
TRAN LIFE TRANID(CSSN) AND,
TRAN CPU TRANID(CSSN)
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH DAY
PERIOD NONE ---------TOTAL---------- -------TRAN CSSN--------
TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN
WEEKDAY USE LIFE CPU USE LIFE CPU
--------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Thursday 1258 205.1 0.032 129 8.756 0.010
Friday 369 175.3 0.028 66 1.773 0.011
--------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
PERIOD 1627 198.3 0.031 195 6.393 0.011
--------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 203

Limit the Contents of a Report

RATE OPTIONDisplay a Rate Instead of a Count

Use the RATE option with a variable that usually displays a count to display the rate for
that variable.

Example: Sample Commands

The following commands produce a report that displays the transaction usage of all
active transactions by transaction ID. The RATE option is used to give the transaction
rate (number per second) also.

EACH 1 DAY
TAB DATE TRAN USE TRANID(CINQ) HDR1(CINQ) HDR2(USE) AND,
TRAN USE DIFF TRANID(CINQ) HDR1(CINQ) HDR2(%CHANGE) AND,
TRAN USE RATE TRANID(CINQ) HDR1(CINQ) HDR2(RATE) AND,
TRAN USE TRANID(PINQ) HDR1(PINQ) HDR2(USE) AND,
TRAN USE DIFF TRANID(PINQ) HDR1(PINQ) HDR2(%CHANGE) AND,
TRAN USE RATE TRANID(PINQ) HDR1(PINQ) HDR2(RATE)
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

- CINQ CINQ CINQ PINQ PINQ PINQ

- DATE USE %CHANGE RATE USE %CHANGE RATE
-------- -------- -------- ------ -------- -------- ------
01/08/08 2,978 0.03 12,778 0.15
01/08/08 5,304 +78.1% 0.06 16,861 +31.9% 0.20
01/04/08 30,734 +479.4% 0.36 35,452 +110.2% 0.41
01/05/08 38,711 +25.9% 0.45 52,322 +47.5% 0.61
01/06/08 2,113 -94.5% 0.02 395 -99.2% 0.00
01/07/08 417 -80.2% 0.01 1,610 +307.5% 0.02
-------- -------- -------- ------ -------- -------- ------
PERIOD 80,257 0.16 119,418 0.24
-------- -------- -------- ------ -------- -------- ------

This report shows that in the 86,400 seconds on 01/08/08, transaction CINQ was
executed 2978 times, which is a rate of 0.03 times per second.

Limit the Contents of a Report

The following sections describe different ways of limiting the contents of reports.

204 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Limit the Contents of a Report

Limit the Resources Included in a Report

Limit a report to a subset of a resource type by specifying one or more identifiers with
an ID option used with the TAB command.

Example: Sample Commands

The following commands include the ID option TERMID and the identifier 0A++ to
display data about all 0A terminals:

TAB TERMID(0A++) TERM RESP AND,

TERM I/OTIME AND,
TRAN USE
END
RUN

FOR OperandLimit the Identifiers Included in a Report

Use the FOR operand to limit the number of identifiers included in a report. Add the
operand FOR 5 to the commands used in the preceding example. Using the operand FOR
5 limits the report to only those five 0A terminals with the highest response times, as
follows:

TAB TERMID(0A++) FOR 5 TERM RESP AND,

TERM I/OTIME AND,
TRAN USE
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

TERM TERM TRAN TRAN

ID RESP TMIO USE
-------- -------- -------- --------
0A0E 0.793 2.686 59
0A12 0.226 1.477 401
0A14 0.210 4.747 31
0A19 0.202 144.2 80
0A02 0.194 10.71 115
-------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 0.220 19.92 686
-------- -------- -------- --------

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 205

Limit the Contents of a Report

FOR OperandLimit Reports Organized by Time and Date

To limit reports organized by time and date, use the FOR operand. The time periods
included in the report contain the highest value for the variable that the FOR operand is
specified with.

The following commands produce a report limited to the five times with the highest
values for the variable:

TAB DATETIME TRAN USE FOR 5

EACH 1 HOUR
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN
DATE TIME USE
-------- ----- --------
02/22/08 03.00 42
02/22/08 04.00 19
02/22/08 06.00 29
02/22/08 11.00 16
02/22/08 15.00 20
-------- ----- --------
PERIOD 126
-------- ----- --------

206 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Limit the Contents of a Report

TOP and BOTTOM OperandsLimit Reports

The TOP and BOTTOM operands, like the FOR operand, limit reports organized by
identifier to the number of identifiers specified.

However, the TOP and BOTTOM operands save storage because:

The FOR operand tests identifiers only after all the data has been read and
processed.
The TOP and BOTTOM operands cause the Report Writer to test each record as it is
read and discard records that do not qualify.

The TOP and BOTTOM operands are appropriate for ID options with many unique
identifiers, such as TRANNUM.

Example: Sample Commands

The following commands create a report on the five transactions with the highest
terminal response times. Processing similar commands using the FOR operand
instead of the TOP operand would require much more storage.
TAB TRANNUM TOP 5 TERM RESP AND TRAN TCPU
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN TERM TRAN

NUMBER RESP TCPU
-------- -------- --------
0005671 38.82 5.740
0000276 28.19 0.007
0000794 24.26 0.059
0000027 21.65 0.065
0001157 16.20 0.654
-------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 25.56 6.525
-------- -------- --------

The following commands create a report on the 30 transactions with the shortest
lifetimes. The FORMAT variable option is used to increase the number of digits in
the output.
TAB TRANNUM TRAN LIFE FORMAT(N.NNNNNNN) BOTTOM 30
END
RUN

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 207

Limit the Contents of a Report

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN TRAN
NUMBER LIFE
-------- ---------
0000080 0.0056320
0000037 0.0058880
0000775 0.0061440
.
.
.
0000102 0.0076800
-------- ---------
SUMMARY 0.0071680
-------- ---------

208 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

How Report Sorting Works

How Report Sorting Works

Sorting reports lets you customize the resulting report.

To sort reports, consider the following default sorting process:

1. Tabular reports are sorted from left to right with respect to the variable values, in
descending order.
2. The leftmost variable is considered first; if the value is the same for two entries, the
variable to the right is considered.
3. This sorting continues until variable values differ.

Example: Commands to Sort a Report

TAB TERMID(0A++) FOR 5 TERM RESP AND,

TERM I/OTIME AND,
TRAN USE
END
RUN

This example produces the following report. The terminal 0A0E had the highest
response time, so it is listed first. Terminals 0A14 and 0A12 have the same response
time, but 0A14 had a higher I/O time, so it precedes 0A12 in the report:

TERM TERM TRAN TRAN

ID RESP TMIO USE
-------- -------- -------- --------
0A0E 0.793 2.686 59
0A14 0.226 4.747 31
0A12 0.226 1.477 401
0A19 0.202 144.2 80
0A02 0.194 10.71 115
-------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 0.220 19.92 686
-------- -------- -------- --------

Sort Reports by Different Keys

To sort columns by different keys, alter the order of the columns.

To create a report showing the five terminals using the most transactions, make the
variable TRAN USE the first variable in the TAB command:

TAB TERMID(0A++) FOR 5 TRAN USE AND,

TERM RESP AND,
TERM I/OTIME
END
RUN

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 209

How Report Sorting Works

A report like the following is generated:

TERM TRAN TERM TRAN

ID USE RESP TMIO
-------- -------- -------- --------
0A12 401 0.226 1.477
0A09 180 0.064 8.602
0A02 115 0.194 10.71
0A19 80 0.202 144.2
0A0E 59 0.793 2.686
-------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 835 0.197 18.05
-------- -------- -------- --------

SORT ASCENDING OperandSort in Ascending Order

To sort reports in ascending order, add the SORT ASCENDING operand to the TAB
command.

Example: Sample Commands and Reports

The following commands produce a report sorted so that the five terminals using
the fewest transactions are listed in ascending order of transaction use:
TAB TERMID(0A++) FOR 5 SORT ASCENDING,
TRAN USE AND,
TERM RESP AND,
TERM I/OTIME
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

TERM TRAN TERM TRAN

ID USE RESP TMIO
-------- -------- -------- --------
0A04 3 0.038 0.004
0A18 6 0.103 0.002
0A0F 6 0.172 34.89
0A11 13 0.158 0.719
0A08 23 0.082 1.970
-------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 51 0.109 5.177
-------- -------- -------- --------

You can specify the SORT operand with a variable other than the first variable. For
example, the following commands generate a report sorted by transaction use, the
third variable specified:
TAB TRANID TRAN TCPU AND,
TRAN USE SORT ASCENDING
END
RUN

210 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

How Report Sorting Works

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN TRAN TRAN

ID CPU USE
-------- -------- --------
RAPP 0.098 2
PINV 1.486 2
PADI 0.350 2
SPAM 0.132 3
RAPL 0.011 4
CSSN 0.071 8
CSGM 0.007 8
CATD 0.105 9
JJJ 0.221 10
CSPQ 0.113 10
VGBC 0.055 13
POSS 0.035 37
PSPI 0.097 43
KCP 7.581 45
TCP 0.572 46
CSNE 0.010 49
X25T 0.132 57
-------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 1.123 348
-------- -------- --------

Sort Reports by Identifier

To have your reports sorted by the identifier, add the SORT ALPHA operand to the TAB
command.

The following commands generate a report sorted alphanumerically by transaction ID:

TAB TRANID FOR 20 SORT ALPHA,

TRAN LIFE AND TRAN USE AND TRAN MAXLIFE
END
RUN

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 211

Use Other Commands with the TAB Command

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN

ID LIFE USE MAX LIFE
-------- -------- -------- --------
BOAG 14.22 4 27.86
BOEF 35.32 2 58.14
BOEN 44.51 8 130.6
CATD 0.465 125 7.752
CEMT 60.92 4 218.6
CHAI 0.193 160 1.475
CHAT 0.190 24 0.802
CIRB 9.981 2 13.30
CRSQ 0.795 7 3.738
CSAC 0.066 25 0.647
CSDA 0.510 2 1.004

-------- -------- -------- --------

SUMMARY 77.15 1342 0.000
-------- -------- -------- --------

Use Other Commands with the TAB Command

You can use the secondary commands to tailor tabular reports. For a description, see
the chapter Commands. Examples of the use of the following commands in tabular
reports are provided in the following sections:
RANGE
Note: You can use either the RANGE command or the RANGE option to restrict a
report to resources whose activity falls within a specified range. For a more detailed
explanation of the RANGE command, see the chapter Commands. Examples of its
use in tabular reports are given in the following sections. For a description of the
RANGE option, which is valid only for tabular reports, see Use the RANGE Option
(see page 215) in this chapter.
GROUP
COST

How the RANGE Command Specifies Ranges

The RANGE command tests range criteria either at the record level (immediate) or, by
specifying the DEFERRED operand, before printing the report (deferred).

The RANGE command uses the following process to specify ranges:

1. Tests immediate range criteria before the record is processed.
2. If the range criteria are not met, discards the record for that particular report.

212 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Use Other Commands with the TAB Command

3. Deferred range criteria are not tested until all data is read.
4. Reviews the range criteria before each row is printed. If any variable in the row fails
to meet its range criteria, the entire row is discarded.

Example 1: Immediate Range Criteria

This example produces a report about terminals. The RANGE command is specified
without the DEFERRED operand to exclude any individual record for which the value of
TERM INPUTS is greater than 50.

TAB TERMID(0A++),
TERM INPUTS AND,
TERM RESP AND,
TERM I/OTIME AND,
TRAN USE
RANGE TERM INPUTS 0-50
END
RUN

This example generates the following report:

TERM TERM TERM TRAN TRAN

ID READS RESP TMIO USE
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
0A12 401 0.226 1.477 401
0A19 188 0.107 48.08 76
0A09 166 0.064 8.602 180
0A02 143 0.216 4.757 114
0A0E 57 0.793 2.686 59
0A0B 37 0.066 2.362 33
0A14 33 0.210 4.747 31
0A05 25 0.036 0.929 26
0A08 23 0.082 1.970 23
0A11 13 0.158 0.719 13
0A0F 10 0.172 34.89 6
0A18 5 0.103 0.002 6
0A04 2 0.038 0.004 3
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 1103 0.168 7.219 971
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 213

Use Other Commands with the TAB Command

Example 2: Deferred Range Criteria

In the preceding example, several terminals with a total number of inputs (TERM
READS) not in the specified range are included in the report. Because the RANGE
command was specified without the DEFERRED operand, the test of the number of
inputs was applied to each individual record. The test was not applied to the total
number of inputs for each terminal. Although individual records with more than 50
inputs were excluded, the total for a given terminal can exceed the range.

If instead of the preceding report you want a report on the terminals that had a total of
fewer than 50 inputs. You would use the same commands as in the previous example
but specify the DEFERRED operand with the RANGE command. The Report Writer
applies the range criteria only after all the input data is read. The Report Writer can
then determine whether each terminal had a total of fewer than 50 inputs.

The following sample uses the DEFERRED operand with the RANGE command:

TAB TERMID(0A++),
TERM INPUTS AND,
TERM RESP AND,
TERM I/OTIME AND,
TRAN USE
RANGE TERM INPUTS 0-50 DEFERRED
END
RUN

This example generates the following report:

TERM TERM TERM TRAN TRAN

ID READS RESP TMIO USE
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
0A0B 37 0.066 2.362 33
0A14 33 0.210 4.747 31
0A05 25 0.036 0.929 26
0A08 23 0.082 1.970 23
0A11 13 0.158 0.719 13
0A0F 10 0.172 34.89 6
0A18 5 0.103 0.002 6
0A04 2 0.038 0.004 3
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 148 0.107 3.640 141
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------

214 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Use Other Commands with the TAB Command

Use the RANGE Option

The RANGE option yields the same results as the RANGE command with the DEFERRED
operand.

The following commands generate the same report as the preceding commands but
include the RANGE option instead of the RANGE command:

TAB TERMID(0A++),
TERM INPUTS RANGE(0,50) AND,
TERM RESP AND,
TERM I/OTIME AND,
TRAN USE
END
RUN

Define Groups of Resources Using the Group Command

Use the GROUP command to define groups of resources you want a report to be about.

Example: Sample Group Commands

This example uses the GROUP command to define groups by terminal ID with four
divisions defined. Because each group name begins with CO, the groups can be selected
in the tabular report by specifying TERMID(CO*).

GROUP TERMID CO.NORTHERN.DIVISION(L7*)

GROUP TERMID CO.SOUTHERN.DIVISION(L4*)
GROUP TERMID CO.EASTERN.DIVISION(L2*)
GROUP TERMID CO.WESTERN.DIVISION(L1*)
TAB TERMID(CO*) HDR1(DEPARTMENT) HDR2(NAME),
TRAN USE AND,
TRAN USE RATE HDR2(RATE) AND,
TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN CPU AND,
TERM RESP AND,
FILE USE
END
RUN

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 215

Use Other Commands with the TAB Command

A report like the following is generated:

DEPARTMENT TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TERM FILE

NAME USE RATE LIFE CPU RESP USE
-------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
CO.WESTERN.DIVISION 3472 0.02 4.599 0.094 0.360 16925
CO.NORTHERN.DIVISION 976 0.01 16.52 0.120 0.189 1080
CO.SOUTHERN.DIVISION 728 0.00 4.770 0.073 0.106 289
CO.EASTERN.DIVISION 667 0.00 3.688 0.180 0.637 8032
-------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 5843 0.03 6.508 0.106 0.290 26326
-------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

Define Groups by Values Within Specified Ranges

You can use the GROUP and RANGE commands together to produce a report on groups
of resources whose activity falls within different ranges.

216 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Use Other Commands with the TAB Command

Example: GROUP and RANGE Commands

The following example uses both the GROUP and RANGE commands to define 13 groups
of transactions in terms of their lifetimes:

GROUP TRANID RANGE:00.000-01.000(*) RANGE(TLIFE1)

GROUP TRANID RANGE:01.001-02.000(*) RANGE(TLIFE2)
GROUP TRANID RANGE:02.001-03.000(*) RANGE(TLIFE3)
GROUP TRANID RANGE:03.001-04.000(*) RANGE(TLIFE4)
GROUP TRANID RANGE:04.001-05.000(*) RANGE(TLIFE5)
GROUP TRANID RANGE:05.001-06.000(*) RANGE(TLIFE6)
GROUP TRANID RANGE:06.001-07.000(*) RANGE(TLIFE7)
GROUP TRANID RANGE:07.001-08.000(*) RANGE(TLIFE8)
GROUP TRANID RANGE:08.001-09.000(*) RANGE(TLIFE9)
GROUP TRANID RANGE:09.001-10.000(*) RANGE(TLIFE10)
GROUP TRANID RANGE:10.001-20.000(*) RANGE(TLIFE20)
GROUP TRANID RANGE:20.001-50.000(*) RANGE(TLIFE50)
GROUP TRANID RANGE:50.001+(*) RANGE(TLIFE50+)
RANGE TRAN LIFE 0-1 ID TLIFE1
RANGE TRAN LIFE 1-2 ID TLIFE2
RANGE TRAN LIFE 2-3 ID TLIFE3
RANGE TRAN LIFE 3-4 ID TLIFE4
RANGE TRAN LIFE 4-5 ID TLIFE5
RANGE TRAN LIFE 5-6 ID TLIFE6
RANGE TRAN LIFE 6-7 ID TLIFE7
RANGE TRAN LIFE 7-8 ID TLIFE8
RANGE TRAN LIFE 8-9 ID TLIFE9
RANGE TRAN LIFE 9-10 ID TLIFE10
RANGE TRAN LIFE 10-20 ID TLIFE20
RANGE TRAN LIFE 20-50 ID TLIFE50
RANGE TRAN LIFE 50-99999 ID TLIFE50+
TAB TRANID(RANGE*) HDR1(TRAN LIFETIME) HDR2(RANGES),
SORT ALPHA,
TRAN USE AND,
TRAN USE PCT AND,
TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN MAXLIFE AND,
TERM RESP AND,
TRAN CPU AND,
TRAN I/OTIME AND,
TRAN USERTIME AND,
TRAN CICSTIME
END
RUN

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 217

Use Other Commands with the TAB Command

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN LIFETIME TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TERM TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN
RANGES USE % USE LIFE MAX LIFE RESP CPU I/O USER CICS
------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------
RANGE:00.000-01.000 6981 80.4 0.207 0.999 0.170 0.052 0.053 0.000 0.000
RANGE:01.001-02.000 315 3.6 1.469 1.998 0.726 0.269 0.213 0.000 0.000
RANGE:02.001-03.000 140 1.6 2.502 2.993 1.006 0.356 0.200 0.000 0.000
RANGE:03.001-04.000 92 1.1 3.486 3.989 1.134 0.397 0.199 0.000 0.000
RANGE:04.001-05.000 55 0.6 4.417 4.928 1.380 0.499 0.367 0.000 0.000
RANGE:05.001-06.000 41 0.5 5.499 5.975 1.082 0.434 0.294 0.000 0.000
RANGE:06.001-07.000 40 0.5 6.401 6.847 1.295 0.377 0.092 0.000 0.000
RANGE:07.001-08.000 41 0.5 7.496 7.990 0.741 0.278 0.472 0.000 0.000
RANGE:08.001-09.000 12 0.1 8.545 8.950 0.700 0.419 0.074 0.000 0.000
RANGE:09.001-10.000 18 0.2 9.462 9.924 0.687 0.254 0.273 0.000 0.000
RANGE:10.001-20.000 217 2.5 15.80 19.95 0.445 0.232 0.055 0.000 0.000
RANGE:20.001-50.000 99 1.1 31.62 49.13 0.611 0.545 0.374 0.000 0.000
RANGE:50.001+ 633 7.3 1182 46487 0.259 7.542 0.243 0.000 0.000
------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------
SUMMARY 8684 100.0 87.43 46487 0.275 0.633 0.086 0.000 0.000
------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------

Use the COST Command to Create Charge-Back Reports

To create charge-back reports, use the COST command with the TAB command.

For information about creating distributed cost reports, see the description of the COST
command in the chapter Commands.

Example: COST Commands

The COST commands in the following example charge:

One cent for every transaction
25 cents for every CPU second used
1/10 cent per file request
1/2 cent per file added

The TAB command uses these cost factors, creating a tabular report with a column
showing the value of each variable for each transaction. The HDR1 and HDR2 operands
assign those columns appropriate headings. The last variable, REPORT COST TOTAL,
creates a column that shows the sum of the costs for each row in the report.

COST TRAN USE .01

COST TRAN CPU .25
TAB TRANID TRAN USE AND,
TRAN USE COST HDR1(TRAN USE) HDR2(COST) AND,
TRAN CPU AND,
TRAN CPU COST HDR1(TRAN CPU) HDR2(COST) AND,
REPORT COST TOTAL
END
RUN

218 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Use Other Commands with the TAB Command

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN TRAN TRAN USE TRAN TRAN CPU TOTAL

ID USE COST CPU COST COST
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
X25T 57 $0.57 0.132 $1.88 $2.45
CSNE 49 $0.49 0.010 $0.12 $0.61
TCP 46 $0.46 0.572 $6.57 $7.03
KCP 45 $0.45 7.581 $85.28 $85.73
PSPI 43 $0.43 0.097 $1.04 $1.47
POSS 37 $0.37 0.035 $0.32 $0.69
VGBC 13 $0.13 0.055 $0.18 $0.31
JJJ 10 $0.10 0.221 $0.55 $0.65
CSPQ 10 $0.10 0.113 $0.28 $0.38
CATD 9 $0.09 0.105 $0.24 $0.33
CSSN 8 $0.08 0.071 $0.14 $0.22
CSGM 8 $0.08 0.007 $0.01 $0.09
RAPL 4 $0.04 0.011 $0.01 $0.05
SPAM 3 $0.03 0.132 $0.10 $0.13
PINV 2 $0.02 1.486 $0.74 $0.76
PADI 2 $0.02 0.350 $0.17 $0.19
RAPP 2 $0.02 0.098 $0.05 $0.07
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 348 $3.47 11.022 $ 97.68 $101.16
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- - ------

Create Charge-Back Reports Organized by Group

Use the COST command with the GROUP command to create charge-back reports
organized by groups.

Example: COST Command used with GROUP Command

The following commands use terminal IDs to define company divisions and list their
corresponding charges in the report:

GROUP TERMID CO.NORTHERN.DIVISION(L4*)

GROUP TERMID CO.SOUTHERN.DIVISION(L3*)
GROUP TERMID CO.EASTERN.DIVISION(L2*)
GROUP TERMID CO.WESTERN.DIVISION(L1*)
COST TRAN USE .01
COST TRAN CPU .25
TAB TERMID(CO*) HDR1(DEPARTMENT) HDR2(NAME),
TRAN USE AND,
TRAN USE COST HDR2(COST) AND,
TRAN CPU COST HDR1(CPU) HDR2(COST) AND,
REPORT COST TOTAL
END
RUN

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 219

TAB2 Command

A report like the following is generated:

DEPARTMENT TRAN TRAN CPU TOTAL

NAME USE COST COST COST
-------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------
CO.WESTERN.DIVISION 4415 $44.15 $32.29 $76.44
CO.NORTHERN.DIVISION 2224 $22.24 $15.15 $37.39
CO.EASTERN.DIVISION 2035 $20.35 $15.79 $36.14
CO.SOUTHERN.DIVISION 2024 $20.24 $43.73 $63.97
-------------------- -------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 10698 $106.98 $106.97 $213.94
-------------------- -------- -------- -------- --------

TAB2 Command
Use the TAB2 command to present more information about each resource reported
upon by the TAB command. You cannot use the TAB2 command without the TAB
command.

Limit TAB2 Report Use the FOR Operand

The FOR operand with the TAB2 command limits the number of identifiers included in a
report for each identifier listed by the TAB command.

Example 1: TAB and TAB2 Commands

The following TAB and TAB2 commands create a report showing terminals and the five
transactions used the most by each:

TAB TERMID TRAN USE AND,

TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN CPU
TAB2 TRANID FOR 5 TRAN USE AND,
TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN CPU
END
RUN

220 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

TAB2 Command

A report like the following, shown in part, is generated:

TERM TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN

ID USE LIFE CPU ID USE LIFE CPU
-------- -------- -------- --------
-------- -------- -------- --------
WA19 65 1.943 0.037
CSPG 40 0.033 0.002
GLAE 23 5.193 0.098
CSSN 1 5.527 0.080
CSGM 1 0.037 0.002
-------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 65 1.943 0.037
-------- -------- -------- --------
4A93 53 18.37 0.116 WISB 51 19.01 0.121
CSSN 1 4.460 0.019
CSGM 1 0.012 0.002
-------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 53 18.37 0.116
-------- -------- -------- --------
BP3P 42 2.921 0.088 RAPP 42 2.921 0.088
0A0B 33 2.424 0.020 CSPG 18 0.022 0.002
PADI 14 5.683 0.044
CSGM 1 0.017 0.002
-------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 33 2.424 0.020
-------- -------- -------- --------
0A14 31 5.125 0.086 WISI 11 14.26 0.199
CHAI 11 0.071 0.022
PART 7 0.173 0.035
CSGM 2 0.015 0.002
-------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 31 5.125 0.086
-------- -------- -------- --------
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 8684 87.43 0.633 8684 87.43 0.633
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

Example 2: FOR Operand with TAB and TAB2 Commands

The FOR operand combined with both the TAB and TAB2 commands creates a table of
transactions and the terminals associated with them:

TAB TRANID FOR 3 TRAN USE AND,

TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN CPU
TAB2 TERMID FOR 9 TRAN USE AND,
TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN CPU
END
RUN

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 221

TAB2 Command

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TERM TRAN TRAN TRAN

ID USE LIFE CPU ID USE LIFE CPU
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
FXFR 2482 0.361 0.072 F014 2482 0.361 0.072
PSPI 939 0.248 0.092 8A21 197 0.219 0.084
. F006 116 0.327 0.158
. 0A09 67 0.198 0.103
. 0A02 64 0.224 0.103
. 8A03 60 0.228 0.060
. 8A09 57 0.163 0.048
. F012 41 0.271 0.106
. 4A64 41 0.235 0.079
. 8A24 40 0.370 0.102
. -------- -------- -------- --------
. SUMMARY 683 1305 517.8
. -------- -------- -------- --------
CSNE 699 0.026 0.007 N/A 699 0.026 0.007
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 4120 0.279 0.066 8684 87.43 0.633
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

Limit TAB2 Reports Using the TOP or BOTTOM Operand

The TOP and BOTTOM operands, like the FOR operand, limit reports organized by
identifier to the number of identifiers specified.

However, the TOP and BOTTOM operands save storage because:

The FOR operand tests identifiers only after all the data has been read and
processed.
The TOP and BOTTOM operands cause the Report Writer to test each record as it is
read and discard records that do not qualify.

The TOP and BOTTOM operands are appropriate for ID options with many unique
identifiers, such as TRANNUM.

222 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

TAB2 Command

The TAB command in the following example creates a report on the terminal response
time of transactions. The TAB2 command shows the four transactions that had the
longest lifetimes for each terminal. Processing similar commands using the FOR operand
instead of the TOP operand would require much more storage.

TAB TERMID TERM RESP

TAB2 TRANNUM TRAN LIFE TOP 4
END
RUN

A report like the following, shown in part, is generated:

TERM TERM TRAN TRAN

ID RESP NUMBER LIFE
-------- -------- -------- --------
CNSL 2.149 0000020 13.30
. 0000019 0.016
. -------- --------
. SUMMARY 6.663
. -------- --------
ZA00 0.278 0000054 306.6
. 0000058 0.647
. 0000059 0.486
. 0000053 0.264
. -------- --------
. SUMMARY 77.01
. -------- --------
0A19 0.202 0000297 2390
. 0000613 2283
. 0000427 2209
. 0000229 1600
. -------- --------
. SUMMARY 2121
. -------- --------
. . . .
-------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 0.275 4176
-------- -------- -------- --------
-------- -------- -------- --------

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 223

Chapter 9: Plot Reports
This section contains the following topics:
What You Need to Know (see page 225)
PLOT CommandCreate a Simple PLOT Report (see page 226)
PLOT2 CommandPlot Response Time (see page 231)
VPLOT CommandCreate a Simple Report (see page 234)
VPLOT2 CommandCreate a Simple VPLOT2 Report (see page 238)
MPLOT CommandUsed with One and Multiple Variables (see page 239)
HPLOT Command (see page 241)

What You Need to Know

This chapter describes and gives examples of how to generate plot reports using the
PLOT, PLOT2, VPLOT, VPLOT2, MPLOT, and HPLOT commands.

Plot reports plot the value of a variable for a group of resources either against time or
against another variable. Plot reports fall into three categories:
Horizontal plot reports, generated by the PLOT and PLOT2 commands, plot a
variable horizontally across time.
Vertical plot reports, generated by the VPLOT, VPLOT2, and MPLOT commands, plot
a variable vertically across time.
Distribution plot reports plot one variable on the vertical axis and another on the
horizontal axis. The HPLOT command used with either the VPLOT or the MPLOT
command generate these plots.

Understand the following:

Report Writer commands
Descriptions of Report Writer variables and lists of the ID options you can use with
each class of variable
Descriptions of ID options and their use with commands and variables

More information:

Commands (see page 39)

ID Options (see page 167)
Tailor Reports Using Variables (see page 109)

Chapter 9: Plot Reports 225

PLOT CommandCreate a Simple PLOT Report

PLOT CommandCreate a Simple PLOT Report

To create a simple plot report, use the PLOT command followed by a variable to plot.

The following commands produce a plot of average terminal response time, with each
detail line representing an hour, for the morning of a single day:

PLOT TERM RESPONSETIME

FROM 12/07/08 01:00:00
TO 12/07/08 09:00:00
EACH HOUR
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH HOUR TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME
PERIOD NONE
0 0.033 0.066 0.100 0.133 0.166 0.199 0.232 0.266 0.299 0.332 X -
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
12/07/08 01.00.00 .-------------------------------------------------------------- . . . . 0.206
02.00.00 .-------------------------------- . . . . . . . 0.106
03.00.00 .---------------------------------------. . . . . . . 0.128
04.00.00 .------------------------------------ . . . . . . . 0.120
05.00.00 .------------------------------------ . . . . . . . 0.120
06.00.00 .---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 0.332
07.00.00 .------------------------------------------------------------------------- . . . 0.242
08.00.00 .------------------------------------------------------------------------ . . . 0.240
SUMMARY: . . . . . . . . . . . SUMMARY:
RANGE: .-------------------------------------------------------- . . . . . 0.186
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.033 0.066 0.100 0.133 0.166 0.199 0.232 0.266 0.299 0.332 X -
SYMBOLS: X = TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME - = GLOBAL TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME

226 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

PLOT CommandCreate a Simple PLOT Report

Plot the Variable Value for a Specified Resource

You can plot the performance of one or more individual resources (such as transactions,
terminals, or operators). Follow the variables to plot with an ID option and a list of one
or more identifiers (such as terminal ID or transaction ID). You can use generic
characters to specify a group of identifiers.

Example: PLOT Command with Variable and ID option

The following PLOT command includes the variable TERM RESP, followed by the ID
option TERMID and the identifier 0A. The average response time of terminals whose IDs
begin with the characters 0A plots:

PLOT TERM RESP TERMID(0A*)

FROM 12/07/08 01:00:00
TO 12/07/08 09:00:00
EACH HOUR
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH HOUR TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME
PERIOD NONE
0 0.033 0.066 0.100 0.133 0.166 0.199 0.232 0.266 0.299 0.332 X -
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
12/07/08 01.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXX-------------------------------------------------- . . . . 0.040 0.206
02.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX----- . . . . . . . 0.090 0.106
03.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX-. . . . . . . 0.125 0.128
04.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX----------- . . . . . . . 0.083 0.120
05.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX----- . . . . . . . 0.104 0.120
06.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 0.332 0.332
07.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX--------------- . . . 0.194 0.242
08.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . 0.240 0.240
SUMMARY: . . . . . . . . . . . SUMMARY:
RANGE: .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX----------- . . . . . 0.151 0.186
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.033 0.066 0.100 0.133 0.166 0.199 0.232 0.266 0.299 0.332 X -
SYMBOLS: X = TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME - = GLOBAL TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME

The average response time of 0A terminals is plotted with Xs. Also the average response
time for all terminals is also plotted with hyphens. You can easily compare the two.

Chapter 9: Plot Reports 227

PLOT CommandCreate a Simple PLOT Report

ALONE OperandExclude Global Values from a Plot

Use the ALONE operand to plot the activity of one or more identifiers without including
a plot of global activity in the report.

Suppose you want to plot the response time for 0A terminals, but you do not want to
plot the average response time for all terminals. You can use the same commands as in
the previous example but add the ALONE operand, as follows:

PLOT TERM RESP TERMID(0A*) ALONE

FROM 12/07/08 01:00:00
TO 12/07/08 09:00:00
EACH HOUR
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH HOUR TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME
PERIOD NONE
0 0.033 0.066 0.100 0.133 0.166 0.199 0.232 0.266 0.299 0.332 X
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
12/07/08 01.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . 0.040
02.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . 0.090
03.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . 0.125
04.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . 0.083
05.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . 0.104
06.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 0.332
07.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . 0.194
08.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . 0.240
SUMMARY: . . . . . . . . . . . SUMMARY:
RANGE: .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . 0.151
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.033 0.066 0.100 0.133 0.166 0.199 0.232 0.266 0.299 0.332 X
SYMBOLS: X = TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME

228 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

PLOT CommandCreate a Simple PLOT Report

SCALE OperandChange the Scale of a PLOT Report

By default, the highest value of a plot scale equals the highest value reached by a
variable in the plot. For variables representing percentages, 100 percent. Use the SCALE
operand to set your own scale.

If the variable you are plotting yields integer values, you can specify only an integer
value with the SCALE operand. If the variable yields real values, the scale you specify
must include a decimal point.

Example: PLOT Command with SCALE Operand

To change the maximum value of the scale used in the preceding example to 0.500
seconds, add the SCALE(0.500) operand, as follows:

PLOT TERM RESP TERMID(0A*) ALONE SCALE(0.500)

FROM 12/07/08 01:00:00
TO 12/07/08 09:00:00
EACH HOUR
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH HOUR TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME
PERIOD NONE
0 0.050 0.100 0.150 0.200 0.250 0.300 0.350 0.400 0.450 0.500 X
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
12/07/08 01.00.00 .XXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . . 0.040
02.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . 0.090
03.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . 0.125
04.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . 0.083
05.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . 0.104
06.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . 0.332
07.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX. . . . . . . 0.194
08.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . 0.240
SUMMARY: . . . . . . . . . . . SUMMARY:
RANGE: .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . 0.151
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.050 0.100 0.150 0.200 0.250 0.300 0.350 0.400 0.450 0.500 X
SYMBOLS: X = TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME

Chapter 9: Plot Reports 229

PLOT CommandCreate a Simple PLOT Report

CHARn OperandsSpecify Plot Characters

Use the CHAR1 operand to specify the character used to plot the resource specified by
an ID option. Use the CHAR2 operand to specify the character used to plot global
activity.

Example: CHARn Operand

The following commands plot the usage of transaction PSPI using the character P and
the usage of all transactions using plus signs (+):

PLOT TRAN USE TRANID(PSPI) CHAR1(P) CHAR2(+)

FROM 12/07/08 01:00:00
TO 12/07/08 09:00:00
EACH HOUR
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH HOUR TRANSACTION COUNT
PERIOD NONE
0 22.80 45.60 68.40 91.20 114.0 136.8 159.6 182.4 205.2 228.0 P +
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
12/07/08 01.00.00 .PPPP++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . . . 9 105
02.00.00 .PPPPPPPPPPPPP++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . 29 149
03.00.00 .PPPP++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . 9 151
04.00.00 .PPPPPPP++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . 17 194
05.00.00 .PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 72 22
06.00.00 .PPPP++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . . . 8 92
07.00.00 .PPPPPPPPPPPP++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . . 28 119
08.00.00 .PPPPPPP++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . . . . 17 84
SUMMARY: . . . . . . . . . . . SUMMARY:
RANGE: .PPPPPPPPPP+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . 23 140
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 22.80 45.60 68.40 91.20 114.0 136.8 159.6 182.4 205.2 228.0 P +
SYMBOLS: P = TRANSACTION COUNT + = GLOBAL TRANSACTION COUNT

230 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

PLOT2 CommandPlot Response Time

RATE OptionConvert Counts to Rates

Use the RATE option to plot a rate (number per second) rather than a count.

Example: Plot a Rate

The following commands plot the usage rate for transaction PSPI against the total
transaction rate:

PLOT TRAN USE RATE TRANID(PSPI) CHAR1(P) CHAR2(+)

FROM 12/07/08 01:00:00
TO 12/07/08 09:00:00
EACH HOUR
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH HOUR TRANSACTION COUNT
PERIOD NONE
0 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.06 P +
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
12/07/08 01.00.00 .++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . . 0.00 0.03
02.00.00 .PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . 0.01 0.04
03.00.00 .+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . 0.00 0.04
04.00.00 .+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . 0.00 0.05
05.00.00 .PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 0.02 0.06
06.00.00 .++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . . 0.00 0.03
07.00.00 .PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . . 0.01 0.03
08.00.00 .+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . . . . 0.00 0.02
SUMMARY: . . . . . . . . . . . SUMMARY:
RANGE: .++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . . 0.00 0.03
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.06 P +

SYMBOLS: "P" = TRANSACTION COUNT "+" = GLOBAL TRANSACTION COUNT

PLOT2 CommandPlot Response Time

The following commands generate a report that compares the response time of 0A
terminals with the maximum terminal response time for 0A terminals. The average
response time and average maximum response time for all terminals is also plotted.

PLOT TERM RESP TERMID(0A++)

PLOT2 TERM MAXRESP TERMID(0A++)
FROM 12/07/08 01:00:00
TO 12/07/08 09:00:00
EACH HOUR
END
RUN

Chapter 9: Plot Reports 231

PLOT2 CommandPlot Response Time

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH HOUR TERMINAL MAXIMUM RESPONSE TIME
PERIOD NONE
0 0.033 0.066 0.100 0.133 0.166 0.199 0.232 0.266 0.299 0.332 X -
0 0.792 1.584 2.377 3.169 3.961 4.753 5.545 6.338 7.130 7.922 * +
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
12/07/08 01.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXX-------------------------------------------------- . . . .0.040 0.206
.**++++++++++++++++++ . . . . . . . .0.160 1.599
02.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX----- . . . . . . .0.090 0.106
.*********************************** . . . . . . .2.771 2.771
03.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX-. . . . . . .0.125 0.128
.**************** . . . . . . . . .1.298 1.298
04.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX----------- . . . . . . .0.083 0.120
.********************* . . . . . . . .1.673 1.673
05.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX----- . . . . . . .0.104 0.120
.**************************************************** . . . . .4.094 4.094
06.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX0.332 0.332
.***************************************************************************** . . .6.137 6.137
07.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX--------------- . . .0.194 0.242
.********************************************************************************** . .6.477 6.477
08.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . .0.240 0.240
.****************************************************************************************************7.922 7.922
SUMMARY: . . . . . . . . . . .SUMMARY:
RANGE: .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX----------- . . . . .0.151 0.186
.************************************************++ . . . . 3.816 3.996
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.792 1.584 2.377 3.169 3.961 4.753 5.545 6.338 7.130 7.922 * +
0 0.033 0.066 0.100 0.133 0.166 0.199 0.232 0.266 0.299 0.332 X -
SYMBOLS: "X" = TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME "-" = GLOBAL TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME
"*" = TERMINAL MAXIMUM RESPONSE TIME "+" = GLOBAL TERMINAL MAXIMUM RESPONSE TIME

232 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

PLOT2 CommandPlot Response Time

PLOT2 RATE CommandConvert Counts to Rates

Use the RATE option to plot a rate (number per second) rather than a count.

Example: RATE Option on the PLOT2 Command

In the following example, the PLOT command plots the use of PSPI against the total
system transaction use. The PLOT2 command plots the transaction rate for PSPI against
the total system transaction rate:

PLOT TRAN USE TRANID(PSPI) CHAR1(T) CHAR2(+)

PLOT2 TRAN USE RATE TRANID(PSPI) CHAR1(R) CHAR2(-)
FROM 12/07/08 02:00:00
TO 12/07/08 08:00:00
EACH HOUR
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH HOUR TRANSACTION COUNT
PERIOD NONE
0 22.80 45.60 68.40 91.20 114.0 136.8 159.6 182.4 205.2 228.0 T +
0 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.06 R -
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
12/07/08 02.00.00 .TTTTTTTTTTTTT++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . 29 149
.RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR-------------------------------------------------- . . . . 0.01 0.04
03.00.00 .TTTT++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . 9
.------------------------------------------------------------------- . . . . 0.00 0.04
04.00.00 .TTTTTTT++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . 17 194
.----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- . . 0.00 0.05
05.00.00 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 72 228
.RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR------------------------------------------------------------------- 0.02 0.06
06.00.00 .TTTT++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . . . 8 92
.-------------------------------------------------- . . . . . 0.00 0.03
07.00.00 .TTTTTTTTTTTT++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . . 28 119
.RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR--------------------------------- . . . . . 0.01 0.03
SUMMARY: . . . . . . . . . . . SUMMARY:
RANGE: .TTTTTTTTTT+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . 23 140
.-------------------------------------------------- . . . . . 0.00 0.03
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.06 R -
0 22.80 45.60 68.40 91.20 114.0 136.8 159.6 182.4 205.2 228.0 T +
SYMBOLS: "T" = TRANSACTION COUNT "+" = GLOBAL TRANSACTION COUNT
"R" = TRANSACTION COUNT "-" = GLOBAL TRANSACTION COUNT

In the 3600 seconds between 2 and 3 a.m., PSPI was executed 29 times. This PSPI equals
a rate of 0.01. Globally, 149 transactions were executed in that period, for a rate of 0.04.

Note: A usage rate of zero does not necessarily imply zero usage of the resource. For
example, between 3:00 and 4:00 a.m. transaction PSPI was used nine times in the 3600
seconds. However, this yields a usage rate so low (9 / 3600 = 0.0025) that it appears as
zero in the plot of usage rate.

Chapter 9: Plot Reports 233

VPLOT CommandCreate a Simple Report

VPLOT CommandCreate a Simple Report

The following commands plot terminal response time between 1:00 and 6:00 a.m.:

VPLOT TRAN USE

FROM 12/07/08 01:00:00
TO 12/07/08 06:00:00
EACH 10 MINUTES
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH 10 MINUTES TRANSACTION COUNT
PERIOD NONE
TRAN TRAN
USE USE
-------- -----
100 I I 100
I I
I I
I I
I I
88 I I 88
I I
I I
I I
I I
75 I I 75
I X I
I X I
I X I
I X I
63 I X I 63
I X I
I X I
I X I
I XX I
50 I XXX I 50
I X X XXX I
I X X XXX I
I X X XXX I
I X X XXX I
38 I X X X X X XX XXX I 38
I X X X X X X XXX XXX I
I X X X X X X XXX XXX I
I X X X X X X XXX XXX I
AI---XX--X--X--X-X---X-XXX--XXX--------------------------------------------------------------------------------- I
25 I XX X X XXX X XXX XXX I 25
I XX X XX XXX XX XXX XXXX I
I X XX XX XXXXXXX XX XXX XXXXX I
I X XXXXXX XXXXXXX XXXXXX XXXXX I
I X XXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX I
13 I X XXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX I 13
I X XXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX I
I X XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX I
IXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX I
IXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX I
0 II---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------II 0
01:00 02:40 04:20
12/07 12/07 12/07
SYMBOLS: "X" = TRANSACTION COUNT

234 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

VPLOT CommandCreate a Simple Report

SCALE(3X) OperandsWiden the Scale of a VPLOT Report

The following commands resemble the previous example except for the addition of the
SCALE(3X) operand, which widens the resulting plot:

VPLOT TRAN USE SCALE(3X)

FROM 12/07/08 01:00:00
TO 12/07/08 06:00:00
EACH 10 MINUTES
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH 10 MINUTES TRANSACTION COUNT
PERIOD NONE
TRAN TRAN
USE USE
-------- --------
100 I I 100
I I
I I
I I
I I
88 I I 88
I I
I I
I I
I I
75 I I 75
I XXX I
I XXX I
I XXX I
I XXX I
63 I XXX I 63
I XXX I
I XXX I
I XXX I
I XXXXXX I
50 I XXXXXXXXX I 50
I XXX XXX XXXXXXXXX I
I XXX XXX XXXXXXXXX I
I XXX XXX XXXXXXXXX I
I XXX XXX XXXXXXXXX I
38 I XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXXXXX XXXXXXXXX I 38
I XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXX I
I XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXX I
I XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXX I
AI---------XXXXXX------XXX------XXX------XXX---XXX---------XXX---XXXXXXXXX------XXXXXXXXX----------------------- I
25 I XXXXXX XXX XXX XXXXXXXXX XXX XXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXX I 25
I XXXXXX XXX XXXXXX XXXXXXXXX XXXXXX XXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXX I
I XXX XXXXXX XXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXX XXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX I
I XXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX I
I XXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX I
13 I XXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX I 13
I XXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX I
I XXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX I
IXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX I
IXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX I
0 II---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------II 0
01:00 01:30 02:00 02:40 03:10 03:40 04:20 04:50 05:20
12/07 12/07 12/07 12/07 12/07 12/07 12/07 12/07 12/07
SYMBOLS: "X" = TRANSACTION COUNT

Chapter 9: Plot Reports 235

VPLOT CommandCreate a Simple Report

SCALE (n) OperandSpecify the Maximum Scale Value

The following example uses the SCALE(6.000) operand to plot transaction CPU use with
a maximum scale value of 6.000 seconds. The CHAR1 operand specifies x as the plot
character.

VPLOT TRAN CPU TOTAL CHAR1(x) SCALE(6.000)

FROM 12/08/08 10:00:00
TO 12/08/08 19:00:00
EACH 5 MINUTES
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH 5 MINUTES TRANSACTION AVERAGE CPU TIME
PERIOD NONE
TRAN TRAN
CPU CPU
-------- --------
6.000 I + I 6.000
I x x I
I x x x I
I x x x I
I x x x I
5.250 I x x x I 5.250
I x x x I
I x x x I
I x x x I
I x x x I
4.500 I x x x I 4.500
I x x x x I
I x x x x I
I x x x x I
I x x x x I
3.750 I x x x x I 3.750
I x x x x I
I x x x x I
I x x x x I
I x x x x x I
3.000 I x x x x x I 3.000
I x x x x x I
I x x x x x I
I x x x x x I
I x x x x x I
2.250 I x x x x x I 2.250
I x x x x x I
I x x x x xx x x x I
I x x x x x xx x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x I
I x x x xx x xx x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x I
1.500 I x x x xx x x xx x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x I 1.500
I x x x xx x x xxxx x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x I
I x x x xx x x xxxx x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x I
I x x x xx x x xxxxx x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x I
I x x x xx x xx xx xx xx xx xxxxx xx xx xx x x x x x x x x x x x x x x xx xx xx xx x I
0.750 I x x x xx x xx xx xx xx xx xxxxx xx xx xx x x x x x x x x x x x x x x xx xx xx xx x I 0.750
I x x x xx x xx xx xx xx xx xxxxx xx xx xx x x x x x x x x x x x x x x xx xx xx xx x I
I x xx x xx x xx xx xx xx xx xxxxx xx xx xx x x x x x x x x x x x xx x x xx xx xx xx x I
I x xx x xx x xx xx xx xx xx xxxxxxxx xx xx x x x x x x x x x x x xx x x xx xx xx xx x I
I x xx x xx x xx xx xx xx xx xxxxxxxx xx xx x x x x x x x x x x x xx x x xx xx xx xx x I
0.000 II---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------II 0.000
10:00 10:50 11:40 12:30 13:20 14:10 15:00 15:50 16:40 17:30 18:20
12/08 12/08 12/08 12/08 12/08 12/08 12/08 12/08 12/08 12/08 12/08
SYMBOLS: "x" = TRANSACTION AVERAGE CPU TIME

236 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

VPLOT CommandCreate a Simple Report

STACK=id OperandReplace the Plot Character

Use the STACK=id operand with the VPLOT command to replace the plot character with
the identifiers being plotted. Specify from most active to least active starting at the
bottom of the plot. You can specify the mX option of the SCALE operand to print more
characters of each identifier.

The following commands create a vertical plot of transaction use. The STACK=CICSID
operand specifies to plot CICS IDs. The SCALE(2X) operand widens each plot column to
two characters so the entire CICS ID can be printed.

VPLOT TRAN USE SCALE(2X) STACK=CICSID

END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN TRAN
USE USE
------- --------
6121 I P0 I 6121
I P0 I
I P0 I
I P0 I
I P0 P0 I
5356 I P0 P0 I 5356
I P0 P0 I
I P0 P0 P0 I
I P0 P0 P0 I
I T1 P0P0 P0 I
4591 I T1 P0P0 P0 I 4591
I T1 P0P0 P0 I
I T1 P0P0 P0 I
I P0 P0T1P0 P0P0 T1 T1 I
I P0 P0T1P0 T1P0 T1 T1 I
3826 I P0 P0T1P0 T1P0 T1 T1 I 3826
I P0 P0T1P0 T1P0 T1 T1 I
I P0 P0T1P0 P0T1P0 T1 T1 I
I P0 T1 T1T1P0 P0T1P0 T1 T1 I
I P0 T1 T1T1T1 T1T1P0 T1 T1 I
3061 I P0 T1 T1T1T1 T1T1P0 T1 T1 I 3061
I P0P0 T1 T1T1T1 T1T1P0 T1 T1 I
I P0P0 T1 T1T1T1 T1T1T1 T1 T1 I
I P0P0 T1 T1T1T1 T1T1T1T1 T1P0 T1 P0 I
I P0P0 T1 T1T1T1 T1T1T1T1 P0P0T1T1 P0 I
2296 I P0P0 P0T1T1 T1T1T1 P0 T1T1T1T1P0 P0P0T1T1 T1 P0 I 2296
I P0T1 P0T1P0 T1T1T1 P0 T1T1T1T1P0 P0P0T1T1 T1 T1 I
AI----------------P0T1----T1T1P0------T1T1T1----P0--------T1T1T1T1P0----P0P0P0T1T1--T1------T1------------------ I
I P0T1P0 T1T1P0 T1T1T1 T1 T1T1T1T1P0 T1P0T1T1T1 T1 T1 I
I T1T1T1 T1T1P0 T1T1T1 T1 T1T1T1T1T1 T1P0T1P0T1 T1 T1 I
1531 I T1T1T1 T1T1P0 T1 T1T1T1 T1 P0T1T1T1P0T1 T1P0T1P0T1 T1 T1 I 1531
I P0 T1T1T1 T1T1P0 T1 T1T1T1 T1P0 P0T1T1T1P0T1 T1P0T1P0T1 T1T1 T1 I
I P0 T1T1T1T1 T1T1P0 T1 T1T1T1 T1T1 T1T1T1T1P0T1 T1P0T1P0T1 P0P0 T1 I
I T1 T1T1T1T1 T1T1P0T1T1 T1T1T1 T1T1 T1T1T1T1P0T1 T1P0T1P0T1 P0P0 T1P0 I
I P0 T1 P0T1T1T1 T1T1P0T1T1 T1T1T1 T1T1 T1T1T1T1P0T1 T1P0T1P0T1 P0P0 T1T1 I
766 I P0 T1 P0T1T1T1 T1T1P0T1P0 T1T1T1 T1T1 T1T1T1T1P0T1 T1P0T1P0T1 P0P0 T1T1 I 766
IT1 P0 T1 P0T1T1T1 T1T1P0P0P0P0T1T1T1T1T1T1T1T1 T1T1T1T1P0T1 P0T1P0T1P0T1T1P0P0T1 T1T1 I
IT1T1T1 T1T1T1P0T1T1T1T1T1T1P0P0P0T1T1T1T1T1P0T1T1T1 T1T1T1T1P0T1T1P0T1P0T1P0T1T1P0P0T1 T1T1 I
IT1T1T1 T1T1T1P0T1T1T1T1T1T1P0P0P0T1T1T1T1T1P0T1T1T1T1T1T1T1T1P0T1T1T1T1P0T1P0T1T1P0P0T1 T1T1T1 I
IT1T1T1T1T1T1T1P0T1T1T1T1T1T1P0P0P0T1T1T1T1T1P0T1T1T1P0T1T1T1T1T1T1T1T1TP0T1P0T1T1P0P0T1 T1T1T1 I
II---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I
07:00 08:15 09:30 10:45 12:00 13:15 14:30 15:45 17:00 18:15

Chapter 9: Plot Reports 237

VPLOT2 CommandCreate a Simple VPLOT2 Report

03/14 03/14 03/14 03/14 03/14 03/14 03/14 03/14 03/14 03/14

VPLOT2 CommandCreate a Simple VPLOT2 Report

The following example uses the VPLOT and VPLOT2 commands to plot both transaction
use and terminal response time:

VPLOT TRAN USE SCALE(50) CHAR1(X)

VPLOT2 TERM RESP SCALE(1.000) CHAR1(O)
EACH 5 MINUTES
FROM 12/07/08 00:00:00
TO 12/07/08 09:00:00
END
RUN

SCALE(COMMON) OperandUse the Same Scale

The following commands plot transaction use and data set use. The SCALE(COMMON)
operand uses the same scale for both variables being plotted.

VPLOT TRAN USE CHAR1(X)

VPLOT2 DATASET USE CHAR1(O) SCALE(COMMON)
FROM 12/07/08 00:00:00
TO 12/07/08 09:00:00
EACH 10 MINUTES
END
RUN

238 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

MPLOT CommandUsed with One and Multiple Variables

MPLOT CommandUsed with One and Multiple Variables

Use the MPLOT command to produce a vertical plot similar to the one produced by the
VPLOT command. The difference is that MPLOT prints only the outline of the columns.

MPLOT allows you to request multiple variables on the same report.

Example: Using Variables with the MPLOT Command

Using One Variable with the MPLOT Command
The following example uses the MPLOT command to plot terminal response times:
MPLOT TRAN USE SCALE(50)
EACH 5 MINUTES
FROM 12/07/08 00:00:00
TO 12/07/08 23:59:59
END
RUN

Chapter 9: Plot Reports 239

MPLOT CommandUsed with One and Multiple Variables

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH 5 MINUTES TRANSACTION COUNT
PERIOD NONE
TRAN TRAN
USE USE
-------- ------
50 I I 50
I I
I I
I I
I I
44 I I 44
I I
I X I
I X I
I X I
38 I X X X I 38
I X X X I
I X X X X I
I X X XXX I
I X X X X X I
32 I X X X X X X I 32
I X X X X X X I
I X X X X X X X X I
I X X X X X X X X X I
I X X X X X X X X X I
26 I X X X X X X X X X X X I 26
I X X X X X X X X X X X I
I X X X X X X X X X X X X X I
I X X X X X X X X X X X X X I
I X X X X X X X X X X X X X I
20 I X X X X XX X X XX X XX X X X X X X X I 20
I X X X X X X X XX XX X X XX X X X XX X X X X X I
I X X X X X X X X X X XX X XX XX X X X X X XX X X X X I
I X X X X X X X X X X XX X XX XX X X X X X XX X X X X X I
I X X X X X X X X X X XX X XX XX X X X X X X XX X X X X X I
14 I X X X XX X XX X X X X XX X XX XX X X X X X X XX X X XXX XX I 14
I X X X XX X XX X X X X XX X XX XX X X X X X X XX X X X X X X I
AI---------X-X--X---XX-X----XX-X--X-X-X-XX-X-XX----XX---X--X-X---X-X----X-XX-X--------X--X--X------------X--X-X- I
I X X X XX X XX X X X X XX X XX XX X X X X X X XX X XX X X X X X I
I X X X XX X XX XX X X X X XX XX X XX XX X X X X X XX X X XX X X XXX X I
8 I X X X X X X X X X X X X XX X X X XX X X X X X XX X X X X XX X X X X X I 8
I X X X X X X X X X X X X XX XX X X X XX X XX X XX XX X X X X X X I
I X X X X X X X XX X X XX XX X X X X X X X XX XX X X X X X X X I
I X XX XX X X X X X X X X XX XX X X X X X X XX XX X X X X X X X I
I X XX XX X X X X X X X X X X X X X X XX XX X X X XX X X X X I
0 II---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------II 0
00:00 00:50 01:40 02:30 03:20 04:10 05:00 05:50 06:40 07:30 08:20 09:10
12/07 12/07 12/07 12/07 12/07 12/07 12/07 12/07 12/07 12/07 12/07
SYMBOLS: "X" = TRANSACTION COUNT

Using Two Variables with the MPLOT Command

The following example uses the MPLOT command to plot transaction use with Xs
and terminal response time with Os:
MPLOT TRAN USE SCALE(50) CHAR1(X) AND,
TERM RESP SCALE(1.000) CHAR1(O)
EACH 5 MINUTES
FROM 12/07/08 00:00:00
TO 12/07/08 23:59:59
END
RUN

240 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

HPLOT Command

Using Three Variables with the MPLOT Command

The following commands add of a third variable, DATASET USE, which is plotted
with plus signs (+):
FROM 12/07/08 00:00:00
TO 12/07/08 09:00:00
EACH 5 MINUTES
MPLOT TRAN USE SCALE(50) CHAR1(X) AND,
TERM RESP SCALE(1.000) CHAR1(O) AND,
DATASET USE SCALE(75) CHAR1(+)
END
RUN

HPLOT Command
Use the HPLOT command to plot the distribution of one variable based on the value of
another variable. The variable you specify with the HPLOT command is plotted along the
horizontal axis. The second variable, specified with either the VPLOT or the MPLOT
command, is plotted vertically.

Use the HPLOT command with either the MPLOT or VPLOT command. The HPLOT
command must follow the MPLOT or VPLOT command. To set the plot character for an
HPLOT report, specify the CHAR1 operand with the MPLOT or VPLOT command.

SCALE OperandUsed with HPLOT and VPLOT

The following example uses the HPLOT and VPLOT commands to produce a terminal
response time distribution plot:

VPLOT TRAN USE SCALE(300)

HPLOT TERM RESP SCALE(1.000)
EACH RECORD
END
RUN

Chapter 9: Plot Reports 241

HPLOT Command

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH RECORD TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME
PERIOD NONE
TRAN
USE
300 I+ +
IX X
IXX X
IXX X
IXX X X
263 IXX XX X
IXX XX X
IXX XX X
IXX XXX X
IXX XXX X
225 IXX XXX X
IXX XXX X
IXXXXXX X X
IXXXXXX XXXX X
IXXXXXXX XXXX X
188 IXXXXXXX XXXX X
IXXXXXXX XXXX X
IXXXXXXX XXXXX X
IXXXXXXX XXXXX X
IXXXXXXX XXXXX X
150 IXXXXXXX XXXXX X
IXXXXXXX XXXXXX X
IXXXXXXX XXXXXXX X
IXXXXXXX XXXXXXX X
IXXXXXXX XXXXXXX X X
113 IXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXX X
IXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX X
IXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXX X
IXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXX X
IXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX X
75 IXXXXXXXXX XX XXXXXXXXXXXXX X
IXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX X
IXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXX X X
IXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX X X
IXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX X XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX X
38 IXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XX X X X
IXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX X X X
IXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX X X X
IXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX X XX X
IXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX X X XX X X X
II---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I -
0.000 0.100 0.200 0.300 0.400 0.500 0.600 0.700 0.800 0.900 1.000 X
A - 0.275
SAMPLE COUNT ==> 8991 TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME SAMPLES WITHIN H-SCALE ==> 8620 95.8%
SAMPLES WITHIN V-SCALE ==> 8991 100.0

242 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

HPLOT Command

EACH RECORD CommandUsed with VPLOT and HPLOT

When you use the command EACH RECORD, always specify the SCALE operand with the
HPLOT command.

The following commands are similar to the commands in the previous example with the
following differences:
The interval has been changed from each 5 minutes to each record
The SCALE operand has been specified with both the VPLOT and HPLOT commands

VPLOT TRAN USE SCALE(200) CHAR1(X)

HPLOT TRAN CPUTIME SCALE(0.150)
EACH RECORD
END
RUN

Chapter 9: Plot Reports 243

HPLOT Command

The previous commands generate a report like the following:

SHIFT NONE
EACH RECORD AVERAGE TRAN I/O TIME
PERIOD NONE
TRAN
USE
200 I+ + + +
IX X X X
IX X X X
IX X X X
IX X XXX X
175 IX X XXX X
IX X XXX X
IX X XXX X
IX X XXX X
IX X XXX X
150 IX X XXX X
IX X XXX X
IX X XXX X X
IX XXXXX X X
IX XXXXX X X X
125 IX XXXXX X X X
IX XXXXXXX X X
IX XXXXXXX X X X
IX XXXXXXX X X X
IX XXXXXXX X X X
100 IX XXXXXXX X X X
IX XXXXXXX X X X
IX XXXXXXX X X X
IX XXXXXXX X X X
IX XXXXXXX X X X
75 IX XXXXXXX X X X X
IX XXXXXXXXX X X X
IX X XXXXXXXXXXX X X X X
IX X XXXXXXXXXXX X X X X X
IX XXXXXXXXXXXXX X X X X X
50 IX XXXXXXXXXXXXX X X X X X X X
IX XXXXXXXXXXXXX X X X X X X X X X X X
IX XXXXXXXXXXXXX X X XXXXX X X X X X X X
IX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX XXXXX X X X X X X X X
IX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXX X X X X X X X X X
25 IX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX X X XXXXX XXX X X X X
IX X X X XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXX XXX X X X X X X X X
IX XXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX X XXX X X X
IXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX X XXX X X X X
IXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXX XXX X XX XXXXXX XX X XXX X
II---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I -
0.000 0.015 0.030 0.045 0.060 0.075 0.090 0.105 0.120 0.135 0.150 X
A - 0.023
SAMPLE COUNT ==> 8608 AVERAGE TRAN I/O TIME SAMPLES WITHIN H-SCALE ==> 8466 98.3%
SAMPLES WITHIN V-SCALE ==> 8608 100.0

EACH RECORD CommandUsed with MPLOT and HPLOT

The following commands are identical to the commands in the previous example except
that MPLOT has been used instead of VPLOT.

MPLOT TRAN USE SCALE(200)

HPLOT TRAN CPUTIME SCALE(0.150)
EACH RECORD
END
RUN

244 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

HPLOT Command

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH RECORD AVERAGE TRAN I/O TIME
PERIOD NONE
TRAN
USE
200 I+ + + +
IX X X X
IX X X X
IX X X X
IX X XXX X
175 IX X X X X
IX X X X X
IX X X X X
IX X X X X
IX X X X X
150 IX X X X X
IX X X X X
IX X X X X X
IX XX X X "
IX X X X X "
125 IX X X X X "
IX X XX X "
IX X X X X "
IX X X X X "
IX X X X X "
100 IX X X X X "
IX X X X X "
IX X X X X "
IX X X X X "
IX X X X X "
75 IX X X X X X "
IX X XX X X "
IX X X XX X X X "
IX X X X X X X X "
IX XX X X X X X "
50 IX X X X X X X X X "
IX X X X X X X X X X X X X "
IX X X X X XX XX X X X X X X "
IX X X XXX X X X X X X X X X "
IX X X X X XX X X X X X X X X "
25 IX X X X X X XX XX XXX X X X "
IX X X X X XX XX X X X X X X X X X X "
IX XX XX X X X XX XXX X XXX X X "
I X X X X X X X XXX X XXX X X X "
I X X XXXX X XX XXX X XX XXXXXX XX X XXX "
II---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I -
0.000 0.015 0.030 0.045 0.060 0.075 0.090 0.105 0.120 0.135 0.150 X
A - 0.023
SAMPLE COUNT ==> 8608 AVERAGE TRAN I/O TIME SAMPLES WITHIN H-SCALE ==> 8466 98.3%
SAMPLES WITHIN V-SCALE ==> 8608 100.0

Chapter 9: Plot Reports 245

HPLOT Command

SCALE CommandChange the Scale

The following commands are identical to the commands in the previous example with
the following differences:
The scale specified with the MPLOT command has been changed to 300
The letter M has been specified as the plot character

MPLOT TRAN USE SCALE(300) CHAR1(M)

EACH RECORD
END
RUN

246 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Chapter 10: Graph Reports
This section contains the following topics:
GRAF CommandCreate a GRAF Report (see page 247)
GRAF2 Command Restrictions (see page 255)

GRAF CommandCreate a GRAF Report

Graph reports are graphs used to compare related identifiers.

The GRAF command produces a single-line bar graph of the performance of each
identifier associated with a variable. For example, using the GRAF command with a
TRANSACTION variable produces a bar graph of the variable for each transaction.

The following commands produce a graph of transaction lifetime. The log file can
contain data that covers many months. Use the FROM and TO commands to limit the
report. For example, limit the report to transactions active between 10:00 a.m. and 6:00
p.m. on 12/08/10.

GRAF TRAN LIFE SCALE(1.598)

FROM 12/08/10 10:00:00
TO 12/08/10 18:00:00
RANGE TRAN LIFE 0-2.000 DEFERRED
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH DAY TRANSACTION AVERAGE LIFETIME
PERIOD NONE
0 0.160 0.320 0.479 0.639 0.799 0.959 1.119 1.278 1.438 1.598 X
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
CRSQ .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 1.598
CATD .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . 1.376
CSSF .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . 0.767
END .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . 0.403
VGBR .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . 0.371
CSNE .XXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . 0.211
PSPI .XXXXXXXXX. . . . . . . . . . 0.149
POSS .XXXXXX . . . . . . . . . . 0.092
CSAC .XX . . . . . . . . . . 0.038
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.160 0.320 0.479 0.639 0.799 0.959 1.119 1.278 1.438 1.598 X
SYMBOLS: X = TRANSACTION AVERAGE LIFETIME

Chapter 10: Graph Reports 247

GRAF CommandCreate a GRAF Report

GRAF JOBNAMEGraph by an Alternate Resource

By default, the GRAF command produces a report on the identifiers associated with the
specified variable. To graph the value of the variable for resources of another type,
specify an ID option with the GRAF command.

Example: Report Jobname Usage

The following example uses the ID option JOBNAME to produce a report on transaction
usage by CICS jobname rather than by transaction ID. Transaction ID is the default for
TRANSACTION variables.

GRAF JOBNAME TRANSACTION USE

END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

0 191.9 383.8 575.7 767.6 959.5 1151 1343 1535 1727 1919 X
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
CICSA .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 1919
CICSB .XXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . 236
CICSTEST .XXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . 219
CICSX1 .XXXXXX . . . . . . . . . . 108
CICSX2 . . . . . . . . . . . 6
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 191.9 383.8 575.7 767.6 959.5 1151 1343 1535 1727 1919 X

SYMBOLS: X = TRANSACTION USE

TRANID ID OptionSpecify the Resources to be Included in a Graph

Use an ID option and identifiers with the GRAF command to specify the resources to
include in a graph report. You can specify individual resources or groups of resources.

Example: TRANID ID Option on the GRAF Command

Use the TRANID ID option and the generic identifier (C*) to include in the report only
the transactions whose names start with C:

GRAF TRAN LIFE TRANID(C*) SCALE(1.598)

FROM 12/08/10 10:00:00
TO 12/08/10 18:00:00
RANGE TRAN LIFE 0-2.000 DEFERRED
END
RUN

248 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

GRAF CommandCreate a GRAF Report

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH DAY TRANSACTION AVERAGE LIFETIME
PERIOD NONE
0 0.160 0.320 0.479 0.639 0.799 0.959 1.119 1.278 1.438 1.598 X
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
CRSQ .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 1.598
CATD .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . 1.376
CSSF .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . 0.767
CSNE .XXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . 0.211
CSAC .XX . . . . . . . . . . 0.038
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.160 0.320 0.479 0.639 0.799 0.959 1.119 1.278 1.438 1.598 X
SYMBOLS: X = TRANSACTION AVERAGE LIFETIME

FOR OperandLimit Lines in a Graph

Use the FOR n operand to produce a report on the n resources with the highest or
lowest values for the variable being graphed.

Example: FOR Operand

The following commands graph average transaction lifetime by terminal. The FOR
operand limits the report to the 20 terminals that have the longest transaction lifetimes.
The CHAR1 operand sets the plot character to T. A continuation comma is used to
continue the GRAF command to a second line.

GRAF TERMID TRAN LIFETIME,

FOR 20 CHAR1(T)
END
RUN

Chapter 10: Graph Reports 249

GRAF CommandCreate a GRAF Report

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH DAY TRANSACTION AVERAGE LIFETIME
PERIOD NONE
0 45.47 90.94 136.4 181.8 227.3 272.8 318.3 363.7 409.2 454.7 T
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
AF2P .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT 454.7
BP1P .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . 368.7
N/A .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . 326.2
0A19 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . 147.4
F015 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . . 102.2
WA2D .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . . 101.7
F025 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . . . 80.94
ZA00 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . . . 77.01
RW1P .TTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . . . 58.10
F018 .TTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . . . 58.09
F028 .TTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . . . 56.58
F026 .TTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . . . 55.34
CG1P .TTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . . . 49.81
F024 .TTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . . . 45.27
BP4P .TTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . . . 44.36
MB1P .TTTTTTTT . . . . . . . . . . 36.87
0A0F .TTTTTTTT . . . . . . . . . . 35.20
MP4P .TTTTTT . . . . . . . . . . 29.41
F041 .TTTTTT . . . . . . . . . . 28.89
4A01 .TTTTTT . . . . . . . . . . 28.84
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 45.47 90.94 136.4 181.8 227.3 272.8 318.3 363.7 409.2 454.7 T
SYMBOLS: T = TRANSACTION AVERAGE LIFETIME

SCALE(n) OperandChange the Scale of a Graph

Use the SCALE(n) operand to alter the scale of a graph report.

If the variable does not yield results with a decimal point, you cannot use a decimal
point in the SCALE operand.

Example: SCALE(n) Operand

The following commands produce a report similar to the preceding one but with a scale
of 100.0. The FOR operand limits the report to 15 terminals.

GRAF TERMID TRAN LIFE FOR 15 CHAR1(T) SCALE(100.0)

END
RUN

250 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

GRAF CommandCreate a GRAF Report

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH DAY TRANSACTION AVERAGE LIFETIME
PERIOD NONE
0 10.00 20.00 30.00 40.00 50.00 60.00 70.00 80.00 90.00 100.0 T
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
AF2P .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT> 454.7
BP1P .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT> 368.7
N/A .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT> 326.2
0A19 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT> 147.4
F015 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT> 102.2
WA2D .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT> 101.7
F025 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . 80.94
ZA00 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . 77.01
RW1P .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . 58.10
F018 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . 58.09
F028 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . 56.58
F026 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . 55.34
CG1P .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . 49.81
F024 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . 45.27
BP4P .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . 44.36
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 10.00 20.00 30.00 40.00 50.00 60.00 70.00 80.00 90.00 100.0 T
SYMBOLS: T = TRANSACTION AVERAGE LIFETIME

When the value of the variable exceeds the scale used, a greater-than sign (>) appears
to the right of the graph for the resource. See the first several transactions in the
preceding report.

SORT ASCENDINGSort Graph Reports

Use the SORT ASCENDING operand to sort a graph report in ascending order.

The following commands produce a report on the ten transactions with the shortest
average transaction lifetimes:

GRAF TRAN LIFETIME FOR 10 SORT ASCENDING SCALE(0.200)

END
RUN

Chapter 10: Graph Reports 251

GRAF CommandCreate a GRAF Report

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH DAY TRANSACTION AVERAGE LIFETIME
PERIOD NONE
0 0.020 0.040 0.060 0.080 0.100 0.120 0.140 0.160 0.180 0.200 X
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
WARE .XXXXXXXXX. . . . . . . . . . 0.018
CSNE .XXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . 0.026
CSPG .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . 0.032
CSPS .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . 0.057
CSPQ .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . 0.060
CSAC .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . 0.066
WISC .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . 0.080
POSS .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . 0.120
END .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . 0.135
PART .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . 0.162
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.020 0.040 0.060 0.080 0.100 0.120 0.140 0.160 0.180 0.200 X

SYMBOLS: X = TRANSACTION AVERAGE LIFETIME

SHIFT CommandCreate Reports on Specified Shifts

Use the SHIFT command to create reports that cover only certain hours of the day.

The following commands produce a report on:

The five transactions active between 11:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. the week of January
5 2010
The transactions contain names starting with C that have the shortest lifetimes

GRAF TRAN LIFETIME SCALE(1.0) TRANID(C*),

FOR 5 SORT ASCENDING
FROM 01/05/10 00.00.00
TO 01/11/10 00.00.00
SHIFT 23:00:00 07:00:00
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

0 0.100 0.200 0.300 0.400 0.500 0.600 0.700 0.800 0.900 1.000 X
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
CSTA .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . 0.354
CSSN .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX> 1.395
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.100 0.200 0.300 0.400 0.500 0.600 0.700 0.800 0.900 1.000 X

SYMBOLS: X = TRANSACTION LIFETIME IN SECONDS.

Although FOR 5 is used in the previous report, only two transactions appear. Those
transactions are the only ones that were used during the 11:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. shift
whose names started with C.

252 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

GRAF CommandCreate a GRAF Report

EACH CommandCreate Reports with Multiple Graphs

By default, graph reports include the following:
One detail line for each identifier
Shows the value of the variable specified for that identifier during the time period
covered in the report

Using the EACH command with the GRAF command produces a detail line for each
identifier for each time period specified by the EACH command.

The following FROM, TO, and EACH commands produce a report on transaction lifetimes
for a given shift each week for one month:

GRAF TRANSACTION USE

FROM 01/05/10 00.00.00
TO 02/01/10 00.00.00
EACH WEEK
SHIFT 23:00:00 07:00:00
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

0 1.200 2.400 3.600 4.800 6.000 7.200 8.400 9.600 10.80 12.00 X
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
01/05/08 23.00.00 . . . . . . . . . . .
CSTE .XXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . . 1
CSTA .XXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . . 1
. . . . . . . . . . .
01/12/08 23.00.00 . . . . . . . . . . .
CINQ .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 12
CSSN .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . 5
OSSN .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . 4
PINQ .XXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . . 1
. . . . . . . . . . .
01/20/08 23.00.00 . . . . . . . . . . .
JCLR .XXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . . 1
EDII .XXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . . 1
. . . . . . . . . . .
01/27/08 23.00.00 . . . . . . . . . . .
CINQ .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . 3
CUST .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . 2
CSSN .XXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . . 1
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 1.200 2.400 3.600 4.800 6.000 7.200 8.400 9.600 10.80 12.00 X

SYMBOLS: X = TRANSACTION USE.

Chapter 10: Graph Reports 253

GRAF CommandCreate a GRAF Report

RANGE CommandCreate Reports with a Specified Range

Use the RANGE command to restrict a report to resources whose activity falls within a
specified range. The RANGE command is explained in further detail in the chapter
Commands.

The following commands produce a graph of the lifetime of transactions with an

average lifetime of 1.000 second or less. Because the DEFERRED operand is specified
with the RANGE command, the range criterion check occurs after all data has been read.
The Report Writer can then determine the average lifetime of each transaction.

GRAF TRAN LIFETIME SCALE(1.000)

FROM 12/08/10 10:00:00
TO 12/08/10 18:00:00
RANGE TRAN LIFE 0.000-1.000 DEFERRED
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH DAY TRANSACTION AVERAGE LIFETIME
PERIOD NONE
0 0.100 0.200 0.300 0.400 0.500 0.600 0.700 0.800 0.900 1.000 X
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
CSSF .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . 0.767
END .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . 0.403
VGBR .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . 0.371
CSNE .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . 0.211
PSPI .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . 0.149
POSS .XXXXXXXXX. . . . . . . . . . 0.092
CSAC .XXXX . . . . . . . . . . 0.038
CSPQ .XXX . . . . . . . . . . 0.032
CSGM .XXX . . . . . . . . . . 0.028
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.100 0.200 0.300 0.400 0.500 0.600 0.700 0.800 0.900 1.000 X
SYMBOLS: X = TRANSACTION AVERAGE LIFETIME

254 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

GRAF2 Command Restrictions

GRAF2 Command Restrictions

Use the GRAF2 command with the GRAF command. Be sure that the variables you
specify with the GRAF and GRAF2 commands are logically related.

Examples: Correct and Incorrect Usage of GRAF and GRAF2

Transaction Use
Correct:
GRAF TRANSACTION USE
GRAF2 TERMINAL IO

Incorrect:
GRAF DATASET REQUESTS
GRAF2 TRANSACTION USE

Terminal Response
Correct:
GRAF TERMINAL RESP
GRAF2 TRANSACTION USE

Incorrect:
GRAF DATASET SERVTIME
GRAF2 PROGRAM USE

Transaction Use
Correct:
GRAF TRANSACTION USE
GRAF2 VARS TERM USE AND,
PROGRAM USE AND,
TRANSIENT USE

Incorrect:
GRAF TERMINAL IO
GRAF2 VARS TERM USE AND,
PROGRAM USE AND,
TRANSIENT USE

Terminal IO
Correct:
GRAF TERMINAL IO
GRAF2 VARS TERM USE AND,
TERM RESP AND,
TERM MAXRESP AND,
TERM BYTESREAD

Incorrect:
GRAF TERMINAL IO
GRAF2 VARS TERM USE AND,
TRANSACTION USE

Chapter 10: Graph Reports 255

GRAF2 Command Restrictions

FOR OperandLimit the Number of Identifiers in a GRAF2 Report

Use the FOR n operand to produce a report on the n resources with the highest or
lowest values for the variable being graphed. The highest or lowest values depend on
the sorting order. You can specify the FOR operand only with the first variable you
specify with the GRAF2 command.

The following commands produce a report showing:

The four transactions with the longest lifetimes
The three terminals with the highest response times for each of those four
transactions

The character F is used to graph transaction life and R is used to graph terminal
response time.

GRAF TRAN LIFE FOR 4 CHAR1(F)

GRAF2 TERM RESP FOR 3 CHAR1(R)
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH DAY TRANSACTION AVERAGE LIFETIME
PERIOD NONE
0 51.36 102.7 154.0 205.4 256.8 308.1 359.5 410.9 462.2 513.6 F
0 0.225 0.449 0.674 0.899 1.123 1.348 1.573 1.798 2.022 2.247 R
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
PINV .FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF 513.6
4A08 .RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR . . . . . . . . . 0.365
4A01 .RRRRRRRRR. . . . . . . . . . 0.207
8A21 .RRRRRR . . . . . . . . . . 0.142
PBLM .FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF . . . 370.0
8A26 .RRRRRR . . . . . . . . . . 0.126
0A02 .RRRRR . . . . . . . . . . 0.109
8A09 .RRRR . . . . . . . . . . 0.093
SOIN .FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF . . . . . 285.7
0A02 .RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR . . . . 1.41
F024 .RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR . . . . . . 0.892
8A21 .RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR. . . . . . . 0.887
RECE .FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF . . . . . . . 180.0
F025 .RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR 2.247
0A02 .RRRRRRRRRRR . . . . . . . . . 0.243
F005 .RRRRRRRRR. . . . . . . . . . 0.211
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.225 0.449 0.674 0.899 1.123 1.348 1.573 1.798 2.022 2.247 R
0 51.36 102.7 154.0 205.4 256.8 308.1 359.5 410.9 462.2 513.6 F
SYMBOLS: F = TRANSACTION AVERAGE LIFETIME

R = TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME

256 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

GRAF2 Command Restrictions

SCALE OperandChange the Scale of a GRAF2 Report

Use the SCALE operand to specify a scale for the GRAF2 variable. This operand is useful
for creating a common scale in reports on time-related variables such as variables for
transaction lifetime and terminal response time.

The following commands include the SCALE operand to produce a report that uses the
same scale for both the GRAF and GRAF2 variables. The default plot characters are used:

GRAF TRANSACTION LIFE FOR 3 SCALE(100.0)

GRAF2 TERMINAL RESP FOR 2 SCALE(100.0)
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

X
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 *
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
PVCK .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . 91.40
L401 .***************************************************************************************************> 168.7
L205 .***************************************************************************************************> 110.
JOUR .XXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . 10.09
L205 .************ . . . . . . . . . 11.65
L702 .********** . . . . . . . . . 10.13
PIAF .XXXX . . . . . . . . . . 4.461
L601 .********** . . . . . . . . . 9.968
L703 .********** . . . . . . . . . 9.828
L407 .******** . . . . . . . . . . 8.237
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 *
X
SYMBOLS: X = TRANSACTION LIFETIME IN SECONDS.
* = TERMINAL RESPONSE TIME IN SECONDS.

GRAF2 TRANNUMGRAF2 Command with an Identifier

When you specify a single variable with the GRAF2 command, you can specify an ID
option with the GRAF2 command. Specifying an ID option will graph by an identifier
other than the default.

The following commands produce a report on the three users with the highest terminal
response times. For each user, terminal response times for the five transactions with
the highest terminal response times are also graphed. If the ID option TRANNUM had
not been specified with the GRAF2 command, the graphs would have been by terminal
ID. Terminal ID is the default for terminal variables.

GRAF USERID TERM RESP FOR 3 SCALE(2.000) CHAR1(U)

GRAF2 TRANNUM TERM RESP FOR 5 SCALE(2.000) CHAR1(T)
END
RUN

Chapter 10: Graph Reports 257

GRAF2 Command Restrictions

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH DAY TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME
PERIOD NONE
0 0.200 0.400 0.600 0.800 1.000 1.200 1.400 1.600 1.800 2.000 O
0 0.889 1.777 2.666 3.554 4.443 5.332 6.220 7.109 7.997 8.886 T
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
HYZHE01 .UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU . . 1.751
0004482 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT 8.886
0004475 .TTT . . . . . . . . . . 0.246
0004471 .TT . . . . . . . . . . 0.203
0004706 .TT . . . . . . . . . . 0.138
0005782 .T . . . . . . . . . . 0.04
STEMA14 .UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU . . . . . . . 0.696
0000585 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT. . . . 6.129
0000090 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . 3.74
0000943 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT. . . . . . . 3.475
0000072 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . 3.068
0000043 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . 2.900
ROBJA01 .UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU . . . . . . . . 0.547
0001243 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . 3.178
0001230 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . 2.709
0001094 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT. . . . . . . . 2.616
0000625 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT. . . . . . . . . 1.648
0000183 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . . . 1.518
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.889 1.777 2.666 3.554 4.443 5.332 6.220 7.109 7.997 8.886 T
0 0.200 0.400 0.600 0.800 1.000 1.200 1.400 1.600 1.800 2.000 O
SYMBOLS: U = TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME
T = TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME

GRAF2 Command Used with Multiple Variables

Use multiple variables with the GRAF2 command to compare the performance of a class
of resources with respect to those variables. For example, you can compare the
performance of transactions with respect to terminal use, terminal response time, and
data sets I/O.

When you specify more than one variable with the GRAF2 command, a one-line bar
graph is created for each variable specified. The bar graph represents average
performance for all active identifiers associated with the variable.

Commands to Produce a Report on Three Transactions

The following commands produce a report on the three transactions with the longest
lifetimes. For each transaction, the number of file requests, terminal I/Os, and
transaction waits per use are also plotted, using a scale of 50. The VARS operand
precedes the variables specified with the GRAF2 command.

GRAF TRAN LIFE SCALE(100) FOR 3

GRAF2 VARS DATASET USE SCALE(50) AND,
TERM IO AND,
TRAN WAITS
END
RUN

258 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

GRAF2 Command Restrictions

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH DAY
PERIOD NONE
0 10.00 20.00 30.00 40.00 50.00 60.00 70.00 80.00 90.00 100.0 X
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 *
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
SPAR .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 99.88
FILE USE .****************************************************************** . . . . 33
TERM IO .****************************************** . . . . . . 21
TRAN WAITS .********************************************************************************************** . 47
PDDR .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . 37.29
FILE USE .********************************************************** . . . . . 29
TERM IO .******************************************************** . . . . . 28
TRAN WAITS .************************************************************ . . . . 3
DEDA .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . 36.58
FILE USE .***************************************************************************************************> 76
TERM IO .***************************************************************************************************> 64
TRAN WAITS .***************************************************************************************************> 90
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 *
0 10.00 20.00 30.00 40.00 50.00 60.00 70.00 80.00 90.00 100.0 X
SYMBOLS: X = TRANSACTION AVERAGE LIFETIME

Commands to Graph Transactions

The following commands graph the transaction use of the eight transactions used the
least, and, for each:
The number of files used
The amount of transaction waits per use

The CHAR1 operands specify a different plot character for each variable.

GRAF TRAN USE CHAR1(U) SCALE(10) FOR 8 SORT ASCENDING

GRAF2 VARS FILE USE CHAR1(F) SCALE(40) AND,
TRAN WAIT CHAR1(W)
END
RUN

Chapter 10: Graph Reports 259

GRAF2 Command Restrictions

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH DAY
PERIOD NONE
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 U
0 4.000 8.000 12.00 16.00 20.00 24.00 28.00 32.00 36.00 40.00 W
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
BOEF .UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU . . . . . . . . 2
FILE USE .FFFFFFF . . . . . . . . . . 3
TRAN WAITTIME .WWW . . . . . . . . . . 1.049
PBLM .UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU . . . . . . . 3
FILE USE .FFFFFFF . . . . . . . . . . 3
TRAN WAITTIME .WWW . . . . . . . . . . 1.167
PDDR .UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU . . . . . . 4
FILE USE .FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF . . . 29
TRAN WAITTIME .WW . . . . . . . . . . 0.868
PSOM .UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU . . . . . . 4
FILE USE .FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF> 939
TRAN WAITTIME .WWWWWWWWWWWWWW . . . . . . . . . 5.755
SPON .UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU . . . . . . 4
FILE USE .FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF> 425
TRAN WAITTIME .WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW . . . . . . . . 11.16
SPAR .UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU . . . . . . 4
FILE USE .FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF . . 33
TRAN WAITTIME .WW . . . . . . . . . . 0.756
PINT .UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU . . . . . . 4
FILE USE .FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF . . . . . . . . .
TRAN WAITTIME .WWWWWW . . . . . . . . . . 2.266
DOEF .UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU . . . . . . 4
FILE USE .FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF . 39
TRAN WAITTIME .WWWWW . . . . . . . . . . 1.804
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 4.000 8.000 12.00 16.00 20.00 24.00 28.00 32.00 36.00 40.00 W
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 U
SYMBOLS: U = TRANSACTION COUNT

260 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Chapter 11: Historical Reports
This section contains the following topics:
About Historical Reports (see page 261)
Output Considerations (see page 262)
FLASHBACK LIST Command (see page 262)

About Historical Reports

You can create historical reports using the FLASHBACK LIST command. Historical, or
flashback, reports are tabular reports that contain detailed information about
transactions. The FLASHBACK LIST generates one line of output per transaction.

Transactions are presented in chronological order of ending time. You cannot sort
flashback reports.

To create historical reports, review the following:

Report Writer commands
Descriptions of Report Writer variables and lists of the ID options you can use with
each class of variable
Descriptions of ID options and their use with commands and variables

Important! Each flashback report must be run as a single report in a separate run. In
other words, you cannot specify another primary report command (such as TAB, PLOT,
or GRAF) in a job stream with a FLASHBACK LIST command.

More information:

Commands (see page 39)

ID Options (see page 167)
Tailor Reports Using Variables (see page 109)

Chapter 11: Historical Reports 261

Output Considerations

Output Considerations
The FLASHBACK commands can generate enormous amounts of output when run
against a large input file. To avoid problems, use either the FROM and TO commands,
the SELECT command, or the COUNT command to limit output.

When you do not use the FROM and TO commands, the corresponding FROM and TO
fields in the printout page headers are not utilized. Also, the values are set to the
default dates and times (01/01/00 00.00.00, 12/31/99 23.59.59).

The way the FLASHBACK reports process records prevents from enumerating the date
and time range of the records.

FLASHBACK LIST Command

Use the FLASHBACK LIST command to produce a tabular report containing one line of
output per transaction or event.

To produce default FLASHBACK reports for various systems, use the following syntax:

FLASHBACK [LIST] system

system
Designates one of the following systems:
CICS
IMS
AUDITLOG
MVS

Default CICS FLASHBACK LIST Report

To create a default CICS flashback report, specify the following command without any ID
options or variables:

FLASHBACK LIST

Use either the COUNT command or the FROM and TO commands to limit report output.

262 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

FLASHBACK LIST Command

The following commands produce the default FLASHBACK LIST or FLASHBACK CICS
report. The FROM and TO commands limit the report to a short time period.

FLASHBACK LIST
FROM 12/06/08 21:22:00
TO 12/06/08 21:24:00
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

CICS END TERM OPER TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TERM TERM TRAN FILE FILE PROG ABEND
ID TIME ID ID ID NUMBER LIFE CPU RESP IO I/O COUNT USE COUNT CODE
---- -------- -------- --------
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
B1 21.22.41 N/A N/A TCP 0 911.9 2.110 0.000 0 0.381 1 241 11
B1 21.22.42 N/A N/A KCP 0 912.3 1.878 0.000 0 0.000 0 0 0
B1 21.23.07 N/A N/A JJJ 0 937.1 1.942 0.000 0 0.000 0 0 0
B1 21.23.07 N/A N/A CATD 51 6.529 0.326 0.000 0 0.000 0 0 5
B1 21.23.08 N/A N/A CSNE 52 0.081 0.068 0.000 0 0.000 0 0 3
B1 21.23.09 ZA00 N/A CSGM 53 0.264 0.010 0.013 2 0.000 0 0 1
B1 21.23.15 N/A N/A VGBR 55 0.332 0.023 0.000 0 0.000 0 0 2
B1 21.23.21 N/A N/A CSNE 56 0.013 0.002 0.000 0 0.000 0 0 3
B1 21.23.41 X250 N/A VGBQ 57 19.33 0.151 0.389 5 0.000 0 0 7 AKCT
---- -------- -------- --------
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
21.23.41 324 309.7 0.723 0.201 7 0.042 0 241 4
---- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ----- ----------- -------- -------- --------

The sample report contains the following information:

CICS ID
Specifies the region ID in which the data was collected.
END TIME
Specifies the time the transaction completed.
TERM ID
Specifies the ID of the terminal from which the transaction was executed,
TRAN ID
Specifies the transaction ID.
TRAN NUMBER
Specifies the transaction number.
TRAN LIFE
Specifies the transaction lifetime (seconds).
TRAN CPU
Specifies the transaction CPU time (seconds).
TERM RESP
Specifies the terminal average response time (seconds).

Chapter 11: Historical Reports 263

FLASHBACK LIST Command

TERM IO
Specifies the number of terminal I/Os by the transaction.
TRAN I/O
Specifies the total I/O time for the transaction.
FILE COUNT
Specifies the number of files accessed by the transaction.
FILE USE
Specifies the number of file I/Os by the transaction.
PROG COUNT
Specifies the number of programs used by the transaction.
ABEND CODE
Specifies the abend code for the transaction, if any.

264 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

FLASHBACK LIST Command

Create a Default FLASHBACK IMS Report

The FLASHBACK IMS reports provide you with detailed information about IMS
transactions.

To create a default IMS flashback report, specify the following command without any ID
options or variables:

FLASHBACK IMS

The same rules apply as for the other default reports, for example, the default CICS
FLASHBACK LIST Report.

The sample report contains following information:

DATE
Specifies the date when the audit event occurred.
TIME
Specifies the time when the audit event occurred.
TRAN ID
Specifies the transaction ID.
PSB NAME
Specifies the program specification block.
PST NUM
Specifies the partition specification table number.
LTERM
Specifies the logical terminal name.
REGION NAME
Specifies the region name.
PROC TYPE
Specifies the transaction processing type.
TRAN LIFE
Specifies the transaction lifetime in seconds.
TRAN INQUEU
Specifies the input queue time in seconds.
TRAN OUTQUEU
Specifies the output queue time in seconds.
TRAN PROC

Chapter 11: Historical Reports 265

FLASHBACK LIST Command

Specifies the transaction processing time in seconds.

More information:

Default CICS FLASHBACK LIST Report (see page 262)

Create a Default FLASHBACK AUDITLOG Report

To create a default audit flashback report, specify the following command without any
ID options or variables:

FLASHBACK AUDITLOG

Use either the COUNT or FROM and TO commands to limit report output.

The following commands produce the default FLASHBACK AUDITLOG report. The FROM
and TO commands limit the report to a short time period.

FLASHBACK AUDITLOG
FROM 05/31/09 20.04.01
TO 05/31/09 20.06.00
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

AUDIT SYSTEM SUBSYS JOB TASK SECURITY PRODUCT USER TERMINAL

DATE TIME TYPE NAME ID ID NAME GROUP RELEASE ID ID
-------- -------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
05/31/09 20.04.29 Session Logon CA31 GSVX TSU53679 DEFAULT 12.0 MOLCE01 A55T
05/31/09 20.04.46 Session Logoff CA31 GSVX TSU53679 DEFAULT 12.0 MOLCE01 A55T
05/31/09 20.04.55 Session Logon CA31 GSVX TSU53463 DEFAULT 12.0 ROGRO02 A55T
05/31/09 20.05.00 Session Logon CA31 GSVX STC47269 ADMIN 12.0 STCSYS
05/31/09 20.05.00 Session Logon CA31 GSVX STC47268 ADMIN 12.0 STCSYS
05/31/09 20.05.00 Session Logoff CA31 GSVX STC47269 ADMIN 12.0 STCSYS
05/31/09 20.05.02 Session Logoff CA31 GSVX STC47268 ADMIN 12.0 STCSYS
05/31/09 20.05.16 JES2 Job Modify CA31 GSVX TSU53463 DEFAULT 12.0 ROGRO02 A55T
05/31/09 20.05.16 Console command CA31 GSVX TSU53463 DEFAULT 12.0 ROGRO02 A55T
05/31/09 20.05.39 Session Logon CA31 GSVX TSU53679 DEFAULT 12.0 MOLCE01 A55T
-------- -------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
05/31/09 20.05.39
-------- -------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------------- - --------

266 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

FLASHBACK LIST Command

The sample report contains following information:

DATE
Specifies the date when audit event occurred.
TIME
Specifies the time when audit event occurred.
AUDIT TYPE
Specifies the audit record type.
SYSTEM NAME
Specifies the name of the system where audit event occurred.
SUBSYS ID
Specifies the name of subsystem.
JOB ID
Specifies the ID of the job that caused the event.
TASK NAME
Specifies the task name.
SECURITY GROUP
Specifies the name of a security group to which a user or program that caused an
audit event belongs.
PRODUCT RELEASE
Specifies the product release.
USER ID
Specifies the ID of user that causes an audit event.
TERMINAL ID
Specifies the ID of terminal used by user that causes an event.

Limit FLASHBACK Reports to Specified Resources

You can limit the information contained in a flashback report to specific resources, such
as a single operator or transactions beginning with the letters ACCT. To limit the
information, specify an ID option and identifiers with the FLASHBACK LIST or FLASHBACK
system command.

Chapter 11: Historical Reports 267

FLASHBACK LIST Command

Example: Using a Single ID Option and Identifier

The following commands produce a FLASHBACK LIST report showing only the
transactions of the terminal SWS:

FLASHBACK LIST TERMID(0A02)

END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

CICS END TERM TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TERM TERM TRAN FILE FILE PROG ABEND
ID TIME ID ID NUMBER LIFE CPU RESP IO I/O COUNT USE COUNT CODE
---- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
B1 00.45.29 0A02 POSS 67 1.011 0.274 1.011 2 0.000 0 0 3
B1 00.45.35 0A02 POSS 69 2.387 0.051 1.187 3 0.199 1 2 6
B1 00.45.38 0A02 POSS 70 0.419 0.249 0.000 1 0.000 0 0 3
B1 00.45.44 0A02 DEDA 71 5.040 0.705 0.992 4 0.034 1 1 4
B1 00.45.44 0A02 POSS 72 0.078 0.023 0.034 2 0.039 1 1 4
B1 00.46.03 0A02 POSS 73 0.025 0.002 0.025 2 0.000 0 0 3
B1 00.46.12 0A02 SPAM 75 1.422 0.291 0.462 3 0.040 1 1 4
B1 00.46.18 0A02 SPAM 76 0.446 0.085 0.199 3 0.052 1 1 4
B1 00.46.37 0A02 SPAM 77 0.094 0.020 0.000 1 0.048 1 1 4
B1 00.46.38 0A02 POSS 78 0.088 0.025 0.033 2 0.038 1 1 4
B1 00.46.40 0A02 POSS 79 0.034 0.021 0.000 1 0.000 0 0 3
B1 00.58.19 0A02 PBLM 80 699.2 1.925 0.109 156 0.030 1 1 4
B1 00.58.19 0A02 POSS 81 0.091 0.026 0.041 2 0.047 1 1 4
B1 05.28.09 0A02 POSS 574 0.028 0.017 0.000 1 0.000 0 0 3
B1 05.28.09 0A02 PSPI 575 0.047 0.016 0.009 2 0.000 0 0 3
B1 05.28.19 0A02 PSPI 577 0.177 0.054 0.044 4 0.000 0 0 3
B1 05.28.29 0A02 PSPI 580 0.170 0.049 0.029 5 0.000 0 0 3
B1 05.28.41 0A02 PSPI 581 0.152 0.050 0.024 5 0.000 0 0 3
B1 05.28.53 0A02 PSPI 582 0.148 0.049 0.024 5 0.000 0 0 3
B1 05.29.03 0A02 PSPI 584 0.154 0.049 0.025 5 0.000 0 0 3
B1 05.29.20 0A02 PSPI 588 0.118 0.040 0.018 5 0.000 0 0 3
B1 05.29.37 0A02 PSPI 592 0.100 0.045 0.013 5 0.000 0 0 3
B1 05.29.48 0A02 PSPI 593 0.130 0.046 0.018 5 0.000 0 0 3
B1 05.32.32 0A02 PSPI 603 0.219 0.051 0.039 5 0.000 0 0 3
B1 05.34.14 0A02 PSPI 606 0.129 0.032 0.129 2 0.000 0 0 3
---- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
05.34.14 8003 28.47 0.168 0.132 231 0.021 0 10 3
---- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ----- ----------- -------- -------- --------

Example: Using Multiple ID Options

The following commands produce a transaction log:

FLASHBACK LIST REGID JOBNAME DATETIME TRANID,

TERMID,
TRAN NUM
END
RUN

268 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

FLASHBACK LIST Command

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN TERM TRAN

ID JOBNAME DATE TIME ID ID NUMBER
-- -------- -------- --------- -------- -------- --------
A1 CICA 12/06/08 21.16.58 CSDA CNSL 19
A1 CICA 12/06/08 21.21.52 CIRB CNSL 20
B1 CICB 12/06/08 21.22.41 TCP N/A 0
A1 CICA 12/06/08 21.24.20 TCP N/A 0
B1 CICB 12/06/08 21.22.42 KCP N/A 0
B1 CICB 12/06/08 21.23.06 JJJ N/A 0
B1 CICB 12/06/08 21.23.06 CATD N/A 51
B1 CICB 12/06/08 21.23.07 CSNE N/A 52
B1 CICB 12/06/08 21.23.08 CSGM ZA00 53
B1 CICB 12/06/08 21.23.15 VGBR N/A 55
B1 CICB 12/06/08 21.23.20 CSNE N/A 56
-- -------- -------- --------- -------- -------- --------
B1 CICB 12/06/08 21.23.20 306
-- -------- -------- --------- -------- -------- --------

Create Report with Specified Columns

To produce a flashback report with different columns than the default report, specify
one or more variables with the FLASHBACK LIST command. A column is created in the
report for each variable you specify.

The following commands produce a report that displays all the components comprising
transaction lifetime. TRAN EXPC and TRAN CPU are not true components of transaction
lifetime, because the times found in these variables are accounted for in other variables.

FLASHBACK LIST TIME TRANID TRAN NUM AND,

TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN USER AND,
TRAN CICS AND,
TRAN I/OTIME AND,
TRAN WAIT AND,
TRAN SUSP AND,
TRAN WTR AND,
TRAN RSCS AND,
TRAN EXPC AND,
TERM I/OTIME AND,
TRAN CPU
COUNT 20
END
RUN

Chapter 11: Historical Reports 269

FLASHBACK LIST Command

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN
TIME ID NUMBER LIFE USER CICS I/O WAIT SUSP WTR RSCS EXPC TMIO CPU
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
21.16.58 CSDA 19 0.016 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.000 0.011
21.21.52 CIRB 20 13.30 0.000 0.000 0.000 1.375 0.000 0.002 5.519 0.004 1.521 1.175
21.22.41 TCP 0 911.9 0.000 0.000 0.381 901.3 0.000 2.173 3.597 0.325 0.000 2.110
21.24.20 TCP 0 912.3 0.000 0.000 0.000 906.8 0.000 1.372 1.900 0.233 0.000 1.051
21.22.42 KCP 0 912.3 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 895.7 0.000 0.000 0.000 1.878
21.23.06 JJJ 0 937.1 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.418 934.7 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.000 1.942
21.23.06 CATD 51 6.529 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.124 0.000 0.009 2.579 0.003 0.000 0.326
21.23.07 CSNE 52 0.081 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.009 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.068
21.23.08 CSGM 53 0.264 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.002 0.139 0.001 0.017 0.010
21.23.15 VGBR 55 0.332 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.080 0.221 0.002 0.000 0.023
21.23.15 CSNE 56 0.013 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.002 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.002
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
21.23.15 306 335.8 0.000 0.000 0.035 164.5 84.97 81.76 1.269 0.052 0.140 0.782
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------------- -- -------- -------- --------

Create a Customized FLASHBACK LIST Report

You can produce a FLASHBACK LIST report that has:
The date, time, or day in the first column
The date and time in the first two columns

To produce either of these reports, specify the DATE, TIME, DAY, or DATETIME operand
with the FLASHBACK LIST command.

The width of the output page limits the number of columns that can appear in a report.
Use the DATE, TIME, DAY, or DATETIME operand only if you specify the variables to
include in your report and limit their number. The number of variables you can specify
depends upon the width of the column required for each.

Example: Sample Commands

The following FLASHBACK LIST command is specified with the DATETIME operand. The
COUNT command, specified with the SELECTED operand, limits the report to 15
transactions meeting either the FROM or the TO criterion specified.

FLASHBACK LIST DATETIME TRANID TRAN LIFE AND,

TRAN I/OTIME AND,
TRAN WAIT AND,
TRAN SUSP AND,
TERM I/OTIME AND,
TRAN CPU
FROM 12/06/08 21:00:00
TO 12/06/08 22:00:00
COUNT 15 SELECTED
END
RUN

270 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

FLASHBACK LIST Command

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN

DATE TIME ID LIFE I/O WAIT SUSP TMIO CPU
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
12/06/08 21.16.58 CSDA 0.016 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.011
12/06/08 21.21.52 CIRB 13.30 0.000 1.375 0.000 1.521 1.175
12/06/08 21.22.41 TCP 911.9 0.381 901.3 0.000 0.000 2.110
12/06/08 21.24.20 TCP 912.3 0.000 906.8 0.000 0.000 1.051
12/06/08 21.22.42 KCP 912.3 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 1.878
12/06/08 21.23.06 JJJ 937.1 0.000 0.418 934.7 0.000 1.942
12/06/08 21.23.06 CATD 6.529 0.000 0.124 0.000 0.000 0.326
12/06/08 21.23.07 CSNE 0.081 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.068
12/06/08 21.23.08 CSGM 0.264 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.017 0.010
12/06/08 21.23.15 VGBR 0.332 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.023
12/06/08 21.23.41 VGBQ 19.33 0.000 0.000 0.000 18.40 0.151
12/06/08 21.28.18 VGBS 306.6 0.000 0.000 0.000 304.6 0.633
12/06/08 21.28.20 CSAC 0.647 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.015
12/06/08 21.28.23 END 0.486 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.232
12/06/08 21.28.23 CSNE 0.020 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.003
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
12/06/08 21.28.23 251.3 0.024 113.1 58.42 20.29 0.602
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

Limit Default FLASHBACK Reports to Specified Variable Values

The RANGE command with FLASHBACK LIST or FLASHBACK system command lets you
produce a report containing resources in specified range criteria. You can specify more
than one RANGE command in a single report.

The following commands produce a report showing all transactions that had an average
terminal response time greater than 10 seconds:

FLASHBACK LIST
RANGE TERM RESP 10+ DEFERRED
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

CICS END TERM OPER TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TERM TERM TRAN FILE FILE PROG ABEND
ID TIME ID ID ID NUMBER LIFE CPU RESP IO I/O COUNT USE COUNT CODE
---- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
B1 23.25.13 N/A N/A 276 56.41 0.007 28.19 2 0.000 0 0 1
A1 23.25.02 N/A N/A 27 44.26 0.065 21.65 2 0.000 0 0 1
A1 01.47.08 WAK N/A 278 10.92 0.317 10.92 2 0.000 0 0 7
A1 01.48.24 WAK N/A 279 15.99 0.060 15.99 2 0.000 0 0 4
B1 02.11.44 N/A N/A 3498 14.20 0.178 14.20 2 0.106 1 1 8
B1 02.14.43 AFL N/A 3708 13.18 0.062 13.18 2 0.000 0 0 4
A1 02.23.35 WAS N/A 794 24.26 0.059 24.26 2 0.000 0 0 4
A1 02.41.37 AFK N/A 1157 22.84 0.654 16.20 3 0.339 2 114 5
B1 02.41.48 N/A N/A 5247 12.28 1.820 12.28 2 5.885 2 432 8
A1 02.42.11 PSH N/A 1164 36.29 5.162 14.60 4 0.000 0 0 7
B1 02.44.43 N/A N/A 5411 14.43 0.139 14.43 2 0.046 1 1 8
B1 02.49.25 N/A N/A 5671 38.82 5.740 38.82 2 23.64 3 618 1
---- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
---- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ----- ----------- -------- -------- --------

Chapter 11: Historical Reports 271

Chapter 12: Messages

Chapter 12: Messages 273

FLASHBACK LIST Command

This section contains the following topics:

Syntax Error Messages (see page 276)
Other Messages (see page 276)
ERPT200I (see page 277)
ERPT201E (see page 277)
ERPT202E (see page 278)
ERPT204E (see page 278)
ERPT205E (see page 278)
ERPT206E (see page 279)
ERPT207E (see page 279)
ERPT208E (see page 279)
ERPT210E (see page 280)
ERPT211E (see page 280)
ERPT212E (see page 280)
ERPT213E (see page 281)
ERPT214E (see page 281)
ERPT215E (see page 282)
ERPT216E (see page 282)
ERPT217E (see page 282)
ERPT218E (see page 283)
ERPT219E (see page 283)
ERPT221W (see page 284)
ERPT222W (see page 284)
ERPT223E (see page 284)
ERPT224I (see page 285)
ERPT226E (see page 285)
ERPT227E (see page 286)
ERPT228I (see page 286)
ERPT229W (see page 286)
ERPT230I (see page 287)
ERPT231I (see page 287)
ERPT232I (see page 287)
ERPT233I (see page 287)
ERPT234E (see page 288)
ERPT235E (see page 288)
ERPT236E (see page 288)
ERPT237I (see page 289)
ERPT238E (see page 289)
ERPT239E (see page 289)
ERPT240E (see page 290)
ERPT242I (see page 290)
ERPT244E (see page 290)
ERPT247E (see page 291)
ERPT254E (see page 291)
ERPT255E (see page 291)
ERPT257I (see page 292)
ERPT258I (see page 292)
ERPT259I (see page 292)

274 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

FLASHBACK LIST Command

ERPT260I (see page 293)

ERPT261E (see page 293)
ERPT262E (see page 293)
ERPT263E (see page 294)
ERPT264E (see page 294)
ERPT265E (see page 294)
ERPT266E (see page 295)
ERPT268I (see page 295)
ERPT269I (see page 295)
ERPT271E (see page 296)
ERPT272W (see page 296)
ERPT273I (see page 296)
ERPT274I (see page 297)
ERPT275E (see page 297)
ERPT276E (see page 297)
ERPT277E (see page 298)
ERPT278I (see page 298)
ERPT280E (see page 298)
ERPT281W (see page 299)
ERPT282I (see page 299)
ERPT286E (see page 299)
ERPT287E (see page 300)
ERPT289I (see page 300)
ERPT290E (see page 300)

Chapter 12: Messages 275

Syntax Error Messages

Syntax Error Messages

Messages issued by the Report Writer begin with the letters ERPT. Some Report Writer
messages identify syntax errors in your history reporting job stream. These messages
appear in the output from the Report Writer. Such messages identify syntax errors in
the following way:
The line in the job stream that contains the syntax error is displayed.
The syntax error is marked on the following line with a dollar sign ($).
The message identifying the syntax error appears on the line below the line
containing the dollar sign.

Syntax errors identified by messages of type E cause the Report Writer to terminate.

The following example shows how the Report Writer identifies a syntax error:

TAB DATE MVS CPU %BUSY AND,

MVS JOB CONT
$
ERPT204E ILLEGAL VARIABLE
END
RUN
ERPT202E 1 SYNTAX ERRORS ENCOUNTERED
ERPT229I RUN TERMINATED FOR ABOVE REASONS

In this example, MVS JOB CONT is identified as an illegal variable. The Report Writer
terminates.

Other Messages
The following are the messages issued by the Report Writer.

276 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Other Messages

ERPT200I

XPFRMAIN v.rm status mm/dd/yy hh.mm.ss

Reason:
The Report Writer has begun or has completed running the reports you requested.
status
Indicates either INITIATED or COMPLETED.
v.rm
Provides the version, release, and maintenance level of the Report Writer.
mm/dd/yy hh.mm.ss
Provides the date and time at which the Report Writer has begun or has completed
running the reports.

Action:
None.

ERPT201E

MAIN STORAGE EXHAUSTED, PGM -program, OFFSET -offset

Reason:
The program identified by program requested storage for the Report Writer to run, but
not enough virtual storage is available.
offset
Provides the offset within the program that requested storage.

Action:
Do one or more of the following:
Reduce the number of plot lines that the Report Writer prints.
Note: The need for virtual memory by the Report Writer is nearly proportional to
the number of plot lines that are to print.
Specify fewer reports at a time.
Specify a larger interval in the EACH command.
Specify a shorter time range using the FROM and TO commands.
Use the COUNT command.
Run the job in a larger partition or region.

Chapter 12: Messages 277

Other Messages

ERPT202E

n SYNTAX ERRORS ENCOUNTERED

Reason:
The Report Writer has encountered n syntax errors.
n
Specifies the number of syntax errors.

Action:
Correct the syntax errors and resubmit the job.

ERPT204E

ILLEGAL VARIABLE

Reason:
This message identifies a syntax error. The variable above the dollar sign ($) is invalid.

Action:
Correct the invalid variable.

More information:

Syntax Error Messages (see page 276)

ERPT205E

UNKNOWN COMMAND

Reason:
This message identifies a syntax error. The control statement above the dollar sign ($)
contains an invalid command.

Action:
Correct the invalid command.

More information:

Syntax Error Messages (see page 276)

278 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Other Messages

ERPT206E

DUPLICATE COMMANDS

Reason:
This message identifies a syntax error. The command above the dollar sign ($) is a
duplicate. You can use some commands only once in any given report. For instance, only
one FROM or TO command can be used in a single report.

Action:
Remove the duplicate command.

More information:

Syntax Error Messages (see page 276)

ERPT207E

TOO FEW OPERANDS

Reason:
The Report Writer did not find enough operands to produce a report. The continuation
character could be missing at the end of a line. The continuation comma tells the Report
Writer that more operands follow on the next line. A dollar sign ($) underscores the last
operand that the Report Writer found.

Action:
Either add more operands or place a comma after the last character on the line.

More information:

Syntax Error Messages (see page 276)

ERPT208E

INVALID OPERAND

Reason:
This message identifies a syntax error. The operand above the dollar sign ($) is
incomplete or invalid.

Action:
Correct the partial or invalid operand.

Chapter 12: Messages 279

Other Messages

More information:

Syntax Error Messages (see page 276)

ERPT210E

UNEXPECTED OPERANDS: IGNORED

Reason:
This message identifies a syntax error. You exceeded the maximum number of operands
the current command can accept. The operand above the dollar sign ($) is the first
operand to exceed the maximum number.

Action:
Delete the excessive operands and rerun the report.

More information:

Syntax Error Messages (see page 276)

ERPT211E

OPERAND IGNORED

Explanation:
This message follows other syntax error messages and indicates that the current
operand has been discarded. The Report Writer continues to look at the remainder of
the operands to finish the error check and then terminates processing.

Action:
Correct the syntax error.

ERPT212E

MISSING COMMA OR PARENTHESIS

Explanation:
This message identifies a syntax error. You omitted a comma or parenthesis at the
location above the dollar sign ($).

Action:
Insert a comma or a parenthesis.

280 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Other Messages

More information:

Syntax Error Messages (see page 276)

ERPT213E

EACH VALUE GREATER THAN PERIOD VALUE

Reason:
The EACH time value is greater than the PERIOD time value.
The EACH command defines the timespan represented by each detail line The PERIOD
command defines the timespan covered by a Report Writer summary. Therefore, the
EACH time value cannot be greater than the PERIOD time value.

Action:
Change the EACH or PERIOD value to correct the error. The default for the EACH
command is one day.

ERPT214E

RUN CARD WITHOUT PREVIOUS END CARD

Reason:
This message identifies a syntax error. You tried to issue a RUN command before issuing
an END command to end the last report. A dollar sign ($) underscores the RUN
command that you issued out of sequence.

Action:
Enter an END command to end the last report before using the RUN command.

More information:

Syntax Error Messages (see page 276)

Chapter 12: Messages 281

Other Messages

ERPT215E

COMMAND IGNORED

Reason:
This message identifies a syntax error. The Report Writer ignored the current command
and all of its operands. This error message follows other error messages that identify
the specific problem. A dollar sign ($) underscores the part of the command that
generated the error.

Action:
Correct the command and resubmit the report.

More information:

Syntax Error Messages (see page 276)

ERPT216E

END CARD ENTERED WITHOUT ANY REPORT COMMANDS

Reason:
An END command signaled the end of a report, but no report existed.

Action:
Specify a report before you issue the END command.

ERPT217E

NO MAIN REPORT COMMAND FOR THIS REPORT

Reason:
The END command has signaled the end of a report, but the Report Writer did not find a
primary command to begin the report.

Action:
Specify a primary command for the report.

282 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Other Messages

ERPT218E

INTERNAL ERROR: ADDRESS - addr CSECT - cname OFFSET - offset

Reason:
An internal error occurred.
addr
Identifies the address where the error occurred.
cname
Specifies the name of the CSECT.
offset
Specifies is the offset into the CSECT.

Action:
Collect as much information about the problem as possible, including the listing of the
run in which this error occurred and then contact Technical Support.

ERPT219E

EOF WITH MISSING END COMMAND

Reason:
End-of-file was reached, but the required END command was missing for the last report.

Action:
End this report and all other reports with the END command.

Chapter 12: Messages 283

Other Messages

ERPT221W

NO MATCHING DATA

Reason:
This message occurs during report writing rather than during syntax checking. The
Report Writer could find no data in the log file to match the following items you
specified: the times, the identifiers, or the variables with non-zero activity.
The Report Writer considers zero activity for a given variable to be no activity.
For example, you requested a report on the variable TRANSACTION WAITS, and no waits
existed for any transactions during the time you specified. You would then receive this
message.

Action:
Either modify your commands to change the time boundaries for the report or make the
identifier restrictions more general.

ERPT222W

NO REPORTS TO PRINT

Reason:
You tried to execute the Report Writer but did not specify any report commands.

Action:
Specify one or more report commands.

ERPT223E

XPFRMAIN ABORTED FOR THE ABOVE REASONS

Reason:
Because of the errors listed above this message, your reports were not printed.

Action:
Review the messages preceding this message and then take the appropriate action. If
you need help, contact Technical Support.

284 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Other Messages

ERPT224I

format DATE FORMAT REQUESTED

Reason:
The Report Writer expects the date format identified by format, but your report
includes dates in another format.
format
Specified as either dd/mm/yy or mm/dd/yy (where dd = day, mm = month, and yy =
year).

Action:
Alter your dates to conform to the format the Report Writer expects. You can use the
DATEFRMT operand of the OPTION command to specify the type of date format you
want.

More information:

Commands (see page 39)

ERPT226E

NO LIST AFTER OPERAND

Reason:
This message identifies a syntax error. An ID option either has no identifiers or has no
left parenthesis before its identifiers. The format for ID options requiring identifiers is a
left parenthesis followed by one or more identifiers separated by commas, and a closing
right parenthesis. One or more identifiers or a left parenthesis appear at the location
above the dollar sign ($).

Action:
Supply the missing identifiers or parentheses.

More information:

Syntax Error Messages (see page 276)

Chapter 12: Messages 285

Other Messages

ERPT227E

INCOMPATIBLE REPORT TYPES MIXED

Reason:
One of the following has occurred:
The three report types PLOT, GRAF, and TAB are mutually exclusive. You have
requested more than one type of these reports between END commands.
You have specified the command EACH RECORD with the HPLOT command but have
not included a SCALE operand with the HPLOT command.

Action:
Submit only one report type for each END command, or include a SCALE operand when
you use the EACH RECORD command with the HPLOT command.

ERPT228I

QUIT COMMAND ENCOUNTERED

Reason:
A QUIT command was encountered. The QUIT command stops syntax checking and halts
the Report Writer without reading another command.

Action:
No action is required.

ERPT229W

RUN TERMINATED FOR ABOVE REASONS

Reason:
The Report Writer terminated for the reasons listed above this message.

Action:
Correct the errors and resubmit the report.

286 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Other Messages

ERPT230I

RUN COMPLETED SUCCESSFULLY

Reason:

The Report Writer successfully completed the reports you requested.

Action:
None.

ERPT231I

NO ERRORS FOUND IN CONTROL CARDS

Reason:

The Report Writer finished parsing your commands and found no errors.

Action:
None.

ERPT232I

filename OPENED

Reason:

The Report Writer successfully opened the file identified by filename.

Action:
None.

ERPT233I

filename CLOSED

Reason:

The Report Writer successfully closed the file identified by filename.

Action:
None.

Chapter 12: Messages 287

Other Messages

ERPT234E

UNBALANCED PARENTHESIS

Reason:
This message identifies a syntax error. The number of left parentheses in your job
stream does not match the number of right parentheses. A parenthesis appears at the
location above the dollar sign ($).

Action:
Balance the number of left and right parentheses.

More information:

Syntax Error Messages (see page 276)

ERPT235E

NOT ENOUGH ROOM ON PAGE

Reason:
You are constructing a table with the TAB command, but the Report Writer has run out
of space on the page for the columns you are requesting.

Action:
Remove some of the variables, decrease the size of the headings you selected with the
HDR1 and HDR2 commands, or use the FORMAT variable option to reduce the number
of columns used by each variable.

ERPT236E

'AND' NOT FOLLOWED BY A VARIABLE

Reason:
The Report Writer did not find a variable after the AND operand. The cause of this error
could be the lack of a continuation comma after the AND operand.

Action:
Either add more variables or place a comma after the AND operand.

288 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Other Messages

ERPT237I

SAMPLE REPORT EXPANSION

Reason:
The Report Writer generates the statements that follow this message.

Action:
None.

ERPT238E

INVALID VARIABLE/ID-OPTION COMBINATION

Reason:
The cause can be either of the following:
The order of the variables in a multiple-variable report is incorrect
You specified variables that are not logically related in a tabular report broken
down by identifier

Action:
Change the order of your variables or specify only variables that are logically related.

ERPT239E

VSAM ERROR WAS DETECTED IN FILE filename REQUEST=xx.

Reason:
An attempt to access the file identified by filename failed.
xx
The VSAM request type.
Message ERPT240E follows this message.

Action:
Use the information in message ERPT240E to determine the problem.

Chapter 12: Messages 289

Other Messages

ERPT240E

R15=X 'code1' ERROR CODE=X 'code2'

Reason:
Your attempt to access the file identified by filename in message ERPT239E failed. code1
is the return code from register 15, and code2 is the error code.

Action:
Use the codes in the message to correct the error. For the meanings of these codes, see
the IBM documentation containing VSAM messages and codes.

ERPT242I

RECORD IGNORED, OUTSIDE TIME LIMITS

Reason:
The record that the Report Writer is currently processing is outside the limits set by the
report parameters. The record is ignored.

Action:
None.

ERPT244E

INVALID LOG FILE RECORD FORMAT

Reason:
The record read by the Report Writer has an invalid record format.

Action:
Verify that the records you have instructed the Report Writer to read have been
correctly identified to the Report Writer. Verify that the associated INPUT commands
are correct.

More information:

Commands (see page 39)

290 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Other Messages

ERPT247E

INVALID IDENTIFIER SPECIFIED

Reason:
This message identifies a syntax error. The identifier above the dollar sign ($) is invalid.

Action:
Correct the invalid identifier.

More information:

Syntax Error Messages (see page 276)

ERPT254E

INVALID DATE FORMAT OPTION

Reason:
An invalid date format was detected.

Action:
Correct the format of the DATEFRMT operand of the OPTION command so that it is
either mm/dd/yy or dd/mm/yy.

ERPT255E

FLASHBACK LIST MUST RUN AS SINGLE REPORT

Reason:
You have included more than one report with a flashback report.

Action:

Run each flashback report by itself.

Chapter 12: Messages 291

Other Messages

ERPT257I

MAXIMUM RECORD COUNT EXCEEDED, EOF FORCED

Reason:
The number of input records read within the FROM/TO range exceeds the maximum
value you set in the COUNT command. The reports you requested were printed, but the
records exceeding the maximum value were ignored.

Action:
None.

ERPT258I

RECORDS READ BY REPORT WRITER nnnnnn

Reason:

The Report Writer read a total of nnnnnn input records.

Action:
None.

ERPT259I

RECORDS WITH TO/FROM RANGE nnnnnn

Reason:
nnnnnn
Provides the total number of input records read that passed the minimum FROM
and maximum TO date and time criteria.

Action:
None.

292 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Other Messages

ERPT260I

RECORDS PASSING SELECTION CRITERIA nnnnnn

Reason:
nnnnnn
Provides the total number of input records read that passed all selection and range
criteria.

Action:
None.

ERPT261E

ERROR LOADING COMMAND TABLE table RC=code

Reason:
An attempt to load the command table identified by table did not complete successfully.
Processing of reports terminates immediately.
code
Provides the return code of the load request.

Action:
Record the return code and then take appropriate action. If you need help, contact
Technical Support.

ERPT262E

EOF WITH MISSING RUN COMMAND

Reason:
End-of-file was reached for SYSIPT, and no RUN command was encountered.

Action:
Include the RUN command and resubmit the report.

Chapter 12: Messages 293

Other Messages

ERPT263E

RUN COMMAND ASSUMED

Reason:
The Report Writer encountered one or more END commands, but did not find a
following RUN command. The Report Writer terminates.

Action:
Add a RUN command after the last END command and resubmit the job.

ERPT264E

ERRORS DETECTED IN cname

Reason:
An error was detected in an internal program name.
cname
Provides the name of a CSECT.

Action:
Contact Technical Support.

ERPT265E

TOO FEW COLUMNS AVAILABLE

Reason:
The EACH and PERIOD commands were used with the VPLOT command. The quotient of
the PERIOD value divided by the EACH value must be less than or equal to the number
of available plot columns. The Report Writer found that the resulting VPLOT report does
not meet this criterion.

Action:
Increase the EACH value, decrease the PERIOD value, or alter both values. Alter the
values so that the quotient of these values is less than or equal to the number of
columns your report has available. The default number of columns is 110.

294 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Other Messages

ERPT266E

INVALID LOG RECORD TYPE: type1 - Xtype2

Reason:
The Report Writer detected an invalid record type. type1 is the product type and type2
is the hexadecimal record type.

Action:
See whether you have an invalid or corrupt data file.

ERPT268I

REPORT# nn STORAGE ALLOCATED = mmmmmK BYTES

Reason:
The Report Writer allocated mmmmmK bytes of storage to report number nn.
The cause could be either of the following reasons:
You asked to see what storage was allocated to a report by specifying the command
OPTION(STORSTAT=YES).
One or more reports have depleted your storage so that the Report Writer
subsystem cannot run.
If your storage is depleted, one of these messages appears for every report you tried to
run, following message ERPT201, MAIN STORAGE EXHAUSTED.

Action:
None.

ERPT269I

MOUNT TAPE FILE - filename

Reason:
The Report Writer finished reading input from the previous tape file and is asking you to
mount the tape containing the next input file.
filename
Provides the name of the next input file.
The Report Writer requests the file names in the same order that you specified them
with the INPUT command.

Action:
No action is required.

Chapter 12: Messages 295

Other Messages

ERPT271E

ERROR LOADING MESSAGE TABLE table RC=code

Reason:
An attempt to load the message table identified by table did not complete successfully.
Processing of reports terminates immediately.
code
Provides the return code of the load request.

Action:
Record the return code and then take appropriate action. If you need help, contact
Technical Support.

ERPT272W

ERROR LOADING USER EXIT name RC=code

Reason:
An attempt to load the user exit identified by name did not complete successfully.
code
Provides the return code of the load request.

Action:
Record the return code and then take appropriate action. If you need help, contact
Technical Support.

ERPT273I

VIRTUAL STORAGE AVAILABLE - nnnnK

Reason:
nnnnK of virtual storage is available at the end of the reporting process. This message is
displayed if you specify the command OPTION(STORSTAT=YES).

Action:
None.

296 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Other Messages

ERPT274I

STATUS: CNT - nnnn TIME - mm/dd/yy hh:mm:ss

Reason:
You asked to see the report status by specifying the command OPTION(RPTSTAT=YES).
nnnn
Provides the current input record count. The current input record is date-stamped
mm/dd/yy and time-stamped hh:mm:ss.

Action:
No action is required.

ERPT275E

ERROR LOADING MODULE module RC=code

Reason:
An attempt to load the module identified by module did not complete successfully.
Processing of reports terminates immediately.
code
Provides the return code of the load request.

Action:
Record the return code and then take appropriate action. If you need help, contact
Technical Support.

ERPT276E

INVALID UTILITY REQUESTED - name

Reason:
The Report Writer requested an unknown or invalid internal utility.
name
Provides the name of the utility requested.

Action:
Contact Technical Support.

Chapter 12: Messages 297

ERPT280E

ERPT277E

FLASHBACK CONTROL RECORD NOT FOUND IN - EXPxxxx

Reason:
The Report Writer attempted to read the flashback file (EXPxxxx) but failed because it
could not locate the flashback control record.

Action:
Change the DLBL statement to point to a valid flashback file.

ERPT278I

nnnnnnnn filename RECORDS

Reason:
The Report Writer successfully read nnnnnnnn physical records from the file identified
by filename.

Action:
No action is required.

ERPT280E
INCOMPATIBLE VARIABLE TYPE

Reason:
This message identifies a syntax error. You attempted to use a character type variable in
a report other than a TAB, TAB2, or FLASHBACK report. The variable above the dollar
sign ($) is invalid.

Action:
Change the invalid variable or specify a TAB, TAB2, or FLASHBACK report.

More information:

Syntax Error Messages (see page 276)

298 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

ERPT280E

ERPT281W

RECORD CORRUPTION DETECTED, RECORD IGNORED: Xtype VAR=variable

Reason:
The Report Writer has detected a corrupt record. Type is the hexadecimal record type,
and variable is the internal name of the variable that detected the corruption.

Action:
Specify the command OPTION(DUMP=CORRUPT) and rerun the report. All corrupt
records are now printed in dump format. Then contact Technical Support.

ERPT282I

DCMPGS OUTPUT CREATED: LIBRARY-library.sublibrary MEMBER - member

Reason:
Report Writer created the output formatted for use with RView in the member
identified by member in the library identified by library.sublibrary.

Action:
None.

ERPT286E

INVALID EXPRESSION

Reason:
You used the DEFINE command with the VAR operand to define a new variable, but it
contains an invalid arithmetic expression.

Action:
Correct the invalid expression and rerun the report. Delimit all components, operators,
and parentheses by blanks.

Chapter 12: Messages 299

ERPT280E

ERPT287E

DUPLICATE VARIABLE NAME - CHOOSE DIFFERENT NAME

Reason:
You used the DEFINE command with the VAR operand to define a new variable, but the
name you chose for the new variable exists.

Action:
Provide a different variable name and rerun the report.

ERPT289I

RECORDS DECOMPRESSED: numrecs COMPRESSION FACTOR: factor %

Reason:
The Report Writer has read a series of compressed records.
numrecs
The number of records decompressed
factor
The compression factor.

Action:
None.

ERPT290E

INCOMPATIBLE OPERANDS SPECIFIED

Reason:
This message identifies a syntax error. You have specified two or more incompatible
operands. The operand above the dollar sign ($) is incompatible with a prior operand.

Action:
Correct the error and resubmit the report.

More information:

Syntax Error Messages (see page 276)

300 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Appendix A: User Exits
This section contains the following topics:
About User Exits (see page 301)
Supplied User Exits (see page 301)

About User Exits

The Report Writer lets you specify a user exit routine. The Report Writer loads the exit
routine during initialization and then passes control to the routine according to the exit
command you have specified.

Use the DEFEREXT operand of OPTION command to defer the use exit call. Defer the call
until after applying all selection criteria. Then have the Report Writer pass to the user
exit only those records passing all selection criteria.

More information:

Commands (see page 39)

Supplied User Exits

Two user exit routines, EXPGUX and PRTGUX, are supplied with CA SYSVIEW. The source
code for these exits is in the sample library. The following table shows the user exits,
when the Report Writer passes control to each, and the exit command used to specify
that routine.

User Exit When Control Is Passed Exit Command

EXPGUX After each record is read and before the EXITRTN
Report Writer processes the record
PRTGUX Before each line is printed PRTEXIT

More information:

Commands (see page 39)

Appendix A: User Exits 301

Supplied User Exits

Source Code
The source code for the supplied user exits is in the EXPGUX and PRTGUX members of
the sysview.SAMPLIB.

Important! If you modify either of the supplied user exits, make a backup copy of the
member using another name. When you install a new release of CA SYSVIEW, PRTGUX
and EXPGUX are overwritten. Having a backup copy of the member keeps your
modifications from being lost.

302 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Appendix B: Sample Reports
This section contains the following topics:
List of Sample Reports (see page 303)

List of Sample Reports

The Report Writer includes sample reports on many frequently requested topics. You
can find supplied sample reports in the SAMPLIB.

The following sections list the available sample reports and give a brief description of
each. The $$INDEX member of SAMPLIB provides a brief description of each sample
report.

CICS Sample Reports

The following lists the available CICS sample reports:
Member: CICS001
Displays CICS statistics broken down by individual CICS systems.
Member: CICS002
Displays a graph of transient data set usage.
Member: CICS003
Displays a detailed tabular report of all active transactions with a complete
breakdown of all transaction maximum lifetime components.
Member: CICS004
Displays a tabular report of the transactions used by an operator and the
performance that was achieved.
Member: CICS005
Displays a graph of program usage.
Member: CICS006
Displays a tabular report of all active transactions with various temporary storage
statistics.
Member: CICS007
Displays a graph of terminal I/O for each terminal that has been used.

Appendix B: Sample Reports 303

List of Sample Reports

Member: CICS008
Displays a graph of terminal response time for each terminal in the system.
Member: CICS009
Displays transaction usage broken down into terminal response-time groups.
Member: CICS010
Displays a tabular report of all terminals that were active and how each performed.
Member: CICS011
Displays a graph of terminal usage and all transaction for each terminal.
Member: CICS012
Displays a detailed tabular report of transactions with a complete breakdown of all
transaction lifetime components.
Member: CICS013
Displays a graph that breaks down the transactions by their use and describes data
set usage for each transaction, for each data set.
Member: CICS014
Displays transaction usage broken down into specific transaction lifetime groups.
Member: CICS015
Displays transaction usage broken down by their lifetime and shows terminal
response time for each terminal used by each transaction.
Member: CICS016
Displays a tabular report of when transactions were used, how each transaction
performed, and what resources it used.
Member: CICS017
Displays a tabular report of all active transactions and the associated terminals.
Member: CICS018
Displays a graph of terminal I/Os for each terminal a transaction used and the GRAF
transaction use for each transaction used.
Member: CICS019
Displays a graph of transaction use in the system.
Member: CICS020
Displays a graph of transaction waits.
Member: CICS021
Displays a tabular summary of transactions with the programs they are calling and
with basic statistics.

304 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

List of Sample Reports

Member: CICS022
Displays a table of particular times constituting transaction lifetime in the first
report and transaction wait time in the second report.
Member: CICS023
Displays a table showing statistics of transaction lifetime intervals. The number of
transactions and a percentage displays for several intervals.
Member: CICS024
Displays a table showing statistics of data set usage by transactions. The number of
transactions and a percentage displays for several intervals.
Member: CICS025
Displays a table showing statistics of DB2 calls by transactions. The number of
transactions and a percentage displays for several intervals.
Member: CICS026
Displays a table showing statistics of storage used by transactions. The number of
transactions and a percentage displays for several intervals.
Member: CICS027
Displays a table showing program usage by transaction, optionally filtered by
jobname.
Member: CICS028
Displays a table showing file usage by transaction, optionally filtered by jobname.
Member: CICS029
Displays a table showing DB2 requests by transaction, optionally filtered by
jobname.

Appendix B: Sample Reports 305

List of Sample Reports

IMS Sample Reports

The following reports are the available IMS sample reports:
Member: IMS01
Displays transaction lifetime breakdown and usage in tabular format.
Member: IMS02
Displays the following graphs:
Transaction usage by program specification
Transaction lifetime that is sorted by logical terminals
Member: IMS03
Plots the transaction usage over time.
Member: IMSSUM01
Displays various region processing time statistics for each program specification
block.
Member: IMSSUM02
Counts DL/I calls to message queues for each jobname.
Member: IMSSUM03
Plots the summary of database DL/I calls.
Member: IMSSUM04
Shows the database operation counts for each user ID in tabular format.

MQ Sample Reports
The following reports are the available MQ sample reports:
Member: MQ001
Displays job activity statistics that are sorted by time and summarized for all or
selected objects.
Member: MQ002
Displays job activity statistics that are sorted by time and summarized for all or
selected objects.
Member: MQ003
Displays request time statistics for jobs and sorts them by time and summarized for
all or selected objects.

306 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

List of Sample Reports

MVS Sample Reports

The following reports are the available MVS sample reports. To produce MVS sample
reports, run either CMF or RMF.
Member: MVS001
Displays information about address space performance in tabular format.
Member: MVS003
Displays a horizontal plot of CPU usage in one-hour intervals.
Member: MVS004
Displays a scatter plot of job residency on the vertical axis and job CPU on the
horizontal axis.
Member: MVS005
Displays a vertical plot of CPU use in 15-minute intervals.
Member: MVS006
Displays a tabular report of information about all active z/OS devices.
Member: MVS007
Displays a tabular report of exception counts on the ten most active data sets on
each volume.
Member: MVS008
Displays a tabular report of information about all active z/OS DASD.
Member: MVS009
Displays a graph of exception counts for active non-VSAM input and output data
sets.
Member: MVS010
Displays a tabular report of exception counts for active non-VSAM input and output
data sets.
Member: MVS011
Displays a tabular report of various paging statistics.
Member: MVS012
Displays a tabular report of various swap statistics by swap reason.
Member: MVS013
Displays a tabular report of general z/OS system statistics.
Member: MVS014
Displays a tabular report of various information for all active z/OS VSAM data sets.

Appendix B: Sample Reports 307

List of Sample Reports

Other Sample Reports

The following reports are uncategorized reports.
AUDITLOG Sample Report
Member: AUDIT01
Displays a flashback report of AUDITLOG records.
COMMON Sample reports
Member: STEXC01
Displays a tabular report of state changes for State Exception records.

308 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Index
* of MPLOT command 239, 246
of PLOT command 230
* (asterisk) of PLOT2 command 233
comment line delimiter 19 of VPLOT command 236
generic character in identifiers 186 of VPLOT2 command 238
in output report 158 CHAR2 operand
of PLOT command 230
+ of PLOT2 command 233
+ (plus sign) generic character in identifiers 186 charge-back reports
COST command 42
A examples 219
ALONE operand CICS variables 112, 140
of PLOT command 94, 228 column headings
of PLOT2 command 94 changing in tabular reports 198
of RANGE command 95 meanings of in FLASHBACK LIST reports 262
ASCB variable class, MVS 140 comma, for continuing to new line 19
asterisk (*) commands
comment line delimiter 19 blank lines in jobstream 19
generic character in identifiers 186 blank spaces in jobstream 19
in output report 158 CARDLEN 41
AVERAGE line, printing in reports 84 case 19
AVERAGE operand of OPTION command 84 COMMENT 41
AVERAGED operand of EACH command 54 comment lines in jobstream 19
continuing to new line 19
B COST 42
COUNT 44
blank lines
DEFINE 45
in jobstream 19
EACH 54
including in reports 84
END 27, 56
blank spaces
EXCLUDE 57
in commands 19
EXITRTN 58
replacing zero values in reports 84
FLASHBACK AUDIT 59
BOTTOM operand
FLASHBACK LIST 60
of TAB command 207
FROM 62
of TAB2 command 222
GLOBAL 66
braces, convention for use of 16
GOTO 67
brackets, convention for use of 16
GRAF 247
C GRAF2 70
history reporting 19
CARDLEN command 41 IF 77
CDSA variable class, CICS 113 INCLUDE 78
CHANNEL variable class, MVS 141 INVOICE 80
CHAR1 operand PERIOD 91
of GRAF command 249, 250 PLOT 92
of GRAF2 command 256, 257, 259 PLOT2 94

Index 309
position in line 19 DEFINE command
processing order 19 defining new variables 50
PRTEXIT 94 examples 50
RANGE 95 DEVICE variable class, MVS 143
RUN 27, 97 diagnostic dump of input 84
SELECT 97 diagnostic tracing facility 84
SHIFT 98 DIFF variable option 201
TABulate 100 disk space, minimizing use of 84
TITLE1 104 DISK variable class, MVS 143
TITLE2 104 DLI variable class, CICS 114
TITLE3 104 DSN variable class, MVS 144
TO 62 DUMP operand of OPTION command 84
used with variables 40 dump, printing diagnostic of input 84
variables, ID options 40
VPLOT 106 E
COMMENT command 41 EACH command
comment line description 54
asterisk delimiter(*) as 19 with GRAF command 248, 253
in output reports 41 with HPLOT and VPLOT 244, 246
multiple comment lines 19 with HPLOT command 241
continuation character in commands 19 with MPLOT command 239
COST command with PLOT command 226
description 42 with PLOT2 command 231
example 42, 219 with TAB command 193, 198
related options 42 with VPLOT command 234, 235
related variables 42 ECDSA variable class, CICS 116
COUNT command 269, 270 ellipsis, convention for use of 16
COUNT variable option 158 END command 27, 56
CPU variable class, MVS 142 ending a report 56
create a job stream for a report 25 end-of-file, when maximum TO time is exceeded
CSVGEN Utility 35 84
ERDSA variable class, CICS 116
D ERPT267 message 84
DATASET variable class, CICS 113 ERPT274 message 84
dates errors, excluding messages from print and display
excluding dates or date ranges 57 84
for limiting report data 63, 64 EUDSA variable class, CICS 117
format in reports 84 EXCEPTION variable class, CICS 117
include in a tabular report 193 EXCLUDE command 57
including dates or date ranges 78 exclude identifiers with generic character 186
including in report titles 104 EXCP variable class, MVS 145
DATETIME operand of the TAB command 193 EXITRTN command 58, 301
DAY operand, of the TAB command 194 EXPGUX (supplied user exit) description 301
decimal positions in output fields 158
default value, convention for presenting 16 F
DEFERRED operand first day of the week, specifying 84
of COST command 42 FLASHBACK AUDITLOG command 59
of RANGE command 95, 212, 271 FLASHBACK LIST command 60

310 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

default report 262 historical file
generate file type of CSV 34 JCL for reports using 25
limiting output 262 using as input 25
report description 262 history reporting
restriction for running reports 261 commands 19
FOR operand commands, writing 27
of GRAF command 249, 250, 251 concepts and terminology 14
of GRAF2 command 256 memory requirements 14
of TAB command 205 purpose 13
of TAB2 command 220 HPLOT command
FORMAT variable option 158 with MPLOT command 244, 246
formatting identifiers 187 with VPLOT command 241
FROM command 62
with FLASHBACK LIST 262, 270 I
with GRAF command 247 ID operand of EXCLUDE command 57
with MPLOT command 239 ID options
with PLOT command 226 definition of 14
with TAB command 193 introduction to 24
with VPLOT command 234, 235 specifying identifiers with 186, 187
using with commands 177
G ID Options and Identifiers, using 24
generic characters in identifiers identifiers
descriptions 186 assigning new values for 77
in GRAF report 248 definition of 14
in PLOT report 227 formatting 187
in PLOT2 report 231 generic characters 186
in TAB report 205, 212, 216, 219 hexadecimal specification 187
GLOBAL command 66 introduction to 24
global commands IF command 77
definition of 14 INCLUDE command 78
list of 27 input
global value, overriding 66 limiting records read, specifying date and time
GOTO command 67 62
GRAF command 247 printing dump of used or corrupted records 84
GRAF2 command 70 producing statistics on 84
graph reports using both MVS and CICS data 197
changing the scale of 250, 257 using records with negative values 159
defined 247 zero values, including records with 163
sorting 251 INPUT command 197
GROUP command 72, 215 interval TRANSACTION variable class, CICS 124
INVOICE command 80
H IO variable class, MVS 146
HDR1 operand of TAB command 197, 198, 219 italics, conventions for use in JCL 16
HDR2 operand f TAB command 198
HDR2 operand of TAB command 197, 198
J
HEADER command 74 JCL for running reports 25
hexadecimal, specifying identifiers using 187 JOB variable class, MVS 147
HIGHLIGHT operand of RANGE command 95

Index 311
JOBNAME operand of FLASHBACK LIST command parentheses, convention for use of 16
267 PERCENT variable option 161
performance groups 72
L performance TRANSACTION variable class, CICS
line count, setting for all reports 82 124
line length setting 41 PERFORMANCE variable class, MVS 151
LOGICAL variable option 159 PERIOD command 91
lowercase PGMSTOR operand of OPTION command 84
convention for use of 16 planning reports 21
using in commands 19 PLOT command 92
LPAR variable class, MVS 148 plot reports, description of 225
PLOT2 command 94
M plotting
resource usage in vertical columns 106
MAX variable option 159
two variables 94
MAXDATE variable option 160
two variables across time 107
MAXTIME variable option 160
plus sign (+) generic character in identifiers 186
MAXTO operand of OPTION command 84
primary report commands
memory requirements 14
definition of 14, 28
messages
list of 29
ERPT267 84
PRINT variable class, MVS 152
ERPT274 84
printing variables
excluding from print and display 84
as a maximum or minimum value 159
status messages 84
as a total 163
MIN variable option 159
date of highest value 160
MPLOT command
fewer digits 165
examples 239
more digits 165
with the HPLOT command 244, 246
time of highest value 160
N zero values 84
PROCESSOR variable class, MVS 153
negative values, treating as unsigned 159 PROGram variable class, CICS 119
not sign (?) generic character in identifiers 186 PRTEXIT command 94, 301
NULLINE operand of OPTION command 84 PRTGUX, supplied user exit 94, 301
NXTIME variable option 164
NXTND variable option 165 R
O RANGE command
description 95
operand, definition of 14 examples 216
OPERATOR variable class, MVS 148 with FLASHBACK LIST command 271
options with GRAF 254
functions 109 with TAB command 212
setting for all reports 84 RANGE operand of OPTION command 84
or-sign, convention for use of 16 RANGE variable option 215
RANGE, line in plot reports 84
P RATE variable option
PAGE variable class, CICS 118 description 161
PAGE variable class, MVS 149 with PLOT 231
PAGESWAP variable class, MVS 151 with PLOT2 233

312 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

with TAB command 197, 204 of HPLOT command 241, 243
RECAP operand of OPTION command 84 of MPLOT command 239
RECSTAT operand of OPTION command 84 of PLOT command 229
REGID operand of FLASHBACK LIST command 267 of VPLOT command 235, 236
region size, recommended 14 of VPLOT2 command 238
REGION variable class, CICS 119 secondary report commands
report definition of 14, 30
create a job stream 25 using to tailor reports 33
report commands, definition of 14 SELECT
Report Writer operand of COST command 42
commands, definition of 14 variable option 202
concepts 14 SELECT command 97
introduction to 13 SELECTED operand of COUNT command 44, 270
memory requirements 14 SELZERO variable option 163
terminology 14 SHIFT command 252, 253
users 13 SORT operand
reports of GRAF command 251
creating file type of .csv 34, 37 of TAB command 210
defining field length 158 sorting
formats available 22 graph reports 251
including lines with no activity in reports 84 tabular reports 209
information you want to include 23 STACK operand of VPLOT command 237
input, limiting records read 63 statistics on input data records 84
JCL, using historical file 25 STEP variable class, MVS 147
minimal commands for writing 31 storage
multiple 32 acquiring above or below 16M line 84
overview of 13 operand of OPTION command 84
planning 21 printing storage statistics 84
printing zeros in 84 tracing storage requests 84
purpose 13 used by report writer, displaying 84
tailoring 24 variable class, MVS 154
tailoring with secondary report commands 33 STORSTAT operand of OPTION command 84
titles 104 SU (service units) variable class, MVS 155
types of 22 summary line in tabular reports 84
RIGHT variable option 74 SUMMARY operand of OPTION command 84
RPTSTAT operand of OPTION command 84 SWAP variable class, MVS 155
RUN command 97 syntax conventions
applying 18
S list of 16
sample reports SYSTEM variable class, CICS 120
CICS 303
IMS 306
T
list of 303 TAB2SKIP operand of OPTION command 84
MQ 306 tabular reports
MVS 307 introduction to 191
SCALE operand producing 100
of GRAF command 250, 251 sorting 209
of GRAF2 command 257, 258 TABulate command 100

Index 313
TEMPSTOR variable class, CICS 120 user exits, defining exit to be called
TERMINAL variable class, CICS 121 before each line is printed 94
THRESHOLD variable class, CICS 122 EXITRTN command 301
time PRTEXIT command 301
defining shifts 98
defining time periods 91 V
excluding time ranges 57 variable names, structure and parts 110
include column for in tabular report 193 variable options
including column for in tabular report 193 COUNT 158
including in report titles 104 definition of 14
including time ranges 78 DIFF 201
period for report 54 FORMAT 158
specifying for report data 63, 64 LOGICAL 159
TIME operand MAX 159
of FLASHBACK LIST command 269 MAXDATE 160
of TAB command 193, 196 MAXTIME 160
TITLE commands, keywords 104 MIN 159
title in a tabular report 74 NXTIME 164
TITLEn command 104 NXTND 165
TO command PERCENT 161
description 62 RATE 161
maximum TO time checking 84 SELECT 202
with FLASHBACK LIST 262, 270 SELZERO 163
with GRAF command 247 TOTAL 163
with MPLOT command 239 using 23
with PLOT command 226 XTIME 164
with TAB command 193 XTND 165
with VPLOT command 234, 235 variables
TOP operand changing from count to rate 204
of TAB command 207 convention for presenting 16
of TAB2 command 222 definition of 14, 109
TOTAL variable option 163 digits in output 165
trace (diagnostic tracing facility) 84 forming 110
TRACE operand of OPTION command 84 negative values in input 159
transactions, reports on 60 overview 23
TRANSIENT variable class, CICS 128 parts of 110
TSO variable class, MVS 156 plotting the distribution of one, based on the
value of another 76
U purpose of 23
UDSA variable class, CICS 129 SMF field names 112
UNDERLINE operand of RANGE command 95 source for MVS 112
underscoring, convention for use of 16 used with commands 40
uppercase zero values, including records with 163
convention for use of 16 VARS operand of GRAF2 command 258
using in commands 19 vertical bar, convention for use of 16
user exits vertical plot, producing 83
processing order 301 virtual storage, required 14
supplied user exits 301 VPLOT command 106

314 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

VPLOT command with the HPLOT command 241

W
WEEK operand of OPTION command 84
writing multiple reports 32

X
XMSG operand of OPTION command 84
XTIME variable option 164
XTND variable option 165

Z
zeroes
in input, including records with 163
including lines with no activity in reports 84
printing in reports 84
ZEROFLD operand of OPTION command 84

Index 315